> =, . ~~~ sven a oe zo ait Ty | pvtvwwe” | peeks sceas “Eh ony gE 7, HEL a ve ot Ynyon PEELE MAsad ny Lit usaanertett Tarte at es ity HIS gs Ug hated see ie \ ee ‘ ee J ne “Seay ar Tee we gt! a ay ; >, Layali trdhat EN ee om a LAL ey aes Bee bags SL idee ry . Witness. 5 vi ce avy ae Winer Nes ity FASS LS Aes: ERR Nias ys meer rowel Nye t ay ‘ Hip “Scruyweeee® te ww oe Hew Ua wee | NY a ; S oe “ae rhweew ee De ore be jp ca meant NTE . ety ry, Ny ansyeesocun SencevemntW ayy reer ead pe | A et A te AS we owed Ws tn rents ~The ewe OS eiue ve * 4 Bea VW. = : oo 23 rau vey ” LEP HILT Tipster ® 7 F 4 ’ 4 Ae & ea Co an q p* vw I ya rT a y - re TN JeheL) ebsii ii} ir bE y Pale yer wi lelal alo HLS enentt ry, "QUETe ete qanee w 2 4. ag teh ef Sp ee - Vy a s, ST J4 4 iid, 5 bd er al .. tS =f ua. a PP { » - os. Sal Abii baneneete (Ut , \ a ee “yl ¥ LL Pie kh ope wwe H » twveny earn ¥ Ad Mery! ate fet ger nartht | 'S xd wr w ' e vl mel én Ore Ll Let a ewererser me tbertrrrn in P2cCUI Ledeu gyal Tenet y ay ] ty tees oll "Mrett Om Ht reve | Hs AMIN HEH eve-teute of el edd LL ad ea fey ® i J —a J >» J w sg " = ¢ 4 ah a wh- _ ay wy > J 3 1% Ww qd t awe = o@ INANE J = vitee agen ) || | ad wiv Sy, if seh es Ay Hh] tT ¥ wr |] qe M4 wA « =a > E a PNAS 7 ALL Laer sgorsttt Sister laethn ang ASR Labccde coamarsencreee® wyydes WintmetMetPe sn esn RAN | fgetlNn ee V w ” patadasdhaidlehalellbarerad tel alabaster PET NAM Arn sprains, swt Oars ~w~~-Wv au , Ut nN we id Ke aha 7H ’ Merritt Me vatioce** Wass + th Tyee a s 4_ 4 hie stat at es - ; : : ; ro "| RRPPO PRIA, 2 wa | | buy 4 vf dh TELA | af’ \ » ' wack 1 wy Sha! NN, Wii aint Tp izes cs by a 44a a TET aR TTT TTT (iy Wa LEAT) TAL a » , HE A SA th Wan. <- “« VN ele et. "% aoe bo aL Ten MINA | SO Ne ‘eer ret” taergd Do tdd be meutee ~ AS | | ve = pre Tt “ hi 3 n eLih TA. ee md ib e 7‘ : we phir tf | 4 — NG NASP rn er | J yt dewey oN Vegvyrrerr Vel. gs 4 a G A Vows ww & if wy Sy we ahd PS yi <4‘ V U : d 4 Ae: ret See ret TT “y + wy Nw Ny hl ty ye ey! \ z cceeaeee WN Says 4 , at MAN Wage NIT NN Ww skys o SELEY a lang ter Me arin” AEE a) ' oe > Gre patra baw TR eee COLL ry ces PUTTY Ty ~urestuy CF rare agit Ny ‘6 dit | | eq s ait Wy Wyse nese renwpeneete ated tell se vw Ww 1} \ 1 \ TEE tes oo % | Wf awn: wre! Nyt vee yt tw att v Ny, ¥ Vyry/ Was ys FO 4 | My Nyteives AC UL g Sct vaiy pVy ALI ; ireleeyi y¥y A | | 4 wv bs es et : w wa sole ta = =e Wess. yy wire wY 4 E ahny Pas c went, w | gyi Nosaveral ay ingen DLN SERRE i keke ae - STE TOMY ie BeeAte Msg 1 VARS © os “ SeN~ 2° ae ee ad OB Pret Bend % | Vw ' 4] ris 6@gede eee We wepeey Gea ts: AM sth tM 6 . wo ~ oon wn str pease sts eee Oe ies ‘ We ka oe *\ J + & Vad nvreutngg Sereseees UNIT STMT TLE Muy E Ee Mbgcren wT Ye ed ing | { LA ba a Ra ~S. 4 L (Ar: “Nor ] MAA ae Pen | er PARA LLL | ML} | pee yA i ae TH Ve TH Wd | Perret | Py Vb ere Typ tives eyerine wy be Bly 4 a ha eer § arity ne SEGEe ye tly “SNe. Pas ~ Bt se WA Tee Ad CUNARD ill | Sts REE A | 4 Pug a 1 Swe, yt i) | Ht ad jwse “Ww Tf ere 1 wr 2 ahp ow A West Hah ype Pt bcc Llettteg: ort Woe. be eee ¢II., 74: Rare. In woods. Gosforth, Ravensworth, and Lanercost. 2. A. fuscipes, Fab., 1. c. 738. 3. A. lanuginosa, Grav., 1. ¢. 74; A. brevipennis, var., 1. ©. IV LT 5: bo (Sy) NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 4. A. obscurella, Grav., 1. ¢. 5. A. grisea, Kz., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 319. Rare. Amongst algz on the sea coast. 6. A. algarum, Fauv.; A. ne Trans. Cl. VI., 60. 7. A. mesta, Grav., l. ¢. II., 74. 8. A. bilineata, Gyll., 1. ¢. ine 175. Somewhat rare, and confined to the sea coast. 9. A. nitida, Grav., 1. c. IL., 78. 10. I rufieottis, 1. c. 11., 67. 7. TT’. transversalis, Gr.; Erich., Gen. et Sp. Staph. 240. Rare. ‘‘ Henhole,” Mr. J. Hardy. 8. T. brunneus, Fab., Trans. Cl. I1., 67; 7. pyrrhopterus, 1. ¢. LAMPRINUS, Heer. 1. JL. saginatus, Grav., Nat Hist. Trans. I., 319. Very rare. Sea coast near Whitley. CONOSOMA, Heer. 1. C. littorea, Linn., Trans. Gl: I1., 65. Not rare, especially in rejectamenta on the banks of streams. 2. C. pubescens, Grav., l. c. 3. C.immaculata, Steph., |. ¢. V., 222. In cut grass. Little Benton and Heaton. ‘‘ Marsden,” Mr. Perkins. 4. C. obscuripennis, Steph.; C. phyrrhopterus, 1. c. IL., 66; C. lividus, Er. BOLITOBIUS, Steph. 1. B.analis, Payk., Trans. Cl. I1., 69. 2. B. cingulatus, Mann., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 443. Rare. Gosforth Woods, and near Gilsland. 3. B. formosus, Grav. (?) Trans. Cl. II., 69. ‘‘Rare. One specimen taken in a quarry near Fugar Bar,” Mr. J. Hardy. November. 4. B. castaneus, Hardy and Bold ; Bryoporus castaneus, Trans. Cl. VI., 228; Br. Hardii, Crotch. A single specimen, taken at Long Benton. B. atricapillis, Fab., Trans. Cl. IT., 69. B. trinotatus, Er.; B. trimaculatus, 1. ¢. B. exoletus, Er.; B. angularis, 1. ¢. GO ID B. pygmeus, Fab., 1. ¢. 70. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. : 35 MYCETOPORUS, Mann. 7 oM. splendens, Marsh., |. ¢. 71. Rare. In damp places in woods, Xe. 2. M. longulus, Mann., 1. c. 70. Rare. Same localities as the foregoing. 3. M. lepidus, Grav., 1. c. 70. Not rare. In damp places in woods. 4. M. nanus, Er., 1. ¢. VI., 228. Rare. Sea coast near Whitley. 5. M. tenuis, Muls., Faune Frane. I., 492. ‘Top of Cheviot,’’ Dr. Sharp. QUEDIADA. QUEDIUS, Leach. 1. Q. lateralis, Grav., Trans. Cl. II., 81. Rare. ‘‘Twizell,”’ P. J. Selby, Esq. - ‘‘ Wallington,” Dr. Power. I have taken it in fungi at Gibside and Gilsland. 2. QQ. 4-punctatus, Thoms.; Q. fulgidus, var. b. 1. ¢. Not of frequent occurrence. 3. Q. temporalis, Thoms.; Q. fulgidus, var. a. 1. ¢. Very common everywhere. A variety is abundant in cellars, &e., at Newcastle, which is always piceous in colour, with the abdomen highly iridescent. A. @. cruentus, Oliv., |. c. V.,, 54. Long Benton. Very rare. Q. impressus, Panz., |. c. II., 32. Q. molochinus, Grav., 1. ¢. Q. frontalis, Steph., 1. ¢. Q (). fuliginosus, Grav., |. ¢. 33. oO OD WD (). picipes, Mann., 1. ¢. 10. Q. peltatus, Er., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 507. Amongst fallen leaves in woods. Frequent. 36 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 11. Q. umbrinus, Er., Kz. 1. ¢.°509. In woods. Rare. I took it also at Tain, Ross-shire, in Sep- tember. 12. @Q. ruficollis, Steph.; Q. nigriceps, Kz. 1. e. 510. Gosforth Woods, &c., but rarely. In dead leaves. 13. Q. maurorufus, Grav., Kz. 1. ¢. 512. Not uncommon at Gosforth, Gibside, and in the woods near Gilsland. Also at Tain, Ross-shire. 14. Q. suturalis, Kz.; Q. hwmeralis, Trans. Cl. V., 222. Long Benton, and Seghill Dene. Rare. 15. Q. scintillans, Gr.; Q. fuscipes, 1. ¢. II., 34. Very rare. 16. Q. fulvicollis, Steph., 1. ¢. V., 222; Q. levigatus, 1. ¢. III., 296, In woods, &c. Rare, 17. Q. rufipes, Grav.; @. semiobscurus, W. C, Has been met with on the sea coast near Hartley and South Shields, but is not common. 18. Q. semiobscurus, Erich.; Q. semieneus, Trans. Cl. VI., 60. Not uncommon: more especially on the sea coast, 19. Q. attenuatus, Gyll., 1. ¢. IL., 84. Woods, &e. Not unfrequent. 20. Q. boops, Grav., l. ¢. In moss, &c. Rather common. 21. Q. auricomus, Kies., Faune France. I., 540. Banks of the Irthing in May, but very rare. STAPHYLINIDA, STAPHYLINUS, Linn. 1. S. mazillosus, Linn., Trans. Cl. I1., 21. 9. S. nebulosus, Feb., 1. ec. 8. 8S. murinus, Linn., 1. c. Of very rare occurrence. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 37 4, &. latebricola, Grav., 1. ¢. 23. Very rare. Twizell, P. J. Selby, Esq. Hetton Hall, Belford, W. B. Boyd, Esq. 5. 8. stercorarius, Oliv., l. ec. 22. Rather uncommon. I took a fine series of it at South Shields in the nests of a Myrmica. 6. S. pubescens, Deg., l. c. 7. &S. erythropterus, Linn., 1. ¢. 8. 8S. ca@sarius, Ceder., 1. c. Not of frequent occurrence. OCYPUS, Er. 1. O. olens, Miull., 1. c. 23. On O > sumilis, Fab., lV. c: LL.; 296. Rather rare with us. More plentiful about Lanercost. 3. O. brunnipes, Fab., |. c. IL., 23. 4. O. fuscatus, Grav., l. ¢. Occurring sparingly in widely separated localities. 5. O. cupreus, Rossi, l. ¢. 6. O. ater, Grav., l. c. 24. Tynemouth, Hartley, and in profusion on the Wansbeck near North Seaton. 7. O.morio, Grav., 1. c. PHILONTHUS, Leach. 1. P. splendens, Fab., |. c. 25. 2. P. intermedius, Lac.; P. chalceus, 1. ¢. Very rare. Hartlepool, Mr. J. Hardy. 3. P. laminatus, Steph., 1. c. 4. P. succicola, Thoms.; P. carbonarius, 1. c. In fungi, &c., in woods, and in vegetable refuse in gardens. 5. P. tenuicornis, Rey et Muls. ; P. punctiventris, 1. ¢. VI., 50. A rare insect. I have taken it on wing in October. 38 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 6. P. addendus, Sharp, Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 820; Ph. tem- poralis, Trans. Cl. VI., 50. A type of P. addendus, named by Mr. Crotch, appears to me to be quite identical with my specimens of P. temporalis. 7. PL. @neus; Rossi, 1. c. 11:, 25. 8. P.scutatus, Win: loc. 26: Sparingly, but generally spread over our district, and in east Cumberland. I have seen specimens from Perthshire, and I took it at Tain in Ross-shire. Sy oe a decorus, Grave wlene: LO) (Ppolitus: als le: 11. P. lucens, Mann., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 582. Very rare. Banks of the Irthing. 12: P. ambratilis, Grav., Grans: Clit, 27- Widely spread but not common in our district: more plentiful on the Irthing about Lanercost. tos) Pvarvus, Gyll- ice: 14. P. albipes, Grav., |. ¢. Both rare and local with us. 15. P. marginatus, Fab., 1. c. 26. 116R) PS sordudus, Grav., lec. 28: i SP. jimetaris, Gray, 1c: 18. PP. cephatolus, Grav., 1. c. 19. P. nigriventris, Thomson, Skand. Col. IX., 147. Banks of Irthing. Very rare. 20. P. xantholoma, Grav., Trans. Cl. II., 27. 21. P. fucicola, Steph., 1. c. 28. Rare. ‘‘ Beneath sea weed at Marsden,” Mr. J. Hardy. 22. P. ebeninus, Grav., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 596; Trans. Cl. VIL, 229. 23. P. fumigatus, Er., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 599. Banks of streams, &c. Common. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 39 24. P. sangwinolentus, Grav., Trans. Cl. II., 29. Rare. Mostly found on the sea coast. 25. P. longicornis, Steph., 1. c. (P. varians, var. C.). 26, P. varions, Wab., |. ¢.; P. bipusiulatus, var. I. c: Die eadeuilis, Grav. |. calLV.y £75. Rare. Gosforth and South Shields. Poe ie ventiralis. Grav. le ¢. Ul. 30. 295 P. discoideus, Grav., lc. 30. LP. thermarum, Aube; P. splendidulus, 1. ¢. ‘Long Benton. Rare. Sle es micans, Grav., |. ¢- Rare. Twizell, Dunstanborough Castle, and Boldon Flats. 32. P. rubripennis, Steph. ; P. fulvipes, 1. ¢. Rare. Twizell and Wooler Water. 30. LP. nigritulas, Grav.; P. aterrimus, 1. ¢. 81. 34, P. puella, Nordm.; P. minaz, 1. c. Not of frequent occurrence. 35. P. procerulus, Grav. |. c. VI., 229. Near Wooler, and sea banks north of Whitley. Rare. XANTHOLINIDA. XANTHOLINUS, Dahil. te xe edgudes,, Wale, lire. 1: os Rare. Banks of Tyne, Derwent, and at South Shields. 2. X. glabratus, Grav., 1. c. 3. A. punctulatus, Payk., |. c. 4. X. ochraceus, Gyll., 1. c. 38. 5. X. tricolor, Fab., 1. ¢. 6. X. linearis, Oliv., 1. ¢. LEPTACINUS, £7. 1. L. parumpunctatus, Gyll., 1. ¢. Not of frequent occurrence. 40 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 2. L. batychrus, Gyll., 1. ¢. 39. Also somewhat rare. 3. LL. pusillus, Steph. ; L. linearis, 1. ¢. OTHIUS, Steph. 1. O. fulvipennis, Fab., 1. c. IL., 36. 2. O. leviusculus, Kirby; O. punctipennis, Kz. Rare. Near Hartley in October. O. melanocephalus, Grav., 1. ¢. 86. O. myrmecophilus, Kies., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 330. BAPTOLINUS, Kez. 1. B. alternans, Grav.; Othius pilicornis, Trans. Cl. II., 37. PADERIDA. LATHROBIUM, Grav. L. brunnipes, Fab., 1, ¢. 40. L. elongatum, Linn., 1. ¢. LL. boreale, Hoch.; L. geminum, 1. c. V1., 229. Li. fulvipenne, Grav., 1. ¢. IL., 40. L ONE ait ae a . multipunctatum, Grav., 1. c. Rare. Banks of Derwent. Tyne, &c. 6. L. angusticolle, Lac.; L. carinatum, |. c. III., 46. Rare. In rejectamenta on the Devil’s Water and Irthing. 7. J. quadratum, Payk., 1. ¢. TI., 41. 8. L. longulum, Grav., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 681. Rare. Banks of Irthing. CRYPTOBIUM, Mann. [C. fracticorne, Payk., Trans. Cl. IT., 39.] The types in the Selby collection are Philonthus nigritulus. STILICUS, Lat. 1. S. rujfipes, Grav., |. ¢. 41. Rare. Banks of the Derwent, Tyne, and at South Shields. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 41 2. 8S. affinis, Er., 1. ¢. 42. 3. 8S. orbiculatus, Payk., 1. ¢. 43. Much rarer than the preceding. LITHOCHARIS, Lac. 1. JL. maritima, Aubé., Ent. Mon. Mag. II., 1869. Rare. Sea coast near South Shields. 2. L. fuscula, Mann., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 182. With the preceding, and quite as rare. eae Dp ochracea, Grav., Trans. Cl. II., 41. 4. lL. melanocephala, Fab., 1. c. II., 89. Banks of streams. Not common. 5. LL. obsoleta, Nordm., 1. c. VI., 229. Very rare. Near South Shields, in May. STENIDA. DIANOUS, Leach. 1. D. c@rulescens, Gyll., 1. ¢. IL., 43. Rare. Ouseburn Dene. Wallington, Dr. Power. Near Wooler, Mr. J. Hardy. STENUS, Lat.* . biguttatus, Linn., 1. c. . guttula, Mull., 1. c. 44. . bimaculatus, Gyll., 1. ¢. UNO tab lcs . bupthalmus. Grav., 1. ¢. Cp) Gx PS 6S ooo oS) . 8. atratulus, Er., 1. ¢. Local. Apparently more plentiful on the sea coast than else- where. 7. S. melanopus, Marsh., 1. c. 45. Rather uncommon. * The student may consult with advantage a most valuable descriptive paper on the ‘‘ British Species of Stenus,” by E. C. Rye, in the Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine, Vol. I., p. 6 et seq. 49, A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF 8. 8S. canaliculatus, Gyll., 1. c. ITL., 89. In moss, &c. Somewhat rare. 9. S. opacus, Er.; S. debilus, Nat. Hist. Trans., I., 132. Northumberland (?) G. R. Waterhouse, Esq. 10. 8. pusillus, Kirby, Trans. Cl. IT., 45. 11. 8S. speculator, Lac.; S. boops, 1. c. 46. 12. 8S. Rogeri, Kz.; S. sylvester, Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 132. Banks of streams, &c. Rare. 13. 8. Argus, Grav., Yrans. Cl. VE, 229. Very rare. 14. 8S. declaratus, Er., 1. ec. Not uncommon. 15. 8S. crassus, Steph.; S. nigritulus, 1. ¢. IL., 46. Rare. Long Benton, Gosforth, and Budle Crag. ‘‘ Walling- ton,’ Dr. Power. 16. 8S. nigritulus, Gyll.; S. unicolor, |. ¢. IV., 176. Rare. I have several times taken it in the burrows of Bledius arenarius. 17. S. laticollis, Thoms.; S. brunnipes, 1. c. II., 49. 18. 8S. binotatus, Ljunyh., 1. c. 46. 19. 8S. pubescens, Steph., 1. c. 47. 20. 9S. pallitarsis, Steph., 1. c.; S. plantaris, 1. c. TII., 296. Of occasional occurrence in several localities. 21. 8. bifoveolatus, Gyll.; S. nitidus, 1. c. II., 47. Also somewhat uncommon. 22. 8. brevicollis, Thomson, Skand. Col. III., 284. ‘‘ Banks of Till, and on Henhole,”’ Mr. J. Hardy. 23. S. vusticus, Er.; S. picipes, Trans. Cl. II., 47. 24. §. nitidiusculus, Steph., 1. c. 25. S. gonymelas, Steph., 1. c. VI., 229. Somewhat rare, and local. 26. SS. impressipennis, J. Duv.; S. proboscideus, 1. ¢. I1., 48. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 48 27. 8S. glacialis, Heer., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 320. One specimen.on Cheviot in August, Mr. R. Hislop. 28. 8S. impressus, Germ., Trans. Cl. II., 47. 29. 8S. pallipes, Grav., 1. c. 48. “Rare. Gibside and Ravensworth Woods, in moss, Mr. J. Hardy. January.” 30. S. flavipes, Steph., 1. c. 31. 8S. tarsalis, Liungh., 1. ¢. “In damp bogs. Taken at Twizell, by P. J. Selby, Esq.”’ 82. SS. oculatus, Grav., 1. c. 49. 33. SS. fulvicornis, Steph., 1. ¢. Rare. Ravensworth, Gibside, Gosforth, Hetton Hall, near Belford, &c. d4. 8. latifrons, Er., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. IT., 794. Banks of Irthing. Rare. ‘‘ Wooler district,” Mr. J. Hardy. OXYTELIDA. BLEDIUS, Leach. 1. B. subterraneus, Er., Trans. Cl. II., 49. Banks of Derwent, Devil’s Water, Irthing, Till, and at Hetton Hall, near Belford. ‘‘ Wallington,” Dr. Power. 2. B. arenarius, Payk., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 826. Whitley Sands in plenty. 3. B. opacus, Block., Trans. Cl. II., 49. Rare. Banks of the Derwent and Ivthing. The late Rey. G. T. Rudd found it abundant at the estuary of the Tees. A. B. longulas, Kr., 1. ¢. VI., 280. Banks of the Irthing, and rather plentifully towards the north end of Whitley Sands. 5. BB. erraticus, EKr., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 836: Rare. Beneath stones in the bed of the Irthing, when the water was low, at St. Mary’s Holme, near Lanercost. PLATYSTETHUS, Mann. 1. WP. morsitans, Payk., Trans. Cl. II., 50. 44 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF OXYTELUS, Mann. . rugosus, Fab., 1. c. 51. . sculptus, Grav., 1. ¢. . luteipennis, Er.; O. nitens, 1. ¢. . sculpturatus, Grav., |. c. . nitidulus, Grav., 1. e. 52. Do to er S28 Ss © O. maritinus, Thoms. ; O. flavipes, |. ¢. 51. Rictoamet alge on the sea oat Abundant. 7. O.complanatus, Hr.; O. pallipes, |. ¢. 52. 8. O. depressus, Grav., |. c. HAPLODERUS, Steph. 1. H. celatus, Grav., Kz. Ins. Deutsch. II., 865. Rare. A hill insect. I have only met with it on our western borders. ANCYROPHORUS, Kz. 1. A. omalinus, Er., Kz. 1. c. 889. Banks of the Irthing. ‘‘ Banks of the Wansbeck,”’ Dr. Power. 2. A. longipennis, Fairm., Kz. 1. c. 888; Thinobius longipennis, Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 320. Banks of the Irthing. Mr. Crotch found it abundant at Yet- holm. TROGOPHLGUS, Mann. 1. T. arcuatus, Steph.; 7’. scorbiculatus, Kz. 1. e. 870. Banks of streams. Very rare. 2. TT. riparius, Lac.; T’. bilineatus, Trans. Cl. II., 52. 3. T. elongatulus, Er., 1. c. VI., 280. Amongst alge on the sea coast. Rare. A, T. fuliginosus, Grav., 1. c. II., 52. Rare. Banks of the Tull. 5. YT. corticinus, Grav., |. c. V., 54. Little Benton, and North Seaton. 6. T. pusillus, Grav., 1. ¢. Il., 538; T. halophilus, Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 132. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 45 SYNTOMIUM, Curt. 1. S. e@neum, Mill., Trans. Cl. IT., 58. COPROPHILUS, Lat. 1. C. striatulus, Fab., 1. c. Long Benton and sea coast, but not common. HEMALAIDAL. ANTHOPHAGUS, Grav. 1. A. alpinus, Fab., 1. ¢. 54. Top of Cheviot, Hedgehope, &c. Not rare. 2. A. testaceus, Grav., 1. c. 54; A. caraboides, |. c. Abundant in woods. A. caraboides appears to have been founded on dark coloured examples of this species. GEODROMICUS, Rede. 1. G. nigrita, Mill.; G. plagiatus, 1. ¢. 55. Rare on the Derwent and Irthing. ‘‘ Rothley,” Dr. Power. LESTEVA, Lat. ieee bicolor, Babs, lac: 2. L. punctata, Er.; L. wnpressa, |. ¢. Not common, but widely distributed. ACIDOTA, Steph. TPA crengia Habs, lac Ot: ‘A pair from the woods, near Ravensworth Castle,’ Mr. J. Hardy. 2. (RAGONYCHA.) 11. T.fulvus, Scop.; R. melanurus, 1. e. 12. T. translucidus, Lap.; T. pilosus, 1. ¢. 183. Rare. 18. T. fuscicornis, Oliv., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 133. Rare. Whittle Dene, and Gosforth. 14. T. limbatus, Thoms.; R. testacea, Trans. Cl. II., 185. T have not seen any local examples of the T. testaceus, Linn. 15. T. pallidus, Fab., 1. c. 184 (Ragonycha.) 16. T. paludosus, Fall., 1. ¢. (Ragonycha.) (PODABRUS.) 17. T. alpinus, Payk., 1. e. (Podabrus.) MALTHINUS, Latr. 1. M. flaveolus, Payk., 1. ¢. 185. MALTHODES, Kies. (MALTHINUS, Cat.) M. biguttatus, Linn., 1. ¢. M. mysticus, Kies., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 822. M. atomus, Thoms.; M. brevicollis, Trans. Cl. II., 186. Rare. 4. M. fibulatus, Kies., Id. Ins. Deutsch. IV., 552. Very rare. Hartford Bridge. May. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 77 5. WM. pellucidus, Kies., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 322; M. minimus, Trans. Cl. IT., 185. Not common, but widely spread over the district. 6. M. dispar, Germ., Kies. 1. c. 547. Rare. Gosforth, and on the Irthing. ‘‘ Hetton Hall, near Belford,” W. B. Boyd, Esq. 7. M. minimus, Linn.; M. sanguinolentus, Trans. Cl. IT., 185. MELYRIDA. MALACHIUS, Fab. 1. M. eneus, Linn., |. c. 186. Rare. ‘‘Stockton,’’ Hogg’s Stockton. ‘Newcastle,’ A. Han- cock, Esq., 2. M. bipustulatus, Linn., 1. ¢. DASYTES, Fab. 1S Py nobis iil. De auridis, lc. ‘‘Durham,” Mr. T. Bungey. A very doubtful native. 2. D. subeneus, Schon.; D. eratus, 1. e. Rare. Winlaton Mill, Gibside, and Whittle Dene. BYTURIDA. BYTURUS, Latr. 1. B. tomentosus, Fab., 1. c. I., 84. 2. B. fumatus, Fab., 1. ¢. V., 223. Not of frequent occurrence. TELMATOPHILUS, Heer. 1. IT. caricis, Oliv., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 322. Borders of the Lake at Gosforth. Rare. 2. T. typhe, Fall., Thoms. Skand. Col. V., 244. ‘« Wallington,’ Dr. Power. 3. TL. Schénherri, Gyll., 1. c. Seghill Dene. Rare. 78 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF CLERIDA. TILLUS, Oliv. 1. YT. elongatus, Linn., Trans. Cl. IT., 186. Ornsby’s Durham. CLERUS, Geoff. 1. (C. formicarius, Linn., 1. ¢. 187 (Thanasimus.) ENOPLIADES. NECROBIA, Steph. N. violacea, Linn.; N. quadra, |. c. N. rufipes, Fab., 1. ¢. N. ruficollis, Fab., 1. ¢. PLINED Ale PTINIDES. GIBBIUM, Scop. 1. G. scotias, Fab., 1. c. 188. NIPTUS, Boield. 1. N. hololeucus, Fald., 1. ¢. (Ptinus.) When our catalogue was published this insect was confined to the towns: it has now become completely naturalised, and has spread to the remotest villages. 2. N. erenatus, Fab., 1. ¢. (Ptinus.) PTINUS, Zinn. 1 =P. fur, Lamn., 1. ¢. 187; P. seapeunctatus doc. 2. P. germanus, Kab.; P. rujipes, 1. c. Very rare. I have a female taken in Newcastle; and it is in Mr. Selby’s list of insects taken at Twizell. ANOBIADES. OCHINA, Sturm. 1. O.hedere, Mill. ; O. ptinoides, Steph. Manual, 202. On ivy. Not uncommon about Gilsland and Lanercost. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 79 PTILINUS, Geof’. 1. P. pectinicornis, Linn., Trans. Cl. II., 188. Durham, Sunderland, Ravensworth, and Long Benton. PRIOBIUM, Crotch’s Cat. 1. P. castaneum, Fab., 1. ¢. (Anobium.) ANOBIUM, Fad. 1. A. domesticum, Fe.; A. striatum, 1. ¢. (the Death Watch.) 2. A. paniceum, Linn., |. ce. 189. ERNOBIUM, Thoms. 1. EH. molle, Linn., 1. ¢. (Anobium); A. abietis, 1. ¢. (Selby’s collection. ) BOSTRICHIDAL. RHIZOPERTHA, Steph. te ie pusilla, Bab, le. An introduced species. I omit R. cincta, |. ¢., as the description does not enable me to refer it to any known species, being founded on colour only. LYCTIDA. LYCTUS, Fab. 1. L. canaliculatus, Fab., Thomson, |. c. V., 204. On oak wood. Rare. CIOIDA. CIS, Lair. 1. C. boleti, Scop., Trans. Cl. IL., 190. Dee icshluus, panne. lt. Ravensworth, Seghill Dene, and by the Irthing. Bye Oe bidentatus, Oliv., l. ¢. OCTOTEMNUS, Mell. 1. O. glabriculus, Gyll.; Cis nitidus, 1. ¢. 80 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF HETEROMERA. | BLAPTIDA. BLAPS, Fab. 1. B. mucronata, Latr.; B. obtusa, 1. c. 196; B. mortisaga, Hist. Berw. Cl. IV., 322. Common, and has been found in plenty down some of our deepest coal mines. DIAPERIDA. SCAPHIDEMA, Redt. 1. S. e@nea, Payk., Trans. Cl. II., 196 (Platydema.) Rare. Near Axwell Park, and Ryhope Dene. ULOMIDA. TRIBOLIUM, Mac. L. 1. TL. ferrugineum, Fab., 1. c. (Stene.) Imported in sugar, &e. GNATHOCERUS, Thumb. 1. G. cornutus, Fab., 1. c. (Uloma.) Probably introduced, but quite common in bakehouses, &c. PALORUS, 1. P. depressus, Fab., Steph. Manual, 322 (Hypophleus.) In shops, &c. Introduced. ALPHITOBIUS, Steph. 1. A. diaperinus, Panz., Redt. Fn. Aust. 606 (Heterophage.) In shops, &c., no doubt imported. In appears to find a con- genial climate in some of our deep hot coal mines, where it abounds in the stables. It has probably been introduced in some of the horses’ food. TENEBRIONIDS. TENEBRIO, Zinn. 1. Po obscurus, Fab., Trans®@l. TV:,./55. eee NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 81 Do. moutor, Lanne ls es) Ws 196: The larve of this genus from the meal-worms of the bird fanciers. HELOPIDAL. HELOPS, Fab. 1: A. striatus, Fourc., 1. ¢. 195. ‘‘ Gibside,’’ Mr. John Hancock. CISTELIDA. ISOMIRA, Muls. 1. J. murina, Linn.; Cistela murina, |. ¢.; C. castanea, |. e. - (Selby’s collection.) LAGRIADAL. LAGRIA, Fad. 1. LL. hirta, Linn., le. 192. TETRATOMIDA. TETRATOMA, Fab. 1. T. fungorum, Fab., 1. c. 1, 88. “Twizell,”’ P. J. Selby, Esq. Hetton Hall, near Belford, W. B. Boyd, Esq. 20) ancora, Halevlt In Mr. Wailes’s collection. MELANDRYADZ.. ORCHESIA, Laer. 1. O.micans, Panz., |. ¢. VI., 62. “Bred from Polyporus radiatus, growing on alder, near Wooler,” Mr. J. Hardy. 2. O. minor, Walker, 1. c. II., 195. ole Near Gilsland, Swalwell, and at Morpeth. ‘‘ Rothley,”’ Dr. Power. F 82 A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS OF HALLOMENUS, Panz. 1. H. numeralis, Panz., Thoms. Skand. Col. VI., 311. Rare. Long Benton. CARIDA, Muls. 1. C. flexuosa, Payk., Trans. Cl. VI., 62. ‘In Polyporus radiatus, growing on alder, near Wooler,” Mr. J. Hardy. MELANDRYA, Fab. 1. WM. caraboides, Linn., 1. ec. II., 195. PYRRHOCHROADAL. PYRRHOCHROA, Fab. i) Pi uwoens) Kab... lec. lgile ANTHICIDAL. ANTHICUS, Payk. ls) Ble jlopalnss Wiig, IE. 2. A. quisquiliarius, Thoms., Nat. Hist. Trans. I., 322. Perhaps the male of floralis ? MORDELLIDA. MORDELLIDES. ANASPIS, Geoff.* 1. A. frontalis, Linn., Trans. Cl. IT., 192. 9. A. rufilabris, Gyll., Thoms. Skand. Col. VI., 301. Has been taken in several localities by myself, and at Wal- lington by Dr. Power. 3. A. pulicaria, Costa; A. forcipata, Muls. Hither very rare with us, or overlooked. 4. A. fasciata, Forst., Trans. Cl. II., 198. Rare, but has been taken in widely separated localities. * See a valuable paper on this genus in the ‘‘ Entomologist” for March, 1865, by G. R. Crotch, Esq. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 83 5. A. rujficollis, Fab., 1. ¢. 192. Ge “Aathoracica, tinn,, Ves TV. a0. Apparently rare in our district. 7. se elemenee * ot CanitellaveapitatawHOussmressseessoeee ers seceesecce a * Ammochares ottonis, Grube ...........1.ceeeeseeeee 5g) pee eae Amphictene auricoma, Miill. ............6.000.00000 |Sscereuel i see a) mee Amphicteis gunneri, Sars ............s.0.ceeeee eee gece | Sabellides octocirrata, Sars ...........ceeceeesenees x Amphitrite cirrata, Will. ..........0.:ececeeeeeeeeee || cies, || accel een Terehella henluseMalyelliy-cc-wceor cee setet ares cow [onde Steg ee pee littoralisss (tubes) weceeeeeeeeeecnase tees rea prPem Wasor rors) ll 5c Nicolea zostericola, (frst. ......... Moeeecannoser dene poet aoe tere TRIBE (GU SIRN Ey JKHIL” Sccagecscesosue adocneneseasane nce | aide eee Uhelepus'ciremnatus, Pavia) cnceeeeee ees sse scenes spied atl 2 Trichobranchus glacialis, Wr. ...........-.....0.6+ aml Rosie Terebellides stroemii, Sars .................0eeeeeeee case) || are tory | eee Sabella peniedllus; 7... .23h. cc ccecee-cee sce seecearere oc MSDS) RIE ea Chone infundibuliformis, Kréyer .................- Se yi|i cae] eeeeual eee ee Protulayprotensasy Gupecsescesases-seceen-seseceeeee ete Se ees Rilioranaamplexa, Bercy (se-osceesesteeccsesc oo ce - deals geet IIl.— Catalogue of the Echinodermata of Northumberland and Durham. By Grorce Hopex. (Plates I.—III., V.) SEVERAL years have elapsed since I was requested to prepare a catalogue of the Echinoderms of our coast. Year by year some progress has been made, but other duties having distracted my attention, the fulfilment of my promise has been unavoidably delayed ; still the work was not one that could be hurried, as unfortunately these animals had been almost neglected by our local naturalists, thus causing me to have to rely much on my own observations, it being necessary that I should collect and note for myself on as many points of our coast line as practicable, for it appeared probable that even on such a comparatively un- varied shore as reaches from the Tees to Berwick Bay, there might be differences to record. Living as I have done for se- veral years on the coast of Durham, my opportunities for dredg- ing and shore-hunting there have been all that could be desired, NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 121 and so far as this particular locality (Seaham) is concerned, I do not apprehend any species have been overlooked: south of this I have never collected. Fortunately, the northern part of our district was well investigated in 1862-3 and 1864 during the dredging expeditions of those years, when much valuable infor- mation and a number of species were obtained :* but for these expeditions, the long stretch of coast from the Tyne to Holy Island must have remained unexplored, so far as my personal experience was concerned, with the exception of sundry visits to Cullercoats during 1866. So far as I am aware, our much valued and talented friend, the late Mr. Alder, was the only one amongst us who systema- tically collected the Echinoderms of our coast. The Rev. A. M. Norman, Mr. G. 8. Brady, and Mr. Robert Embleton (of Beadnel) have, it is true, collected from time to time, but they have not given any special attention to these captures; for al- though Mr. Norman may be said to be our authority on these animals, his observations have been more particularly confined to the Shetland Seas, and I shall have to draw largely upon the most valuable observations he has published thereon. All of these friends have assisted me with information, for which I would here record my obligations. The late Mr. Alder kindly furnished me with a list of species which he had taken, or knew — had been taken, on the Northumberland coast: his list comprised twenty-nine species. Starting with it as my foundation, I have confirmed the names which he gave me,} and have added thereto (assisted by Messrs. Norman and Brady) other fourteen species. The total number of species known at this time to inhabit our sea is therefore forty-three, viz. :— (ORTON Gl ee sucpoadsdackeHstoc tric beineonoddbaaeeosaeee 1 Ophiuroid cay aside assesee soostedsw.secemaeaee 12 ING HETOLM Gales Reese ccs lastozeWnssusAnscccee cus tases' 11 BENIN OME As awe. gave cogs shebeeeetassenkeaseecenss 10 Mo lomhuroideatiewenseccesecc sect eat neeh ne oete sce 9 43T * See reports of deep sea dredging on the coasts of Northumberland and Durham, in Nat. Hist. Trans. for 1864. ¢ Excepting Thyonidium commune, which see. t I have adopted Mr. Norman's very excellent plan of summarising. 122 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF Contrasting this with the results given by Mr. Norman of the dredgings in the Shetland Seas, we are very far behind. He records— Grimord cate ceccmeeceeceecwctunacrceekeen wince eoee yy) Ophrinnoid ea eectaae csemameeen. coves cuh » bens chabert 14 ING LOOM GA Me ceaeenckcccecc qecttes cou Geocereaeteaaee 17 Tyo iia Yost Loy Rade Nea nel ase eRe ERM Rae at 15 TEI LOMO EA poocacnosbaondnocdesneonasdbes 4eoxcanD 14 go* Or nineteen more than we are able to do. Still, considering the extent of ground, and the varying and great depths they dredged over, with those extraordinary influences which tend to pro- duce a superabundance of animal life in these seas, as compared with our own, we cannot fail to fall far short. It is probable, however, that the list here given may compare favourably with the catalogues from other localities of a similarly restricted cha- racter. I am far from being satisfied with the state in which I am obliged to leave the Urasters (Asterias). Several ‘‘forms”’ have utterly defied my repeated attempts to define where one species may be said ‘‘to begin” and another ‘‘to end.” Hundreds of specimens have been collected and examined during the last few years. Sometimes it was thought they could be “split up” in consequence of marked differences which appeared important, at another time a doubt would occur, upsetting previous con- clusions. I fear, therefore, like other observers, I must leave them much as I find them, and avoid what undoubtedly would be a great evil—the setting up of specific distinctions which a more extended knowledge might subsequently upset. There are two or three very characteristic variations which commonly oc- cur on our coast. These will be described as varieties of Asterias rubens ; for until we can accurately fix a reliable and undeviating standard of specific characters, it is surely best to allow a margin for variation of species, which occurs to a greater or lesser de- sree amongst most animals. Bearing upon the question of the * There may perhaps be a doubt about one of these species, Asterias hispida. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 1.28» discrimination and determination of species, some observers have endeavoured to establish specific characters from the variations in the form of the pedicellarie. In many instances these pecu- liar organs undoubtedly afford most valuable assistance, for even in the Urasters in several species those found on one are quite distinct from those found on another, still they so far resemble those of allied genera, that it would be unwise to base specific character on such slight grounds alone, even admitting the con- stancy of form which exists in the pedicellariz of certain genera and species. We have still much, if not everything to learn, respecting these organisms, and until we know more of their character and use, we must not attempt to base specific differ- ences upon a greater or smaller number of serrations upon the jaw-like appendages. Specific differences, that rest upon so fine a distinction, surely cannot be of much value to the student. Although this is scarcely the place to discuss the probable use of the pedicellariz in the economy of the animal, it may never- . theless be desirable that they should have a brief notice. Various have been the conjectures recorded upon this puzzling question. Some naturalists have assigned to them a similar office to that of the “‘avicularia”’ or ‘‘birds-heads’’ of the Polyzoa, ‘‘ being intended to seize minute animals and to hold them till they die and decompose as baits to attract clouds of infusoria, which, multiplying in the vicinity of the urchin, may afford it an abun- dant supply of food.’’* This is scarcely likely, for it is doubtful whether these animals prey upon infusoria; if they do, where would be the necessity for the powerful dental apparatus with which several of them are provided? And, further than this, as recorded in this catalogue, the writer has dredged numbers of urchins (H. esculentus and EH. neglectus) on the coast of North- umberland; these, on being cleaned, were found to be filled with small particles of marine alge which had been “ grazed”’ from a weedy bottom, where the animals had congregated in immense numbers. Again, those who are disposed to favour Mr. Gosse’s idea, might be asked to account for the absence of * Gosse. Evenings at the Microscope, p. 346. 124 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF pedicellariz upon certain starfishes, whilst species closely allied possess these organs: these without pedicellarie have precisely similar habits, and doubtless live upon the same food. This may be exemplified in Asterias violacea and Solaster papposa, both of which are found upon our rocks. The former is abun- dantly supplied with these organs, the latter is entirely without them. Forbes, in his “‘ History of British Starfishes,”’ makes frequent allusions to the feeding of these animals: in many cases, animals of considerable magnitude have been observed to be their food.* We must therefore, I think, seek for the func- tions of these organisms in a different direction; for with the evidence which can readily be adduced relative to the food of starfishes and urchins, it is unsatisfactory to assume they feed upon beings which no one can prove to be their prey. In the case of the Spatangide, however, there must be a reservation, not with reference to pedicellariz assisting in procuring food, but as to the food itself, for they undoubtedly imbibe an immense number of minute animals, possibly including infusoria. It is probable, however, that rhizopods form the principal part of their food, a Spatangus from Shetland (in the possession of the Rev. A. M. Norman) having been found to contain an incredible num- ber of the shells of these animals, and when we remember they are both found on the same kind of bottom, this is easily ac- counted for. With these facts before us we cannot, I think, re- gard the pedicellarie as a sort of “‘avicularia,”’ but may they not very properly be regarded as a modified form of tentacles ? Sensitive as they are in the highest degree, they may be so many ‘‘ organs of touch,” performing in the urchin (where they appear to attain their highest development) somewhat similar functions to the ‘‘ pimnated cirrhi’”’ of the Ophiuroidea, and, in a minor degree, similar duties amongst the Asteroidea, disappear- ing altogether in the Holothuroidea. But, with this theory, we have still to account for their absence in certain genera of the Asteroidea; for example, Solaster, Porania, and Cribrella. The classification and nomenclature employed in the following * See Hist. Brit. Starfishes, pp. 86, 88, 134, &c. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. Oy catalogue are those most carefully elaborated by the Rev. A. M. Norman, and proposed by him in a valuable paper published in 1865.* Unfortunately, other duties have prevented Mr. Norman from giving us the concluding paper on the Echinoidea and Holo- thuroidea then promised. His recent paper on Shetland Echi- nodermst in part fills up this blank, although a local list, however good, cannot prove so valuable to the student as a monograph ; let us hope Mr. Norman may yet find time to conclude what he so ably planned and partly carried out. Naturalists, familiar only with the classification and nomenclature of Forbes, will observe the difference of this system. As to its soundness, I do not feel myself competent to decide; but it may be asked, why are Ophiothrix, Ophiocoma, Ophiopholis, and Amphiura (all of which Forbes grouped together under the genus Ophiocoma), placed between Antedon (Comatula of Forbes) and Ophiura, in- stead of the last named genus immediately following Antedon and the first named after Ophiura? I cannot help thinking all ends would have been served by leaving Ophiura where Forbes placed it, and following on with the several genera formed out of Ophiocoma. I have frequently to allude to the depth at which the various species are found, and I find, on looking over what is here re- corded, that thirty to forty-five fathoms is considered ‘“‘ deep water.’’ I would ask my readers to bear in mind, that on the coast of Northumberland and Durham this is really deep water. It is doubtful whether we could touch fifty-five fathoms between our coast and the Dogger Bank. My remarks must therefore necessarily have only a local meaning ; for after the recent deep Atlantic dredgings, any dredging on our coast ‘‘in deep water”’ sinks into insignificance. * On the Genera and Species of British Echinodermata. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Series 3, Vol. XV., page 98. + Last report on dredging among the Shetland Isles. Brit. Ass. Report for 1868, p. 312. TT 126 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF Crass. ECHINODERMATA. OrpDER I. CRINOIDEA. Famity. ANTEDONIDA. Genus. ANTEDON, Fréminville. 1. AntEpon rosacnus (Linck). (Rosy Feather-star). Comatula rosacea, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 5. Cullercoats, rather rare, J. A. Embleton and Beadnel Bays, not rare, R. HK. Off Dunstanborough and Seaham, G. H. This is one of the rarest of our starfishes. Messrs. Alder and Hancock have obtained specimens from the Cullercoats fishing lines, and Mr. Embleton has taken it in Embleton and Beadnel Bays. When dredging off Dunstanborough Castle in July, 1864, in company with the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. D. O. Drewett, we obtained three specimens from a rocky ledge in about twenty- five fathoms. This, taken in connection with Mr. Embleton’s remark, ‘‘not rare,”’ leads me to suppose it is local in its habitat: certainly it is very rare on the Durham coast; for, so far as I am aware, only one specimen has been taken (by Mr. G. 5. Brady and myself) off Seaham, in about thirty fathoms. Orper Il. OPHIUROIDEA. Famity. OPHIURIDA. GENuS. OPHIOTHRIX, Miller and Troschel. 1. OpHroTHRix FRAGILIS (Miller). (Common Brittle-star). Asterias fragilis, Miller. Zool. Dan. III., p. 28. PI. XCVIII. Ophiocoma rosula, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes, p. 60. Ophiothrix rosula, Forbes. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XIX. (1845), p. 151. Very common all along the coast, Seaham to Holy Island, G. H. Common, J. A. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 127 This is perhaps the commonest, but at the same -time one of the handsomest of our ‘‘brittle-stars.”’ It is very abundant on the rocky portions of our coast, and is taken from low-water mark to thirty-five fathoms, and even deeper water, according to the nature of the bottom. On the Durham coast its peculiar habitat is about twenty to twenty-five fathoms: from this depth large masses of Alcyonium digitatum are brought up by the fish- ing lines: these in many cases are covered with this species of brittle-star, which possibly preys upon the zoophyte. In its young state it is very plentiful on the sponges, which encrust the dark tidal caverns found in our Magnesian Limestone rocks. Genus. AMPHIURA, Forbes. 1. Ampurura Fitirormis (Miller). (Thread-rayed Brittle-star). Ophiocoma filiformis, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 40. Amphiura filiformis, Sars. Bidrag til Kundsk. om Mid- dlehavets Littoral Fauna, p. 84. Northumberland and Durham coasts, frequent from deep water, G. H. This species is generally distributed along our coast, and in considerable numbers. It is seldom indeed that a dredge comes up from a suitable bottom (mud and sand) without fragments of the rays being obtained: owing however to its excessive fragility, it is rarely obtained in a perfect state. It is abundant off Seaham in about twenty-five to thirty fathoms. I have never obtained it from the fishing lines, the principal medium by which we have been made acquainted with so many forms of marine life from our sea: it is not surprising, therefore, that it should, during so many years, have escaped notice, though it is by no means un- common. The Rev. A. M. Norman was the first to record its presence on the Durham coast, having obtained fragments from the stomach of haddocks. It was next dredged off Seaham in twenty-five to thirty fathoms on a soft bottom, in August, 1861. Since this time it has invariably occurred in dredging from a similar depth and bottom. With us it appears to be found only 128 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF in water of about this depth, never having taken it within twenty- five fathoms. Owing to the extraordinary length and delicacy of the rays, and the readiness with which they are severed from the small fleshy disc, I have never yet obtained a really perfect specimen. 2. Ampuriura Caras (Horbes). Amphiura Chiati, Forbes. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XIX. (1845), p. 151. Pl. XIV., figs. 14-18. Amphiura Chiaju, Sars. Bidrag til Kundsk. om Middle- havets Littoral Fauna, p. 86. PI. I., figs. 8-10. Amphiura Chiaju, Liutken. Addit. ad hist. Ophiu. Forste Afdeling (1858), p. 56. Pl. II., fig. 11. Rather rare on our coast, G. H. This species is sometimes taken along with the preceding. It may be readily distinguished from A. filiformis by the presence of six distinct circular scales, one occupying the centre of the disc (on the dorsal surface), the others being arranged round it. It was found for the first time on this coast im dredgings from twenty-five to thirty fathoms off Seaham in 1862. Since then it has been occasionally taken in an imperfect condition in the same locality. It was also obtained in Berwick Bay, during the dredging expedition of 1864. 3. AMPHIURA ELEGANS (Leach). (Gray Brittle-star.) Ophiura elegans, Leach. Zool. Mise., Vol. II. (1815), p. 57. Ophiocoma neglecta, Forbes. British Starfishes (1841), p- 30. Amphiura neglecta, Forbes. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XIX. (1845), p. 150. Common within tide marks, J. A. Common between tide marks, under stones, and amongst the roots of Corallina officinalis. It is found of larger dimensions on NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 129 the Northumberland than on the Durham coast. Several ex- amples have also occurred from twenty to thirty fathoms, both from the fishing lines and dredged. These are usually of a much lighter colour than those found between tide marks, but do not differ in other respects. This species would thus appear to have a wide distribution. 4. Amputura Batu (Thompson). (Ball’s Brittle-star). Ophiocoma Ballii, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 35. Ophiocoma Goodsiri, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p- 57. Amphiura Ball, Sars. Bidrag til Kundsk. om Middle- havets Littoral Fauna, p. 98. Cullercoats, deep water, not uncommon, J. A. Very common all along our coast in ten to twenty-five fathoms, usually inhabiting the crevices and holes of stones which are brought up from that depth. On the Durham coast, the per- forated Magnesian Limestone from deep water contains large numbers. It is a remarkably handsome species, the transverse bands contrasting in a pleasing manner with the ground colours . of the rays. Remarkably fine specimens were dredged near the Farne Islands during the expeditions alluded to. Genus. OPHIOCOMA, (Agassiz.) Oputocoma nicRrA (Miller). (Granulated Brittle-star.) Asterias nigra, Muller. Zool. Dan. III., p.20. Pl. XCIIZ., figs. 1-4. Ophiocoma granulata, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p- 50. Embleton Bay, not uncommon, R. HE. Berwick Bay, rare. Off Dunstanborough (twenty-five fathoms), very abundant, Seaham, rather rare, G. H. This species is as rare on some parts of our coast as it is com- mon on others. During the several years I have collected on I 130 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF the Durham coast (Seaham) I have scarcely obtained a dozen specimens. In Berwick Bay it is rare, but off Dunstanborough it is certainly ‘‘at home.”’ My experience of this spot, so fam- ous for starfish, is only of about three hours duration; but during that short period, we dredged more brittle-stars than one ordi- narily sees in as many years. From what the Rev. A. M. Nor- man, Mr. Drewett, and myself could judge (from the ‘‘ behaviour” of the dredges), there is a narrow scarp of extremely rough ground, which runs out to the north-east (or thereabouts) about three miles off the castle: this spot is literally ‘‘ alive’ with Ophiothrix fragilis, and Ophiocoma nigra. Hach time the dredge came up there were scores upon scores of these species writhing and twisting amongst the zoophytes, &c., with which the net was filled. Genus. OPHIOPHOLIS, Miller and Troschel. 1. OpuiopHotis acuLEata (Miller). (Daisy Brittle-star.) Asterias aculeata, Miller. Zool. Dan. III., p. 29. PI. XCIX. Ophiocoma bellis, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes, p. 35. Ophiopholis aculeata, Liitken. Addit. ad hist. Ophiuri Forste Afdeling (1858), p. 60. Pl. II., figs. 15, 16. Embleton Bay, rare, R. E. Cullercoats, deep water, rather rare, J. A. Seaham, rather rare. Berwick Bay, rather rare. Holy Island, between tide marks (one specimen). Off Dunstan- borough (twenty-five fathoms), frequent, G. H. This beautiful species, although generally distributed, is some- what rare on this coast. I have only obtained from twelve to twenty specimens at Seaham, although the fishing lines and dredge have afforded constant opportunities of procuring it. During a couple.of hours spent in searching Holy Island rocks, in July, 1865, a single specimen was found near low water mark—the only instance in which I have obtained it within tide marks on this coast. Its usual habitat is a depth of from fifteen — to thirty fathoms on a rough bottom, and usually associated NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 131 with Ophiothrix fragilis and Amphiura Balliit. When dredging off Dunstanborough Castle, on the occasion just alluded to, no less than ten specimens were obtained in about three hours, two or three of which were finely coloured and of large size, each ray measuring over three inches, which gives nearly seven inches from tip of one ray to the tip of that opposite. The largest specimen in my collection from the Durham coast only measures four inches. Genus. OPHIURA, (Lamarck.) 1. Opuiura LAceRTOSA (Pennant). Common Sand-star. Asterias lacertosa, Pennant. Brit. Zool., Vol. IV., p. 63. Ophiura texturata, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841). Embleton Bay, not uncommon, R. E. Cullercoats, not com- mon, J. A. Durham coast, fifteen to thirty fathoms, frequent, G. H. . This fine species is frequently brought up by the dredge and fishing lines, usually from a sandy bottom. Immature indivi- duals are often found in shallow water (six to fifteen fathoms) associated with O. albida, for which they may be mistaken : ma- ture forms are rarely found except in deep water (twenty to forty-six fathoms). A specimen in my collection measures nine inches from tip to tip. 2. Oputura ALBIDA (Forbes). Lesser Sand-star. Ophiura albida, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841). Embleton Bay, rare, R. EK. Cullercoats, not uncommon, J. A. Farne Islands and Berwick Bay, twelve to forty fathoms, fre- quent. Durham coast, six to twenty-five fathoms, very com- might, G., EL. This generally distributed species is very common on the Dur- ham coast. It has frequently happened that in one morning I vhave had from fifty to seventy specimens brought me by a fisher- man, which he had picked off his hooks. It is also obtained in great abundance by the dredge in from six to twenty fathoms ; 132 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF beyond this depth it is not so frequently met with. It is by far the commonest of the sand-stars. 3. Opurura arrinis (Liitken). Ophiura affinis, Liitken. Addit. ad hist. Ophiu. Forte Afdeling (1858), p. 45. Pl. IL., fig. 10. Ophiura Normani, Hodge. Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club (1863), Vol. V., p. 296. Pl. XVI. Durham coast, six to twenty-five fathoms, common. Berwick Bay and Farne Islands, twelve to forty fathoms, frequent, G. H. This recent addition to our fauna was made known in the Tyneside Transactions for 1863, under the name of Ophiura Normant. It was however subsequently discovered that Liit- ken, the Danish naturalist, had taken it two years previously, and named it O. affinis. It is a pretty and interesting species, which had escaped notice on our coast, although common. Re- markably fine specimens were obtained in Berwick Bay during the several dredging expeditions under the auspices of the Brit- ish Association. The Rev. A. M. Norman has specimens from the Clyde, and also from Shetland. 4. Opniura squamosa, Liitken. Ophiura squamosa, Litken. Addit. ad Ophiu. Forste Afdeling (1858), p. 46. Pl. I., fig. 7. Cullercoats, very rare, J. A. Berwick Bay, twenty-five to forty fathoms, rare. Durham coast, very rare, G. H. This is undoubtedly the rarest of our sand-stars. It was first recorded as British in the dredging reports for 1863, although, as then stated, it was known to Mr. Alder and myself from two specimens which we had previously obtained from the fishing lines—he at Cullercoats—myself at Seaham. Mr. Norman has since informed me he had a single specimen from the dredging expedition of 1862. It was not taken during the last trip, although operations were mostly confined to the spot near to which nine or ten specimens were obtained in 1868. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 133 Orpver III. ASTEROIDEA. Famiry. ASTROPECTENIDA. Genus. ASTROPECTEN, (Linck.) 1. ASTROPECTEN IRREGULARIS (Pennant). Butthorn. Asterias wregularis, Pennant. Brit. Zool., Vol. IV., p. Gi Pl ove Asterias aurantica, Miller. Zool. Dan. Ill., p. 3. Pl. LXXXIII. (but not A. aurantiaca of Linnezus.) Asterias aurantiaca, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1541). Astropecten Miillert, Miller and Troschel. Weigmann’s Archiv., 1844, X., p. 181. Deep water, frequent, J. A. Holy Island, Dunstanborough, Cullercoats, Whitburn, Seaham, G. H. This species appears to be generally distributed along our coast, being frequently brought up by the dredge and fishing lines from moderately deep water (twenty to thirty fathoms). It is a handsome form, remarkable for the regularity and beauty of its species. Mr. G. 8. Brady obtained two monstrosities; in each specimen one of the rays, at about a third of the distance from the tip, is bifurcated, each portion presenting all the regu- larity of the other rays: one of these specimens measures four inches from tip to tip, an unsually large size for this coast. Mr. Brady obtained these varieties at Whitburn. One of them pre- sents an important variation of the spines forming the “‘ paxille,”’ which on the dorsal surface of those usually obtained are agglo- merated together in the form of little beads, which lie side by side in a single row, and form an elevated margin round each ray. In the specimen under consideration from each of these ‘‘paxille’’ are produced one to four small spines of a conical form: some of the rays have these spines more strongly deve- * loped than the others. I incline to think this is a species dis- tinct from A. irregularis, but do not feel justified in separating it until I have had an opportunity of examining the variety in a 134 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF living state. The variation is so considerable that I cannot re- concile myself to the idea that it is merely an abnormal growth of the ‘‘ paxille”’ characteristic of the well known species. Genus. LUIDIA, (Forbes.) 1. Luria Sarst (Diiben and Koren). Luidia Sarsti, Diiben and Koren. Afversight af Kongs. Vetensk Akad. Forh 1844, p. 113. Luidia Savignyi, Diiben and Koren. Skand. Echinod., p. 254. Pl. VIIL., figs. 28, 24 (but not L. Savignyt, Audouin). LTwidia Sarsit, Sars. Bidrag til Kundsk. om Middleha- vets Littoral Fauna, p. 102. Not uncommon, J. A. Berwick Bay and Seaham, rather rare, Gage. Somewhat rare on the Durham coast, odd specimens only being occasionally taken by the dredge at Seaham, all rather small. It however appears to be common off Cullercoats; for in the autumn of 1866, when staying there, I obtained numerous very fine specimens, many of them of large size, certainly much finer than any I had obtained from other localities. The fisher- men brought large numbers in upon their hooks ; owing however to the rapidity with which this species dismembers itself, only a limited number were obtained in a perfect condition. Famity. SOLASTRIDA. Genus. SOLASTER, (Forbes.) 1. Soxaster papposus (Linneus). Sun-star. Solaster papposa, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes, p. 112. From fishing lines and within tide marks, common, J. A. Often taken by the dredge on the Durham coast in ten to twenty-five fathoms. On the rocky parts of our shores it is also frequent between tide marks. It is a very handsome species: NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 135 carefully preserved specimens present the most beautiful arrange- ment of spines (on the under surface) of any species with which T am acquainted. 2. SoLasteR ENDEcA (Linngus). Purple Sun-star. Solaster endeca, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes, p. 109. Fishing boats, not uncommon, J. A. Rare at Seaham, fre- quent at Cullercoats, G. H. Whitburn, G. 8. B. Rather rare at Seaham; during the last ten years I have not obtained more than five or six specimens. At Cullercoats it is frequently brought in by the fishing lies: I have remarkably fine specimens from that locality. . Genus. GONIASTER, (Agassiz.) 1. GowntastER pHyGianus (Parelius). Knotty Cushion-star. Asterias phygiana, Parelius. Act. Nidras. IV. Pl. XIV., fig. 2. Goniaster equestris, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes, p. 125. Goniaster Abbensis, Forbes. Ann. Nat. Hist., Vol. XI. (i823)yp. 28: BIO VA. Deep water, rare, J. A. The trawling boats, fishing in deep water far out at sea, fre- quently bring in numbers of this species: a few years ago it was considered rare on our coast. The pedicellarie are very pecu- liar, no fleshy stem being visible; neither do they, as in neigh- bouring forms, originate from the investing skin of the starfish, but issue from oblong slits in circular plates forming portions of the hard integument: these plates are similar to those support- ing the spines, both being fringed with minute tubercles: these characters are best seen on the under surface, where a row of pedicellarie runs down each side of the avenues, each being placed in a slightly oblique position. On removing one of the ' pedicellariz a large cavity is disclosed, frequently the tenth of an inch long by about half that breadth: this opening commu- nicates with the inside of the Goniaster. The forceps vary in 136 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF size, sometimes attaining nearly the eighth of an inch; they are stout, compact, and slightly concave. Genus. CRIBRELLA, (Agassiz.) 1. CRIBRELLA SANGUINOLENTA (Miiller). Eyed Cribrella. Asterias sanguinolenta, Miller. Zool. Dan. Prod., No. 234. Cribella oculata, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 100. Embleton Bay, not uncommon, R. EH. Cullercoats, within tide marks, not uncommon, J. A. Durham coast, within tide marks, and also from low water to six fathoms, frequent. Holy Island, within tide marks, common, G. H. A generally distributed species: larger specimens are obtained within tide marks on the Durham coast than from a few fathoms depth. I have there never taken these in deeper water than about six fathoms, but on the Northumberland coast it appears to have a greater range. There are two or three varieties, pos- sibly however age may have to do with the difference in appear- ance; their respective dimensions favour this opinion. Famity. ASTERIADAL. Genus. STICHASTER, (Miller and Troschel.) 1. SricHastEeR RosEus (Miiller). Cribella rosea, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 106. Stichaster roseus, Sars. Oversigt af Norges Echimoder- mer (1861), p. 86. A single specimen of this beautiful species was taken in Bead- nel Bay, some years ago, by Mr. Embleton. Another specimen was taken during the dredging expedition of 1862 also on the Northumberland coast. I have never heard of its occurrence on the Durham coast. I think it may be safely considered our rarest starfish. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. oe 7) Genus. ASTERIAS, Linneus. 1. AsrERtas RUBENS, (Linn@us.) Common Cross-fish. Uraster rubens, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 83. Fishing boats, common, J. A. Common all along our shores generally, from a few fathoms to deep water, G. H. This and the following species are united by some authors: I think however we have sufficient grounds for separating them, their habitat and the form and character of the spines being quite distinct. The genus is altogether a puzzling one, and one in which it is very difficult to set up distinctive characters by which readily to distinguish one species from another, excepting in those examples which there is no mistaking. A. rubens runs off into several variations ; but whether they are really distinct spe- cies, or mere varieties, it is difficult to decide. I may however state I have three strongly marked varieties, in addition to what I take to be the typical form, viz. :— 1. Asterias rubens, var. hispida. Asmall, squat, neat form, of which I have specimens dredged in deep water off Northumberland and Durham. They appear mature individuals, although they are only about half an inch across. 2. A. rubens, var. attenuata. A slender smooth form, spar- ingly furnished with spines, very distinct in charac- ter, obtained by dredging in Berwick Bay thirty to forty-five fathoms. 3. of an inch across. THyYONIDIUM commMUNE, Forbes and Goodsir. Common Sea-cu- cumber (of Forbes). Pl. II., figs. 1-18. Cucumaria communis, Forbes. Hist. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 217. The dental apparatus only from deep water, J. A. A single specimen is said to have been dredged on the Dogger Bank during the expedition of 1862. Unfortunately the speci- men has been mislaid, and, never having seen it, I cannot per- sonally attest to the occurrence of this species on our coast, not having myself taken it. I am indebted to the Rev. A. M. Nor- man for a mounted slide from which the figures of plate II., numbers 1-18, have been drawn ; 1-5 representing the ordinary body spicules, which, when mature, are about y°,5 of an inch _ across, the largest of the perforations being only yoo of an inch. Figs. 6-17 represent the spicules from the suckers: these K 146 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF are excessively small, the longest being barely zo%xo of an inch in length. Fig. 18 represents a portion of a sucker tip, which is a flat plate of a circular form about yo%o of an inch in dia- meter. It will be seen the edge of the spicule figured is irregu- lar in outline, the deposit having run into a number of pointed projections differing in this respect from the body spicules. Genus. THYONE, (Oken.) THyonE Fusus, Miiller. Common Thyone. PI. II., figs. 19-40. Holothuria fusus, Miller. Zool. Dan. Pl. X., figs. 5, 6. Thyone papillosa, Forbes. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p. 283. Cullercoats, from the boats, not uncommon, J. A. This is by far the commonest species on our coast, several specimens having been taken on the various stations where col- lecting has been pursued, it may be considered to occur all along our shores in deep water, usually on a rough bottom. It is a well marked form, not readily mistaken for any other species found with us. Its spicules also are usually readily distinguish- able; figs. 30-39 representing those found in the skin of-the body; 19-29 those from the suckers; 40 the plate from a sucker tip. The length of the body spicules is about +7250 to asa of an inch; those from the suckers about ios long by is to z0o0 broad; the diameter of the sucker disc (fig. 22) aso. - 'THYONE RAPHANUS (Diiben and Koren). PI. IIL., figs. 22-80. Thyone raphanus, Diben and Koren, Hchi., p. 311. Pl. V., figs. 49-55; and Pl. X1., fig. 58. Thyone raphanus, Thompson. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1847. Vol. XX., p. 176. Rather rare on the Northumberland and Durham coasts, G. H. Our captures of this species have been limited to three or four specimens, all of moderate dimensions. The spicules are of a very distinct character, consisting of large flat plates of irregular outline, perforated by a varying number of circular or slightly NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 147 oval holes. Most of the spicules have little ‘‘beads’’ or ‘‘knobs”’ arranged round the perforations with some degree of regularity. These beads do not, however, occur on all the spicules. I am unable to state whether their presence is an indicator of age; possibly it is, as those without them are manifestly of more re- cent production : figs. 22-25 appear to be the earlier stages, figs. 26-28 those of more mature growth. The largest examined measured ys%~o of an inch across, the largest perforations being only ros» of an inch. Figs. 29 and 30 represent the spicules found at the tips of the suckers: these are very small, being only +o%s0 of an inch across their widest part; many of the per- forations are only zodoo of an inch in diameter. THYONE FLExUS, Hodge. Thyone flecus, Hodge. Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumber- land and Durham, Vol. I. Pl. X., figs. 2-13 (which see for drawings). Rare, a single specimen from Berwick Bay. The only instance in which this species has occurred was in 1864, when a specimen was taken, as recorded above, in deep water. Having so recently figured the spicules it is unnecessary that they should appear here. Genus. PSOLUS, Oken. Psonus pHantapus, Linn. Snail Sea-cucumber. Pl. II1., figs. 1-21. Holothuria phantapus, Linneus. Syst., p. 1089. Psolus phantapus, Forbes. Hist. Brit. Starfishes (1841), p- 208. Cuvieria phantapus, Diiben and Koren. Skan. Kchi., p. 813. PI. IV., fig. 34. Occasionally brought in by the five-men boats, rare by the dredge. Young from Berwick Bay, G. H. Cullercoats, J. A. Only once taken in a mature state during the dredging expe- ditions, viz., in 1862, on the Northumberland coast. It is 148 CATALOGUE OF THE ECHINODERMATA OF sometimes brought in by the fishing boats, probably from the neighbourhood of the Dogger Bank. It is our largest species, and one that cannot well be mistaken in its mature state; but in its young stage it presents a totally different aspect. Several small Holothurians were taken in 1864 which we considered were P. squamatus of Von Diben and Koren: a few years before this the late Mr. Alder obtained a similar form at Cul- lercoats, which he at the time referred to the same species. Recently Mr. Norman, in his ‘“‘ Last Report on Dredging among the Shetland. isles,” at page 316 writes:—‘‘The young of this species (Psolus phantapus) has been mistaken by British naturalists for P. squamatus of Scandinavian authors, a spe- cies which, though several times recorded, has not yet been found in the British seas.” This remark led me to doubt whe- ther we were justified in referring our species, as recorded in the dredging report for 1864, to P. squamatus. Further com- munication with Mr. Norman rendered it desirable to investigate the matter very carefully, for although the spicules from a mature P. phantapus differed very materially from those found in our little forms, Mr. Norman was of opinion that if individuals pre- senting intermediate stages of growth were examined, a con- necting link would be established. Through the kindness of our Newcastle Museum authorities I have been enabled to exa- mine several young P. phantapus from Shetland,* younger than my undoubted P. phantapus, and older than the doubtful forms. Externally these animals differ in a marked degree from the Holy Island specimens: the spicules, as pointed out by Mr. Norman, agree in their general characters and mode of growth, therefore in recording the occurrence of P. squamatus an error was com- mitted, as it was only the young of P. phantapus. Nothing could be more dissimilar than the young and mature of this animal externally, and in the spicules from the foot the differ- ence is most conspicuous. A reference to the figures in plate * T would here record my obligations to the Rev. A. Bethune for his kindness in translat- ing me Von Diiben and Koren's descriptions of P. phantapus and P. squamatus. His trans- lation was most valuable, in enabling me to realise the respective features of the species, as described by these writers, who are undoubtedly authorities on the Echinodermata. NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 149 III. will confirm this statement ; for whereas those from mature animals are flat plates with many perforations, those from the young present a cup-like form having only three to five perfora- tions and a number of rounded projections: intermediate stages show that further growth proceeds in a lateral direction, the ‘‘knobs”’ assuming the character of the little warts depicted in fig. 11, the concavity (of the cup) being obliterated by the fur- ther accretion of calcareous material. Of course it will be un- derstood that all the spicules found in the ‘‘foot”’ of a mature P. phantapus have not had this origin: many are there in their earliest stages of growth and never present any approach to a cup shape, but will all along present the character of flat plates. Examples of these are shown by figs. 1-5, the corresponding growth, so to speak, in the young of P. phantapus being repre- sented by figs. 13-16. It would be interesting to trace and figure all the progressive stages, but this is rather beyond the scope of a catalogue ; suffi- cient examples have been given, it is hoped, to enable the spi- cules to be readily identified. Mature spicules from the foot of this species measure about o> of an inch across, the largest perforations being about zo4% > in diameter. The spicules from the very young only measure zy%55 In diameter. The plate at the tip of a sucker is often > of an inch across, or even larger. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE I. Figs. 1-14. Spicules from body of Cucumaria elongata, x 60. Figs. 15-23. ES a C. lactea, x 200. Figs. 24-83. PA Gh Thyonidium hyalinum, x 200. PLATE ILI. Figs. 1-5. Spicules from body of Thyonidium commue, X 200. Figs. 6-17. sf », tentacles of the same, x 500. Fig. 18. Part of plate from sucker tip of the same, x 200. 150 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE Figs. 19-29. Spicules from suckers of Thyone fusus, x 200. Figs. 30-39. ss » body of the same, x 200. Fig. 40. Plate from sucker tip of the same, x 200. PLATE III. Figs. 1-11. Spicules from foot of mature Psolus phantapus, x 200. Fig. 12. Part of plate from sucker tip of the same, x 200. Figs. 13-21. Spicules from foot of immature, the same, x 200. Figs. 22-28. », body of Thyone raphanus, x 200. Figs. 29-30. », (plates) from sucker tips of the same, x 200. PLATE V. Fig. 1. Echinocardium pennatifidum, nat. size. Figs. 2-4. Valves of pedicellarie from ditto, x 50. ios iD: Left anterior lateral pores of E. pennatifidum, nat. size. Fig. 6. ee Fe E. cordatum, nat. size. - onan 2 - E. ovatum, nat. size. IV.—WNotes on the Geology of Part of South Durham. By Jas. W. Kirxsy anp JosepH Durr. Tue following observations are properly termed notes on the geo- logy of the district of which they treat, the said district being the country about the village of Ktherley. They are notes in the sense of their making no claim to being a full account of the geology of that region, being rather the results of such researches as circumstances or disposition occasionally permitted or suited the authors to make (often in company) during the years 1866, 1867, and 1868. The prevailing rocks about Etherley are Coal Measures be- longing to the lower portion of the series. To the north and north-east these are the only rocks present. A few miles west- ward they outcrop and give place to the Millstone Grit, which forms much of the fell land in the west of the county. Within as short a distance to the south the coal-field also terminatés by the rather abrupt outcrop of its beds, the grit again occupying — Be, . Hist Trans.N&D Vol WPL IL 4 del. T. West.se. x ss s S S Sa 5 a = 2 _~ -. 45 iS) x Mt ea GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 151 the country beyond. A few miles to the east the Coal Measures are overlaid by the Magnesian Limestone. Our remarks at pre- sent chiefly relate to the Coal Measures. We may remark that this portion of the Durham coal-field has long been noted as a colliery district, as well as for the good quality of its coal. As far back as the twelfth century there is evidence of coal being wrought here. Long after that, though still far back from the present time, the collieries on Cockfield Fell, and those about Etherley and other places near, were in full operation, producing coal not only for South Durham, but for a very large portion of Yorkshire. This was long before the era of railways—even before that of good roads of any kind, for much of the coal was carried away on pack-horses, as well as in carts and waggons, as far as Lofthouse, Guisbo- rough, Ripon, and other places as distant. The method of getting the coal was just as primitive as its mode of transit. There were no deep sinkings. So much, indeed, of the coal lay near the surface, that there was no need to go far for it. A round hole four or five feet wide (sometimes scarcely that), and a few fathoms deep, would ‘‘ win” the coal: a gin, and perhaps an old blind horse or a donkey, a piece of hempen rope, a few dozen hazel corves, and a barrow or two would be plant enough to work it. When the coal near the shaft was got and the draw- ing below became troublesome, a new pit would be sunk to win a fresh patch of coal. So often would this be repeated, that we have seen a field of a few acres with almost a score of these old pits in it. Ata later period, when the easiest got coal began to be exhausted, deeper pits were sunk, engine power of a simple type was introduced, and a little more systematic mode of work- ing adopted ; but by this method probably not more than a third of saleable coal would be got from the seam, the remainder being left below as pillars or as dross, or burnt at bank in great mounds or ‘‘pit heaps” of small coal. Later still railways opened out the country ; and yet more recently, the iron-ore of Cleveland was discovered—events which effected a wonderful change in the coal-trade of this district, greater perhaps than in any other portion of the coal-field. For, within a short time coke became HZ MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE an article of great demand, and the small coal or dross, which had previously been a source of trouble and expense to the coal- owner, now proved of almost as much value as the large coal, which in such soft seams as the ‘“‘ Brockwell,” certainly meant an important change for the better. COAL MEASURES. The Coal Measures of this district differ little in general struc- ture from the rest of the coal-field, being composed of alternating strata of sandstone and shale, with seams of coal and their ac- companying underclays, and more rarely bands of ironstone. The principal coal seam is the Brockwell, which ranges from four and a half feet to six and a half feet thick: it is generally of excellent quality, forming a good but rather soft household coal, while for coking it is probably the best in the county. Above it, from twelve to twenty fathoms, is another, called the Five Quarter or Busty, of inferior quality to the first, and vary- ing from three feet to five and a half feet thick. This is chiefly wrought as a steam coal, but is also largely used for coking. Occasionally on the dip side of the Butterknowle and Wiggles- worth faults a third and even a fourth workable seam are brought in. The first of these is named the Harvey or Yard Coal; the latter is very little known. The distribution of the last mentioned coals is very limited, and the importance of the district as a coal field has hitherto depended upon the two former, more particu- larly upon the Brockwell. Below the Brockwell there is a considerable thickness of Mea- sures containing a few thin coals which will be afterwards noticed separately, as the Brockwell is taken as the base of the group of strata containing all the important coal seams. The dip of the Coal Measures on the north side of the Butter- knowle fault is usually to the east, at no great angle; towards the southern termination of the field, on the south side of the creat faults, the general inclination of the strata is northerly, at a comparatively high angle. Fig. 1 is a generalised vertical section of the coal-field about GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 153 Ktherley, showing the position|: and thickness of the various coals. The Measures above the Brockwell are exposed in vari- ous quarries, railway cuttings, and natural sections. They may be seen in quarries at Shildon, Brussleton, Etherley, Evenwood, and other places ; in cuttings on the railway crossing Cockfield Fell, and more especially in sections ex- posed in the Gaunless Mallya) where both the Five Quarter and Brockwell coals outcrop. But in this district, as in all other parts of the coal-field, it is from the many pit sinkings, borings, and other works in connection with coal mining, that a knowledge of the Mea- sures is best obtained. It is therefore with pleasure that we are able to give, through the courtesy of W. C. Stobart, Esq., three of the following borings and pit ‘sections that have been put through the Measures on the Htherley and Newton Cap royalties ; as well as a boring put down on Cock- field Fell by the owners of the New Copley Colliery. The first given (No. 1) is the most south-westerly, being situate close on the outcrop of the 6 YARD or HARVEY. 0 FIVE QUARTER. 0 BROCKWELL. 0 VICTORIA. 6 MARSHALL GREEN Shales and Sandstones without Coals. Section of Coal Measures Fig. 1. 8 of Etherley District, showing the relative po- sition of the coal seams. 154 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE coal-field ; the second is rather more than a mile to the north- east of the former; the third is about two and a half miles further away in the same direction; and the fourth is three and a half miles still further on in the same course, giving unitedly a range of more than seven miles on nearly a §.W. and N.E. line. No. 1.—TABLE OF STRATA BORED THROUGH AT NEW COPLEY COLLIERY, SOUTH OF THE WIGGLESWORTH FAULT, 1866. Feet. In. 1—Soil; clay, and ’oravelesewcce..seccse ceeeeesonteceeceneee 0 2.—Broken brown sandstone ............:essesseeeenceeceeeee 13 0 3 SANG wessccssscacenetecttanen stece eecenam ines oaean teecs ekeamaes 1 6 4.—Strong brown sandstone ...........c.ceceececneeeee eee ens 25 6 Ft. In Coale.ny. ec 4 4 |Clay band ... 0 6 5.—FIVE QUARTER COALA Coal............ 0 2 tO Clay band ...0 5 Coal ncscccse.es Thay) iano 6.—Strong white sandstone, with partings ............... 18 3 f—Strone blue shalemieccsseccer- ses -eosee-cencsscersseeceen cate 9 0 8.—White sandstone girdles................seceeseeeeeceene ones 0 3 Oi Mai diblweyshaletaeecsecestere-ceetciesees sec ocononce me aeereeee 1 6 LO COUT ied Ae ese ee SOS, eect wo SANE Sor eae basmati OM et De ———Bineclay ya cieesesaceute sea sceaeeeeccuses eres cn cosansaceeseae be le, (Di — Grey sHiale! | eee tena nee oeeenenaine Banuebabicen anaes 4 4 13. Ironstone wardle peresereseereapecc cesses eenec ene rnc 0 4 14—=Strone orey/ shale je-ce-erseonsetiesssneaneconccenees sersers 2 10 15.—Strong sandstone girdle............0. .ssccssscsecsseeneren 0 7 1'6:—Strong ereysshale yee. m--cae-ceaneseeaencceneeeeeeaeaeee 7 17.—Mild blue shale) fave: -e-cececececssetcs. (ceceian ce ncatees 0 6 18:—==Stron@erey) shale) cecwese-seccecnssranssarccenesoeecnaseeee 2 4 19.—Strong white sandstone ........2...:csecceeeseeceeeeeeeeees 4 10 20!— Brass band or ball Greece -oeseerees onese ese o ness -scsemecte=r 0 4 21.—Strong white sandstone ............06. ceseesseeseneeeeens 6 5 22.—Mild blue shale’ is.s.ce..6. sis .ncoecheeee toes decessedearocebee TS: EO 23.—Sandstone oirdles: scolieececeen-caece +s seemed secrete 2 0 24.— Mild blue shale) 2). c:...cccssaswehesenceracsces omen enes 5 5 25: ITONSTONE os).cs)fonrcsce pes naseee@anesersuassepsceceumoateeenen 0 2 PGi —Blue BHA esa. caeh dye sannadcos soasceeoadenmcmegecnancoeeocecte ence 1 3 GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 155 Feet. In. Fi —IrONSbON Cravens aavae se stccavsuinen sees Gordemarteeanssaneareeee 0 2 28:—— Mild bluetshale. a. cssanscus it sceu totes sete sncineseasabece sane 2 0 Gr Mildkcoaleshalesscscaccesaeccwaccerteeee ceeeree eee a neeen se 0 2 Ft. In Cannel......... 0 7 30.—BROCKWELL COAL... Coal............ ee (8 Gi 5 Band ......... 0 OF COGH becrencateee Sys 6 5 149 3 At the place where this bore was made the strata dip about one in three to the north, hence their actual thickness will not be quite so great as is represented in the above section. No. 2.—TABLE OF STRATA PASSED THROUGH IN SINKING THE No. 2 ENGINE PIT, LANDS COLLIERY, NEAR COCKFIELD. Feet. In Gravels .sehectag.toseesdeceanausdedersasaasedlies vonceeceecuseasaecanass 3 0 Strong clay, with gravel and large stones .................. 12 0 Blueishalepesnmes vacsssscccnesccsssncnseresensee secaccieccsesiecades 1 6 Ft. In Coal cceweesct 4 4 FIVE QUARTER COAL...... [sa stitial 0 6 GI aNG ; Coaleccnccsies 1 8 Greysahalensvas ise sscsacdscensessesaaeavedddscetactddavaddees price, 0G 6 White sandstone, mixed with brown ‘‘whin”............... 3 C6 Grey arenaccous shalejs.s..011 70 Black/shaley. co.tieccarancdcsictseedsariadesctedsunesadescensdasecess 1 6 COAI cat sdeatncunnaninutiastinssiancasestedadescdecsssadactavdeesd OR AHO Grey: shale icccciviseveacsavest ances Diegacneniccacs lie Ree 3 4 Blurershalesscsctsocsenennc descr aecnscsdsowwsesdvcsnpeatadddanddaeeees 9 6 Browan’ whined maacecteaeensrenuaace sewers seine viseleltedtecaeauiacees 0 10 156 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE Feet. In. Grey; SANdSLONE me. s-nccesnedseceecc eee e sens: wis seissiae ian sea she ae 2 6- Grey shale, with sandstone bands ............... csessseeeeeee 15 0, Blue shale, with ironstone bands ................ceceeeeeceeees 3 0 Ft. In BROCKWELL COAL ......-+. oil gees pu 10 Coal sasctceceas Sy iil No. 3.—TABLE OF STRATA BORED THROUGH NEAR HUNTER HILL HOUSE, ETHERLEY, 1828. Feet. In Oil ec ecccts cos sp ebocsccor es smaawaeptscace eran as sate ane 0 Black shale! sSssacs ses: sc seovens otedenoneas cee dencecter roea w Rane 5 Grey shale, with sandstone bands ..................seeeeeeeeees 10 0 Moral GAG eas aoc Senses ona aa setae ae Uae sce Neen 0 5 Grey shale ccocce cies .uscesercsces soe ssceteaeeoaseesecasteaceeecees 1 10 C OAM, oer. BocShs coves, Se deoas Samacenin eens tee se eee eee 07 1G Grey Shalevess ss oc scsvscacaessccaetssesteccsenteee cose eee onc ceeeeees 3h pa! Brown and white sandstone .:.,.-0..-.sce--se0s--:e-e-asenoegee Ge 80 Gey: Sales. odee des -stiste aos wrscteen eee ecneccocecs soe ce oneeeee ce 5 0 Blackstone: sc .28t.stlsccee-scenione seppa sane sustsses eae Ream em eee 3 6 COUAMTG ite 2 cis Bis Mec Bo. ect Noe PN Bias osc lex eee case, cee Greyashales. tse. . c.cschcenructa comers ostiee tesiccisu een nant 4 7 COAT Wee ence nascecn ap ccech cn ttn saeco ee bes seus Sesh OEE 0 6 Greys stale sates tec ics ace ticet ue carsree cue ce cen ee ene ere 4 0 Grey SANOSLONCsssoscosec wars escucceccess cosh necaeny -cenaeeeee meee 2 0 Strong white sandstone, with bands of ‘‘ whin”............ 3d 6 (Gia. G1 0 Be ssoganesodoosedoadoussaoduEuebUseEE Sus tocden: sconons0e0 26° 6 0 SEONG awhile SANCSHONE,, « .<.-. | S20 ” i 4 approximatum, Lindl. Sale se A crithmifolia, Lindi.. * ne a \| ‘ FO (A) hethcaseaacncondocnliecs cecorconcenod ee » | Etherley Quarry. Ss excelsa, Lindl......-...- rc * Lands Pit. ; | : ; spn an Honinghausi, Brong. * . George Pit ; Newfield Colliery. Noggerathia flabellata, Lindl.......... Beepeameee et * + | George Pit; Lands Pit; Newfield Colliery. ae latifolia, Brong. .... ad} 20 Newfield Colliery. Pinnularia capillacea, Lindl. plese * ie a Newfield Colliery ; Lands Pit. ¥ ULE, IL el toe icone eoasananosodcor * 5 || Volkmannia polystachia ....... Gis * Lands Pit. De : ¥ 2 || Walchia piniformis, Sch/oth. ee Gauger’s Arms Pit. Neuropteris soumnate Si coltocibasangesn otose0a4 eal eress Newfield Colliery. Antholithes Pitcairna, Lind/. | Lands Pit; Isabella Pit; Newfield Colliery: Howden ” ALE Ueda OLETII | cn eniasintn == ain se wie mies sin a mae + Colliery. An attenuata, Lindl. .. Pe * Lands Pit. ; Cardiocarpum acutum, Brong......-.-1...c2sseeeee0 * * Lands Pit, &c. om cordata, Brong...... Bake *% on Newfield Collievy ; Howden Colliery. || Trigonocarpon Noeggerathi, Brong. al » | ++ | George Pit; Lands Pit. o PiCanteay Sre7N0s asaer avec sees 02ccees ; a8 Newfield Colliery. || UA 1ERTIER, 8195 oooceoccncagonncsceconnde yAoessna wero o6 = | Tindal Pit. Lene mapa iat aa 7 pcmeesiatin zs Oe a a ee 4, eg hey i GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 181 Quarter seams. It has been shown that if we take either seam we find different groupings of genera and species as we vary the district examined. In one part we have nothing but compressed _ stems of large Sigillarie. In another large Calamites, and no- thing more. Again, a few bords to the right or left and there is a great abundance of ferns and few Calamites. While some distance away we have a profusion of Lepidodendra, a few ferns, and no Calamites. Then we come to acres and acres of roof matter with scarcely a plant to be seen, but in which the shells Anthracosia and Anthracoptera are not uncommon. Lastly, we come to a region where the only fossils are the upright stumps of large Sigillarie, scattered in (dangerous) profusion overhead. It would, in fact, be matter of no difficulty to take either the Brockwell or the Five Quarter, as seen by us at the Newton Cap, Old Etherley, Railey Fell, Lands, and Norwood collieries, and term it a Sigillaria coal, a Calamite coal, a fern coal, or a coal characterised by marine or esturine mollusca, just as we varied the district examined. It is possible that some coal-fields may show a generic progres- sion in their flora, such as that pomted out by Dr. Geinitz for Saxony, though it seems to be expecting too much from paleon- tology to assume that any such progression should be found ge- nerally characteristic of the Coal Measures. The flora of this formation would appear to have been pretty nearly the same throughout. Sigillaria, in some localities, may have preceded Calamites, while ferns may have succeeded both, either in first appearance or in period of maximum development; but we should rather ascribe such succession of Carboniferous vegeta- tion to peculiarities due to local distribution than to any general sequence of plant-life. We have met with few animal remains in the Coal Measures. The occurrence of Megalichthys Hibberti has been already men- tioned. Its remains are rare. We have also alluded to the presence of Anthracosia acuta, and Anthracoptera sp. in the roof of the Brockwell coal. These, with the entomostracan Beyrichia arcuata, found near Woodhouses, near Lands Pit, and in the George Pit, Etherley, together with the common Coal Measure 182 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE annelid, Microconchus carbonarius, constitute about all the spe- cies of animal life that have come under our notice. BOUNDARY OF THE COAL-FIELD TO THE SOUTH. It is an unsettled point with mining men whether in Durham workable coal is to be found in the region lying to the south of the existing collieries. It is thought by some that good coal exists considerably to the south of the district under notice— where to our eyes there is nothing but unprofitable Millstone Grit. And in the east of the county there are those who hold that the Coal Measures are continued southward beneath the Permian and Triassic rocks, as in some other parts of England. The following remarks bear on the question chiefly as it relates to the former district, where the range and disposition of the Coal Measures are not masked by overlying rocks. The most southerly colliery now going in Durham is that of New Copley, on Cockfield Fell, where the Brockwell, Five Quar- ter, Harvey, and another seam have been proved on the south side of a great fault with a downthrow south. In former years the Brockwell seam was wrought in the Three Sisters Pit, a little more to the east. There are also abandoned pits a mile or two further to the east at Paddock Mires, and near the Sun Inn, which are still further to the south, where the Brockwell was worked many years ago. Beyond these points we know of no place where any seam of the Coal Measures has been worked. At the New Copley Colliery the Measures on the south of the fault rise very rapidly, and soon crop out as shown in figure 15. At the old pit, near the Sun Inn, where the Brockwell was got at a depth of twelve fathoms, the Measures also rise very sharply to the south, in which direction the workings are said to have ended against a fault with a downthrow south. About three miles west of Cockfield an outcrop of the Brock- well seam is exposed in Arngill, the coal being over six feet thick, and dipping to the north fully one in two. It is probable that this is a piece of Coal Measures let in by the fault seen at New Copley Colliery. GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 183 To the south of Cockfield the outcrop of a thin coal may be seen in a sandstone quarry near to Keverstone. The sandstone is thick bedded, purple and yellowish, and irregularly stratified. The coal beneath is rather over two feet thick, resting upon a dark grey fireclay, and it dips with the sandstone to the north and east. This coal is said to have been bored to further to the west, near the Folly, in Raby Park. We look upon it as the *‘ Victoria” coal, lying from ten to twenty fathoms below the Brockwell. We have not seen the outcrop of any coal so far south as these just mentioned to the east of Keverstone, although some beds occur on the road side near Hilton that apparently belong to the lower part of the Coal Measures. A thin coal is also said to have been seen in a well-sinking near Wackerfield. At Bolam the Cockfield Dyke cuts through a series of beds which we take to be the Measures below the Brockwell. From the latter point the boundary of the Coal Measures ap- pears to lie to the north of the Cockfield Dyke, trending in a north and east line considerably north of Houghton-le-Side and Heighington. There are old pits near Brussleton Folly which are said to have worked a coal resembling the Brockwell; and in a sand- stone quarry a little to the north of the Royal Oak Inn, a two- feet coal crops out to the south at a sharp angle. Further north-east, at Hast Thickley Quarry, some thick beds of yellowish sandstone and shale belonging to the Coal Measures are seen rising rapidly to the 8.H., their edges abutting against Magnesian Limestone lying unconformably over them. And at 184 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE a new colliery lately sunk near New Shildon, on the south of the Stockton and Darlington Railway, the Brockwell coal has been reached at forty-six fathoms from the surface, rising quickly to the south. We have no observation of our own from which to speak of the southern limits of the coal-field still further eastward ; but at Thrislington, Cornforth, and South Wingate, which may be said to mark the extreme points at which coal has been wrought to the south in that district, the coal seams are described as ter- minating “by passing upward at a considerable angle into the unconformable Magnesian Limestone beds.’’* So far as this evidence goes it is in harmony with the idea of the coal-field ending as a whole, as it is observed to end in part at its south- western extremity. In the comparatively low country lying to the south of the high ground above Raby, and south of Wackerfield, Hilton, and Bolam, the prevailing Carboniferous rock is a coarse grained sandstone or grit, of purple, grey, or yellow hue, with many white quartz pebbles, and which is sometimes micaceous and often false bedded, but which invariably dips a little to the west or east of north. This rock may be seen at Langton, High Hal- lam, Morton Tinmouth, Houghton Bank, Dun House, and near Park House, and we have no hesitation in identifying it with the Millstone Grit. To the south and west of the rock just noticed a series of arenaceous strata, associated with a few calcareous beds full of brachiopod shells and other marine fossils put in, which we take - to be the Yoredale rocks of Phillips. + * Wood, Taylor, and Marley, in Indus. Resour. of Tyne, Wear, and Tees, p. 6. + We were told more than once of coal having been wrought in former times near to Winston; and we met with one old collier who said that many years ago he helped to bore to a four feet coal on the south bank of the Tees, opposite the church at Winston. The bor- ing took place from the delivery drift of an old pit that had previously been sunk to the seam and abandoned. The depth of the coal from the surface was twenty fathoms. We were also informed by Mr. George Graham that, near Gainford, he sunk seventeen fathoms through grit to a coal two feet and a half thick; a black band, one and a half feet thick, was worked along with the coal. This Teesside coal does not appear to have been very extensively wrought either at Winston or Gainford; and the seam is probably one of the two thin and inferior coals known to occur in the Yoredale series in the west of York- shire and Durham. Intimately connected with southern termination of the coal-field is a series of great dislocations, which traverse the county in a general east and west direction. The first and most northerly of these is the well known Butterknowle “‘ Dyke,” which is a downthrow to the south of from eighty to over one hundred fathoms. Near the outcrop of the Coal Measures the course of the fault is about east, but in tra- versing the coal-field it soon becomes gradually deflected to the north until its direction is nearly north-east. In the Eth- erley district the throw appears to be greatest to the east. At Butterknowle it is from eighty to ninety fathoms. At Hther- ley, where it has been lately proved, it is found to reach one hundred and six fathoms ; and a little to the north-east of Coundon it is one hundred and twelve fathoms. Less known than the Butter- knowle fault is the great dislo- location already mentioned as having been proved at New Copley Colliery, where it is known as the Wigglesworth fault. The downthrow of this dislocation is again to the SKETCH SECTION OF WIGGLESWORTH FAULT. 185 a Fault, down Bl). south, 70-80 fathoms. 186 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE south, to the extent of eighty fathoms or more, and four work- able coals are brought in by it, as shown in figure 15. So far as its course can be determined at the colliery named, it is slightly to the north of east. It is connected with the Butter- knowle fault by a cross fault of comparatively small magnitude, called the Doghole ‘‘ Dyke,’ which leaves the Wigglesworth fault just to the east of Cockfield. At the latter place the Wig- elesworth fault is scarcely more than a mile apart from the But- terknowle fault; between them runs the Cockfield Whin Dyke, at first near the latter and almost parallel to it, but afterwards bending away to the east-south-east. Another great fault evidently exists near to Brussleton Folly, where the Measures rise sharp to the south, their inclination being especially well seen on the Roman road near the top of the hill, where the strata lie at an angle of 45°, as noticed at p- 161. This dislocation may possibly be the Wigglesworth fault continued to the east, as it is on a line with the assumed course of the latter; and it may be identical with a large fault said to have been met with in West Auckland Colliery to the south-west of the village. About two miles from Brussleton, in a south-east direction, there is evidence of another dislocation, in an old sandstone quarry close to Houghton-le-Side. The sandstone is yellow, rather fine grained, thick bedded, with a dip to the north-west. On the south side of the quarry, and apparently dipping beneath the former rock, appears a quantity of dark grey limestone* which passes beneath into a limestone shale, both of which con- tain numerous Mountain Limestone fossils. These fossils have kindly been examined and ‘determined as follows by our friend Mr. John Young, of Glasgow, well known as an authority on Carboniferous species. Productus semireticulatus, var. Martini, Sow. Spirifera lineata, Martin. Athyris ambigua, Sow. * We were informed by a native that he had formerly quarried the limestone and burnt it for lime, but with poor results, on account of its inferior quality. GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 187 Rhynchonella pleurodon (?) Phillips. Remains of Crinoids. We were at first inclined to look upon the limestone as the re- mains of a large erratic boulder belonging to the Drift; but a careful examination satisfied us that both hmestone and shale were in situ. This opinion was corroborated on our subse- quently discovering, further to the east, a similar limestone by the side of the road that descends to Houghton-le-Side from the north. The limestone there is seen about half way down the hill accompanied by the same kind of calcareous shale as seen in the quarry, and containing the same species of fossils as before named. Beneath the limestone and shale follow a grey argilla- ceous sandstone passing into an arenaceous shale, and a soft grey shale, below which the strata are not shown. These beds are not well exposed; but sufficiently so, on both sides of the road, to show that they are in their natural position. In connection with the dislocation, we may mention that about a mile to the E.S.E. of Houghton-le Side, and at the foot of the ridge that runs behind that place, the Magnesian Lime- stone is seen in a quarry near to Broom Dykes (Toitup Quarry), tilted up to the north at an angle of 60°, its usual inclination being to the east at a low angle. Fig. 16.—Magnesian Limestone, Toitup Quarry. From these facts it appears clear that a fault with a down- throw south passes along or near to the face of the ridge above - Houghton-le-side, which is of such magnitude as to bring in on its rise side one of the calcareous beds of the upper portion of 188 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE the Yoredale rocks, at a considerable elevation above the Mag- nesian Limestone. It is not easy to determine the amount of throw that here takes place, which is undoubtedly great; but at the same time it should be remembered that the sharp northerly dip of the strata at Houghton Bank, at the old quarry near to Park House, at Brussleton, and other places in the neighbour- hood, must bring the Yoredale rocks rapidly nearer to the sur- face at this point, and cause the actual displacement to be less than would at first sight appear. It will be observed, from the preceding remarks, that the ge- neral dip of the Carboniferous strata, where affected by these faults, and to the south of them, is northerly, varying from N.W. to N.N.E., whereas the normal dip of the same strata to the north of the faults is easterly. Instead, therefore, of having as usual the outcrop of the Measures to the west, the outcrop is to the south, as shown in fig. 17, which represents the manner in which the coal-field appears to terminate in the south-west, according to our observation. The presence of the last described fault at Houghton-le-Side renders it probable that other disloca- tions may exist to the south of the Wigglesworth fault which are not included in the accompanying sketch section; but there is nothing in the geology of the country to the south that indi- cates the existence of any displacements of strata that would again bring in the workable coals, so that for all practical pur- poses it may be looked upon as correct. It ought to be pointed out that attention was drawn to the northerly dip of this portion of the coal-field by Professor Sedg- wick, in his admirable memoir on the Magnesian Limestone, published in the Geol. Trans., sec. Ser., Vol. III. At p. 59, he remarks, ‘‘The south-western extremity of the Durham coal- field is deposited in the form of an irregular trough or basin. The beds on one edge of this trough rise to the lead-measures, and dip to the south-east; but on the south-eastern edge they rise towards the terrace of Magnesian Limestone, and dip on the whole to the N.W. Over this south-eastern edge ranges the limestone ; and in its whole course, from Houghton-le-Side to Ferry Hill, dips to the 8.E. It is impossible to conceive a more ‘yaN euos|HW. “0 ‘T]OMIOOAG Ol} Mojeq soinsvoyT [BOD “g_ Wag [EMYoIg oy} eAoqe sornsvoyy [209 “V GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. Raby Park. / Yj __ Wigglesworth Fault, 70-80 fathoms. Cockfield Dyke. ~- Gaunless Valley. mm---- Butterknowle Fault, 80 fathoms. fees South Slope of Wear Valley. “49° 000T 189 ‘MUTIIHLY dO HLNOS AIUA-IVOO WVHUNG AHL AO NOSLOAS HOLAMS—2T Sta 190 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE complete instance of want of conformity between two formations. ‘¢The facts on which this conclusion rests are indicated in all the quarries of the district, and in sections formed in various - eoal-works which have been opened in the line of the limestone. At Brussleton coal-works the average dip is about north by east. In the Shildon works the dip is about N. by W. At the village of Eldon the dip is nearly the same. At Coundon the Coal Measures rise towards the limestone, and probably pass under it. The dip of all the neighbouring coal strata is about N.N.W. Lastly, at Ferry Hill, both the ancient and modern works are sunk through the plateau of Magnesian Limestone, which has a slight inclination to the S.K. After passing through about eight fathoms of limestone they reach the Coal Measures, which dip about N. by E. at a considerable angle. Beyond Ferry Hill the coal strata decline more and more to the east, and gradually acquire ‘a dip which nearly conforms to that of the overlying formation.” Some obscurity exists as to the range of the coal-field beneath the Permian and Triassic rocks in the south-west of the county. Those collieries whose workings have extended the furthest southward in that region, have found the strata rising sharply to the south, and they have followed the coal-seams upward until they ran against the unconformable Permian beds which there overlie them. This has been observed at South Wingate, Cornforth, and Thrislington. Various bores of greater or less depth have been put down in the country beyond without prov- ing the presence of Coal Measures; though these bores cannot in all cases be deemed satisfactory evidence of their absence. When we consider what has already been described as to the manner in which the coal-field ends in its south-west part,— that is, by an outcrop to the south amid a series of large east and west faults—we are disposed to think that all that is known of the extreme south of the field to the eastward indicates a continuation of the same manner of ending. That the change in the inclination of the Carboniferous strata, noticed in the preceding remarks, is more than local is evident from the persistence of a northerly dip on the Yorkshire side of GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 191 the Tees, opposite to Winston, Gainford, and Pierce Bridge. In proceeding south from any of these villages, lower and lower beds of the Carboniferous formation are found rising to the sur- face, until at Forcett, Melsonby, Barton, and as far east as Mid- dleton Tyas and Moulton, thick masses of Mountain Limestone form the surface rock of the country. This latter rock, which we take to be the ‘‘ Great Limestone’’ of Weardale, contains the characteristic marine fossils, (shells, corals, and crinoids,) of the Carboniferous system ; and at Merrybent, near Melsonby, it is being actively mined for lead and copper. The ground it ocecu- pies is where the Magnesian Limestone might naturally have been looked for ; but the range of the latter formation in North Yorkshire is broken up into a few isolated patches for a distance of nearly twenty miles, and from a little south of the Tees to Catterick Bridge it would appear to be entirely absent. The presence of Carboniferous limestone so far to the east, touching in fact on the New Red Sandstone area of Yorkshire, is a point of considerable significance. Viewed in connection with the prevalence of a northerly dip between its outcrop and the great dislocations lately noticed, we are inclined to look upon it as indicating the former existence of a great fold or an- ticline in the Carboniferous strata of this region ; the limestone of Middleton Tyas, Moulton being but the partially denuded and exposed western portion of it, and the outcropping strata of the Yoredale rocks, Millstone Grit, and Coal Measures previously de- scribed, but a portion of its northern flank. We are not in a position to speak as to how far this idea is borne out by the relations of the Carboniferous strata further to the south; but the observations of Professor Sedgwick in the memoir before quoted support it. To the north of Pontefract, he describes the strike of the Coal Measures to be to the north- east, and their dip to the south-east at a considerable angle. Further north, near Church Garforth, and within a mile or two of the northern limits of coal-field, he says that the dip of the Measure is nearly due south.* In Professor John Phil- lips’s Map of the Geology of Yorkshire, the outcrop of the coal * Trans. Geol. Soc., 2 Ser., Vol. IlI., pp. 58, 59. 192 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE seams is shown to run about east and west in the north part of the coal-field, which of course implies the dip to be to the south. known that immediately to the north of the Yorkshire coal- field, the Millstone Grit comes to the surface and ranges over Moreover, it is well a broad band of country on to Knaresborough and Ripon, just as the same rock comes up be- neath and extends beyond the coal-field in South Durham. It would thus appear that the Yorkshire coal-field ends on the north by its Measures outcropping sharply to the north and north-west; while the Dur- ham coal-field on the south ends, so far as can be seen or known, by the outcrop of its Measures to the south, or by their rising and abutting in that direction against the Magnesian Limestone, as at Thrislington and other places. The follow- ing figure will assist in ex- plaining our views on this point :— We of course hold with most geologists that the coal-fields of Durham and Yorkshire were once united, forming, in fact, with those of Cumberland, Lan- cashire, and possibly others, “PleUYD Woy yJnos ApAvou sur, B UO ‘Spley-[voo oALYSYIOX pur wey oy} useMjoq AxjuNOd ssorow UOIyDIg Yo}oYS—'gT “Sty Y} Mi i] , i \\--------- ---Yorkshire Coal-field. \\Y i... Millstone Grit. Pr Naas ise a t—Yoredale Rocks with outcropof Great Lime- stone at Moulton, { \ 1 1 { 1 ! 1 ‘ I 1 ! Middleton Tyas. ~~. / Barton, &. oe ee Millstone Grit. @) f) d i) -~-------- Durham Coal-field. Ty GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 193 originally one great area of Coal Measures, which, by various sub- sequent disturbances and denudations, has been reduced to the existing series of isolated patches called coal-fields. In the case of the two former coal-fields, we consider their isolation has taken place by the elevation of the Coal Measures and other Carbo- niferous strata, formerly and still partially intervening, into a great anticline, with an axis east and west, which, by the wast- ing action of denudative forces, has been in a great measure ob- literated. The immense amount of strata thus removed in this intervening region will be better realised by reference to fig. 18, where the dotted line a a indieates the position of the basal beds of the Coal Measures in the anticline. By estimating the Coal Measures at their maximum thickness in Durham, the thickness of the Carboniferous rocks denuded at Middleton Tyas, Moulton, and Barton would be between three thousand and four thousand feet. That this elevation and succeeding wearing down of North Yorkshire strata was not confined to the west of the district seems more than probable; only to the east the denuded forma- tions have been in part replaced by thick deposits of Trias and other rocks. From these remarks it will be seen that it is our opinion that the limits of the Durham coal-field have almost been reached,— that there are ne good grounds fer anticipating its further deve- lopment to the south. It may be that in the south-east some faulted fragments of coal strata, like the piece brought in by the Wigglesworth fault, at Cockfield, will be found to extend the eoal-field beneath the Magnesian Limestone and Trias a little further towards the Tees; but that any workable coal should be found in the grit country south of the high land about Cock- field, Bolam, and Houghton-le-Side, we certainly see no reasons for supposing. COCKFIELD DYKE. The most westerly point where we have seen this dyke is about half a mile west of Wooley Hill, where it is quarried for road-metal. It is about twelve yards wide, and worked thirty feet deep. The sides of the excavation are formed of sandstone N 194 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE and shale more or less affected by heat. Old abandoned quarry holes, where the whinstone has been formerly wrought, are seen close to the farm house at Wooley Hill. The course of the dyke is slightly N. of W. About three miles to the east, at Diamond Pit, the dyke has been driven through twice and found to be not more than six feet in width. In another part of the same colliery it is said to cease as a whinstone dyke, and to exist only as a dislocation. On the south bank of the Gaunless, near Haggerleases Lane, the dyke is exposed in a township quarry, its width being about ten yards. Near here it divides into two parts, with a mass of shale between. On Cockfield Fell the dyke has been most extensively wrought for road-metal, the remains of the ancient fosse-like excavation marking its west-north-westerly course for a considerable dis- tance across the fell. It varies in width, but averages about twenty yards, with thirty or forty yards of bad coal and cinder on each side where it cuts one of the seams of coal. Near the eastern extremity of the fell the dyke is crossed by a fault, called the ‘‘ Doghole Dyke,” running §.8.W. This fault not only severs the dyke, but throws the western portion about its width to the south as depicted below. It may be this per- haps that has led more than one author to describe the strata Cocky cel, /, Fig. 19.—Plan showing displacement of Cockfield Dyke by the Doghole Fault on Cockfield Fell. on the south side of the dyke as upthrown eighteen feet above those on the north, whereas no such faulting of the strata oc- curs. This has been clearly shown by pit workings which have GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 195 been put through the dyke, and the coal found no higher on the one side than on the other, than what is to be accounted for by the general rise of the Measures. At Evenwood Colliery a drift was put through the dyke near to Buckheads Farm, at which point it was not found in one mass, but split up into three or more walls of whinstone with pieces of coal strata between. Near the village of Bolam it is wrought extensively in an open quarry. ‘To the east it is seen as a dyke about ten yards wide, cutting through beds of sandstone and shale, some of which are considerably altered by heat. To the west the whin spreads out north and south, forming a large tabular mass about one hundred yards across, and fifty or sixty feet deep. Fragments of coal are here sometimes found in the whin very beautifully coked. The latter locality is the most easterly where we have seen the Cockfield Dyke, but about a mile more to the east, between Legs-a-Cross and Houghton Bank, there is an old quarry hole, half filled with rubbish and water, that is said to have been for- merly wrought for whinstone. The rock at present exposed is a very coarse, easily decomposing grit, which looks, from its altered aspect, as if it had been subject to igneous action. The general course of the dyke, from the last named place to the Gaunless, near Haggerleases Lane, is to the west of W.N.W. From the latter point its bearing becomes still more westerly. From Diamond Pit to Wooley Hill its course is unknown, or it may possibly not reach upwards to the present land surface ; but as the latter locality is to the W.S.W. of the former, it is evident that a deflection to the south of west must there take place. We have observed no traces of the dyke in the Magnesian Limestone. But at Broom Dykes, near to where it would strike the outcrop of that formation, assuming its course to continue as before, a disturbance takes place in the limestone which may possibly be in some way connected with it. On the right of the road leading from Hilton to the Black Horse, and nearly opposite Wackerfield Lane, there is an old 196 MESSRS. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE abandoned quarry which Mr. George Bowes, of Wackerfield, informs me was wrought for road-metal by his father and him- self more than forty years ago, where I found the whinstone as lying in the form of a small oval basin, with the longer axis east and west, and about three-quarters of an acre in extent, and thirty feet deep. The whole of this basin of whinstone was worked out, but a small dyke of the same rock, from six to nine feet wide, was found beneath it, running east and west. The sides and bottom of the quarry are of sandstone much al- tered by heat, and the dyke is still to be seen at the bottom and east end of the quarry, in which direction I traced it for half a mile in a direct course for Bolam. To the westward I could find no indication of it: whether it is continued in that direction I cannot say, but I have no doubt of it being an offshoot from the main dyke, which it evidently joins near the last named place. (J. D.) DRIFT. A deposit of clay with boulders generally covers the Coal Measures of this district to a greater or less extent. It often partakes more of the character of a local drift than of true boul- der clay. At other times the presence of well striated fragments of Lower Carboniferous rocks, that have travelled from the west, give it an aspect identical with the latter deposit. Apparently of later origin than this boulder clay are some thick accumulations of sand, gravel, and fine brick clays, which are found in and on the flanks of the valleys of the Wear, Gaun- less, and Tees. These deposits occur over one hundred feet above the present river levels, and in some cases borings have shown that they extend considerably below them. When they are met with underground, as they sometimes are, much to the chagrin of the coal-owner, they are termed a ‘“‘ wash,” we as- sume from the coal being washed off before they were laid down. Fig. 20 gives an example of a ‘“‘wash’’ in the workings of the Brockwell seam, at the Old Etherley Colliery. A similar instance of denudation occurs in the same seam in the Crook valley, and others have of course been noticed in other parts of the coal-field, eet é GEOLOGY OF PART OF SOUTH DURHAM. 197 ‘ 1 1 i 1 t SS Ss) ry % ' 1 ' \ ’ Fig. 20.—Denudation of Brockwell coal, George Pit, Etherley. the most extensive one being that following the course of the valley of the Team, at a considerable depth below the present surface. In the instance figured the ‘‘ wash’’ is formed of silt, sand, and clay, with gravel and boulders: the sand and clay are forced several feet into the planes of bedding of the seam, and the boulders are all more or less worn. In connection with these comparatively recent deposits may be mentioned a very curious, eroded surface of the Magnesian Limestone, that occurs beneath a drift clay, in a quarry south of Morton Tinmouth. The Magnesian Limestone there, like most of that rock seen in this part of the county, belongs to the lower portion of the series, and is yellow and thin-bedded with marly partings. Covering it for a thickness of eight or ten feet is a deposit of clay with boulders, such as is usually classed as boul- der clay. The surface of the limestone, as seen in section, is worn into deep and irregularly shaped cavities, with even more irregularly shaped prominences between. Fig. 21 repre- sents a portion of the surface as seen by one of us in April, 1867. The lower beds of limestone are hard, with well marked planes of stratification: the upper portion is soft and not so well bedded. It is difficult to explain this eroded rock surface simply by mechanical action. The cavities are not like the ‘‘ pot-holes’’ and other hollows formed by running water or by the action of waves on coast-lines, nor yet like any water or weather-wasted surface with which we have acquaintance. Its origin is probably in a great measure chemical—similar to that of ‘‘ sand-pipes”’ in the chalk, and in other calcareous rocks. 198 exsgrs. KIRKBY AND DUFF ON THE GEOLOGY, ETc, Fig. 21.—Section of Magnesian Limestone and Drift, Morton Tinmouth. Ly , y ———{{_s ——$<——— ——— = si A Clay, with boulders. B Magnesian Limestone, with eroded surface, In concluding these remarks we may observe that slight as their value undoubtedly is, it would have been less but for infor- mation kindly supplied us by several mining friends, among the ley Coal Company, through Mr. W. Q. Stobart, for authority to make use of facts observed by one of us in the underground workings of their collieries. NOTE ON AN UNDESCRIBED FOSSIL FISH. 199 V.—Note on an undescribed Fossil Fish from the Newsham Coal- Shale, near Newcastle-on-Tyne. By Aupany Hancock, F.L.S., AND THomas ATTHEY. For several years past we have been much puzzled with a large ichthyic tooth that is not by any means uncommon at Newsham. We could not make out to what fish to assign it. Indeed there is but one, of sufficient size, found in the locality, of which the teeth are not known, that was at all likely; and the remains of this were supposed to belong to Rhizodus; and as the teeth in question are perfectly devoid of cutting-edges, they could not belong to it. We had doubts, however, as to these remains really being those of that obscure fossil, and thought that pro- bably they would be found some day or other associated with our unknown tooth—that it belonged, in fact, to these supposed Rhizodus-bones. And such is apparently the case. A jaw has just been obtained at Newsham with one of these large enigmatical teeth attached, and the surface-ornament of the bone is of the same character as that of the remains alluded to. This jaw, which is a left ramus, is quite perfect in front ; but the proximal extremity is broken away. The part that re- mains is upwards of seven inches long, and an inch and five- eighths wide; the margins are nearly parallel; the alveolar border is pretty straight, but rises up a little in front, which is rounded. About an inch behind the anterior extremity, a large stout laniary tooth is placed on this elevated part; it is slightly recurved, but the apex is gone. What remains mea- sures an inch in length; the base is broad, being quite five- eighths of an inch wide; and the upper, broken extremity is three-eighths of an inch across. When perfect, this tooth could not be less than an inch and five-eighths in length, as is proved by comparing it with a perfect tooth of the same size at the base. The base is deeply folded, the folds bemg rounded and covered with minute, sharp, raised strize, which pass upwards and die gradually out as they approach the broken extremity. Along the alveolar border there are nine small teeth, three- eighths of an inch long; they have much the character of the 200 NOTE ON AN UNDESCRIBED FOSSIL FISH. large laniary tooth, exhibiting the same minute characteristic striation, but do not seem to be folded at the base. The first of these is about a quarter of an inch behind the large tooth ; the next two are about the same distance apart from each other and from the first tooth; the fourth, fifth, and sixth are divided from these and from each other by a space of five-eighths of an inch; the seventh is a little more than one-eighth of an inch from the sixth, and a quarter of an inch from the eighth, which is an eighth of an inch from the ninth, and this the last is an inch and a quarter from the broken extremity of the mandible. The whole surface of the dentary bone is covered with small rough tubercles, which have a tendency to run in lines, produc- ing vermicular grooves. This peculiar character of bone-surface at once associates our mandibular fragment with the remains al- ready referred to, and supposed to be those of Rhizodus, and for a description of which we must content ourselves, on the present occasion, with referring to our paper ‘‘ On Reptiles and Fishes from the Shales of the Northumberland Coal-Field”’ (Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. I., p. 346). But we may remark that among these remains are many well-marked fragments and se- veral perfect crescentic gill-plates or opercula, the largest being six inches in length; but one recently acquired is seven inches long; and a broken specimen in our possession could not have measured much under eight inches when perfect. There are also described along with these remains two or three jugular plates six inches long; and these are associated with a number of the body-scales, three inches in diameter, usually supposed to be those of Rhizodus. . Here, then, we have the crescentic opercula usually attributed to Rhizodus, and jugular plates, with many other bones, all of which have the surface-ornament similar to that assigned to that fossil, and associated with the body-scales described as belonging to it—occurring in a locality where the unmistakable tooth of the large Rhizodus has never yet been found. But in this locality another large tooth occurs, with peculiar characters, and has now been found attached to a jaw the surface-ornament of which perfectly accords with that of the above-mentioned ON THE OCCURRENCE OF LOXOMMA ALLMANNI. 201 remains. However it may be with Rhizodus, it would therefore seem impossible not to adopt the conclusion that all these speci- mens belong to one and the same fish; and the tooth proves that they do not belong to Rhizodus. For this fish, then, so characterised, and which seems to us to be generically as well as specifically new, we propose the name Archichthys sulcidens. We must add, before concluding this note, that the teeth of our new fish sometimes measure two and a half inches in length, and are upwards of an inch wide at the base, and that upwards of a score of specimens of it have occurred at Newsham. It is therefore pretty certain that they never attain the dimensions of those of Rhizodus, from which they can always be distinguished by their rotundity, the total absence of cutting-edges, and the fine striation of the surface; though they are folded at the base in a manner similar to those of that great enigma. We may also add that thirteen opercular plates have been found, some being quite perfect and in excellent condition. The scales, too, are not by any means rare in the same locality. The remains, then, of this fish being so abundant, the non-occur- rence of the large Rhizodus-tooth is very significant. VI.—On the Occurrence of Loxomma Allmanni in the Northum- berland Coal-Field. By AtBany Hancocs, F.L.8., anp Tuos. ATTHEY. A Few months ago we announced the occurrence in the Coal- shale, near Newcastle, of a considerable portion of the cranium of Anthracosaurus. We have now the pleasure of recording the presence of another large Labyrinthodont Amphibian in the same locality, Mr. Atthey having recently obtained, in the black shale at Newsham, a nearly perfect skull of Lovomma Allmanni, Hux- ley, which we believe to be the first authenticated specimen of this fine Labyrinthodont that has been found in this neighbour- hood. The skull is complete, with the exception of the muzzle, which 902. MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON THE is entirely wanting; but in other respects it is in an excellent state of preservation. The exposed surface, which is that of the crown, is wholly covered with the honeycomb-like sculpture usual in these animals. The pits and ridges are remarkably re- cular and deep, though they are occasionally elongated; the ridges are smooth, and have a semigloss—which two characters, taken together with the colour, a dark brown, give to the whole surface the appearance of carved box-wood. As presented to view, the contour of the skull is triangular, with the apex truncated, and the base or occipital region arched considerably inwards. The apex or muzzle not being present, it is impossible to say how much it was produced when perfect ; but, judging from the gentle inclination of the side margins, it would seem to have been much prolonged. The whole of the muzzle is broken away as far backward as the anterior border of the enormous orbits. Across the broken extremity the skull measures about five inches ; and the width of the occipital region at the widest part is nine inches; the length, from the broken anterior extremity to a line drawn between the points of the lateral expansions, is eight inches and a half. But if we make allowance for what is wanting of the muzzle, the length of the skull may be estimated at upwards of twelve inches. The longitudinal centre of the cranium is composed of a com- paratively narrow strip of bone, which is apparently made up of the frontals, the prefrontals, the parietals, the postfrontals, the epiotics, and the occipitals; but it is quite impossible to deter- mine the boundaries of these component parts, as the sutures are invisible, notwithstanding the fine condition of the specimen. The anterior portion of this compound strip of bone divides the large oblique orbits, the posterior portion the great lateral ex- pansions which forms the sides of the occjpital region. In front it is a little expanded laterally, and measures two inches and a quarter across; thence backwards for two inches and three-quar- ters the sides arch gently inwards, forming the inner anterior boundaries of what may be termed the anterior division of the orbits ; and then for an inch and three-quarters further back the sides are more strongly arched in the same direction, forming OCCURRENCE OF LOXOMMA ALLMANNI. 203 the inner posterior boundaries of the posterior division of the orbits, there being at the junction of the two divisions of the inner orbital boundary a strong angular projection, emphatically marking off the two parts. At this point the interorbital bone is two inches wide. A little further back, at the narrowest part, it is only an inch and three-eighths wide. The inner boundaries of the orbits appear to be formed by the pre- and postfrontals. The posterior portion of this central strip reaches from the hinder margin of the orbits to the occiput, the sides being very slightly arched outwards, and continuous with the lateral ex- pansions. This portion of the cranium is two inches and six- eighths wide, and two inches and three-eighths long, measuring from the posterior boundary of the orbit to the point of the epiotic bone, and, rising a little above the general surface, is strongly defined. The occipital margin is slightly arched in- wards, and at either side is produced backwards into short horns—the posterior points of the epiotic bones. This division of the central strip of bone is composed of the occipitals, the parietals, a portion of the postfrontals, and the epiotics, though here, as in the anterior division, the boundaries cannot be deter- mined with precision. No parietal foramen can be observed. The lateral expansions are each three inches wide, and, accord- ing to Prof. Huxley, they are composed of the postorbitals, the malars or jugals, the squamosals, and the quadrates. They pro- ject backwards quite an inch and a half beyond the central por- tion of the skull. The hinder margin of each at first bends outwards and backwards from the side of the epiotic bone for about two-thirds of its extent; it then suddenly turns a little forwards and terminates in a short point at the lateral or exter- nal angle. From the base of this point the outer or lateral mar- gin advances forwards and outwards, being at first, for about an inch, a little concave; it then bends a little inwards, and runs forwards in a straight line an inch and five-eighths further to the posterior extremity of the maxilla. From this point, which is only slightly indicated, the lateral walls of the skull are con- tinued in a uniformly inclined line to the anterior extremity. 204 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON THE The inner part of the posterior margin is formed by a ridge which thickens and enlarges at the point where it turns suddenly forwards, and this thickened part is turned upwards and over- laps a little the upper surface of the skull; thence to the external point or horn the surface is smooth, and has the appearance of being that of a joint. This is apparently the tympanic bone. The surface sculpture, however, does not extend so far back as this; it terminates abruptly in a sigmoidal line that reaches from the outer margin of the epiotic bone about midway between its posterior horn and the hinder boundary of the orbit to the base of the outer cornu. At first this line (that is, its inner ex- tremity) arches gracefully forwards, and then sweeps backwards and outwards to its outer termination, as already indicated. Behind this line the bone is depressed and smooth; the space next the epiotic bone is of considerable extent, and has all the appearance of being for muscular attachment: probably the tem- poral muscles may originate here; for muscles so placed would be conveniently situated to act upon the articular extremity of the mandible. The posterior outer boundary of the orbit is formed by the postorbital, the limits of which can be partially traced; it is narrow, and extends from the postfrontal to the inner posterior border of the malar ; its orbital margin is concave, and is inclined outwards and forwards. The limits of the malar are also pretty well defined ; it is wide behind, before quite narrow, not being more than seven-eighths of an inch wide, including the thickness -of the posterior extremity of the maxilla, which forms as it were a, narrow border to its straight margin. When perfect, this nar- row margin of the malar could not be less than two and a half inches long; more than two inches of it still remains, the ante- rior extremity having been broken away. The orbital boundary of this part is only very slightly concave ; it then rather suddenly bends inwards and backwards as it approaches its junction with that of the postorbital, where there is a slight bulging inwards. From this point the posterior margin of the malar is bounded by the postorbital, the squamosal, and the quadrate. At first this boundary passes inwards and backwards, then outwards and OCCURRENCE OF LOXOMMA ALLMANNI. 205 backwards, and finally forwards and outwards, reaching the straight external margin of the malar at the posterior point of the maxilla. This enlarged posterior portion is upwards of an inch and a half wide. The orbits are both imperfect in front, the anterior boundaries having been broken away; but the form, notwithstanding, is determinable throughout. They are very large, measuring up- wards of four inches long and one inch and a half wide at the projection of the interorbital bone. Behind this point, which divides it into two parts, an interior and posterior, the orbit extends obliquely outwards and forwards; and in front of it the anterior division, which is the larger, turns a little inwards and forwards. The maxille extend backwards to within three inches of the external cornua; as much as four and a quarter inches of the posterior portion is present: they are narrow and straight, and border the straight outer margin of the malar, forming the lateral boundaries of the cranium. In the right maxilla there are five teeth—four towards the anterior fractured extremity, and the fifth, of which the stump only remains, is seven-eighths of an inch from the hinder extremity. Three of the anterior ones are perfect: the first is placed a quarter of an inch from the broken end of the jaw, and is about half an inch from the next tooth ; the second, third, and fourth are a quarter of an inch apart (the crown of the latter is gone) ; the fifth is placed an inch and three- quarters further back, the intermediate teeth having probably been removed. The remains of three or four teeth are observed in the left maxilla, placed about the same distance apart as those of the right maxilla. These teeth are of equal size ; the perfect ones measure three- tenths of an inch in length; they are grooved from the base halfway up the crown; the upper portion is compressed in the direction of the long axis of the jaw, and the sides are produced into wide, sharp-cutting margins; the extremities are abruptly pointed. A large palatal tooth or tusk is seen a little within the frac- tured extremity of the right maxilla, sinking into the matrix ; 206 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON THE the exposed portion is three-quarters of an inch in length; it is half an inch wide at the base, and is three-eighths of an inch wide at the upper extremity; it is therefore probable that not half the tooth is seen, and that it cannot have been less than an inch and a half in length. The under surface of the specimen is partially exposed; but too little is displayed, and that little is too much disturbed to ad- mit of clear elucidation. Part, however, of the basi-sphenoid and its lateral processes can be observed, as well as a portion of the palatal bones; also the palato-temporal foramen seems to be in part recognizable. We have already stated that this fine cranium is the first au- thenticated evidence of the occurrence of Loxomma in the shale of the Northumberland coal-field. Mr. Atthey, however, has had in his cabinet for several years the crushed cranial bones of this Labyrinthodont ; but, owing to the confusion of the parts, © we were quite unable to determine to which of the known forms to refer them, until the possession of the specimen under discus- sion cleared up the matter. We can now trace distinctly the presence of the central portion of the cranium, which agrees with that of the specimen before us in form and surface-seulp- ture. A portion of a maxilla, with a few teeth attached, as well as considerable remains of the lateral expansions, are likewise determinable. Having now the advantage afforded by the possession of this almost perfect skull of Loxomma Allmannt, we are also enabled confidently to refer to the two magnificent Labyrinthodont skulls exhibited and described, under the name of Pteroplax brevicornis, by Mr. James Thomson and Prof. Young, of Glasgow, at the meeting of the British Association held last year at Exeter. On passing through Newcastle on his road homewards, Mr. Thomson kindly gave us an opportunity of inspecting these specimens, and at the time we pronounced them to belong to Loxomma—cer- tainly not to Pteroplax. We are now in a position to speak on the subject without the least hesitation, in confirmation of our opinion then expressed. That our cranium is that of Loxomma there is not the least doubt; that it agrees with Mr. Thomson’s OCCURRENCE OF LOXOMMA ALLMANNI. 207 specimens generically, and we believe specifically, is equally cer- tain; and that Pteroplax is distinct from Loxomma we have the high authority of Prof. Huxley, who has examined our type specimens of the former. This is quite evident even on a cursory examination of the two forms. But we may take this opportunity to state that Pteroplax deviates considerably, in the structure of the cranium, from all known Labyrinthodonts. In the conformation of the head it approaches the Siren. This fact was entirely overlooked by us at the time of the publication of our paper on the subject (Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. I., p. 266), and was not recog- nised until Prof. Huxley kindly pointed it out to us some time afterwards. Pteroplax has no posterior lateral expansions like those in Anthracosaurus and Loxomma, as we thought it would have (the whole, or nearly the whole, of the cranium is figured in plate xv. fig. 1 of the above paper, and likewise in the Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumberland and Durham, Vol. III., pl. II.); the maxille are also deficient. The long curved horns are undoubt- edly the equivalents of the lateral external cornua in Loxomma ; and the overlying points are the homologues of the inner horns, being in both genera the posterior extremities of epiotic bones. Shortly before the occurrence of the cranium of Loxomma at Newsham, Mr. Atthey obtained from the same locality a series of vertebre, lying nearly in natural order, with a few ribs scat- tered among them. We think these also probably belong to Loxomma. There are fourteen or fifteen vertebre ; but, unfor- tunately, little can be made out respecting them except the form and character of the bodies, the processes of which are not de- terminable, though they seem mixed up with the matrix, which is partly composed of iron-pyrites. The largest vertebre are about seven-eighths of an inch wide, and five-eighths of an inch long; they are slightly hollowed at the ends, with the margins a little reflected; there is a minute notochordal foramen in the centre, but this is not always visible ; and the sides are hollowed or channelled, but do not exhibit much striation. 208 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY The ribs are peculiar in form; they are about five inches long, but we cannot be certain that they are entire ; the shaft is three- eighths. of an inch wide, and is not much compressed ; nor do they exhibit the longitudinal groove so usual in the ribs of these Amphibians. The proximal extremity is exceedingly wide, mea- suring across seven-eighths of an inch; it is much compressed ; but the capitular margin is thick and continues the curve of the shaft; it projects a little beyond the tuberculum, and is divided from it by a very shallow notch ; the bifurcation is consequently exceedingly shallow. The tubercular process turns suddenly from the shaft, and, though thin, widens out into a large con- — cave articular surface, much larger than that of the capitulum. There is, of course, no certainty that these vertebre and ribs are really those of Loxomma; but, from their occurring in the same locality, and about the same time as the cranium, we may infer that it and they came from the same part of the seam; hence the probability that they belonged to the same animal ; and, moreover, the ribs differ considerably from those of Anth- racosaurus and Pteroplaz, the only other large Labyrithodonts that have yet been found in the Newcastle coal-field. VII.— Description of a Labyrinthodont Amphibian, a new Generic Form, obtained in the Coal-Shale at Newsham, near Newcastle- upon-Tyne. By Aupany Hancocn, F.L.8., anp THomas Artury. (Plate IV.) Tue fossil vertebrata of the Coal-shale overlying the High-main Seam at Newsham do not yet appear to be exhausted, notwith- standing the great attention that has been bestowed upon the subject, for many years past, by one of the authors of this paper. In proof of this we have to record the recent occurrence, in the above locality, of two specimens of a small Labyrinthodont skull, differing from anything with which we are acquainted, and of such a peculiar character, that it is necessary to establish a new genus for the reception of this curious species, which we ON A LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 209 propose to name Batrachiderpeton lineatum. One of the speci- mens is in a good state of preservation, and is almost entire. The anterior portion of it, however, is crushed and otherwise injured ; but the characters of the hinder part are well displayed, and so are those of the median coronal bones, the surface-struc- ture of the whole being beautifully preserved. The other speci- men has lost a considerable portion of the right side, and is much crushed and distorted, but nevertheless exhibits, in excel- lent order, some of the more important characters. The first-mentioned and the more perfect of the two specimens is flat and shield-like, having the contour in front pointed and broadly wedge-shaped, the sides of this part being broken; the occipital region is exceedingly wide, and considerably arched inwards at the posterior margin. It is evident, however, that when perfect, the front was broad and rounded, the muzzle being quite short, and that the sides were arched outwards. The skull is remarkable for its great width in proportion to its length, and for the wing-like character of the lateral expansions of the occipital region, which are very largely developed, and project considerably backwards, the lateral posterior angles being produced into long processes or cornua: consequently, from this peculiar formation, the inward arching of the occipital margin arises. From the outer angles of the occipital bones there are two other or inner horns, which are much less than the outer pair. When entire, the skull must have had the form of a broad inverted shield, with the apex in front rounded, and the basal or posterior margin concave. It measures two inches and three- tenths in length from the muzzle (the extremity of which is pre- sent) to a line extending from tip to tip of the external horns, but only an inch and seven-eighths to the extremity of the inner or occipital cornua. One side of the skull, behind, is quite per- fect ; so, by doubling the width of this from the median line, the breadth of the entire skull can be correctly determined: measured thus, it is two inches and five-eighths across the widest part ; it is two inches and a quarter in width without making such al- lowance. The central coronal bones are narrow in proportion to the ) 210 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY great breadth of the entire skull, and their boundaries are marked by strongly raised lines or ridges. The occipitals in combination are quadrilateral, and are half an inch wide and six-tenths of an inch long; behind, the margin is slightly concave, and from the sides, as if in continuation of the raised lateral lines, the two inner cornua project; they are a quarter of an inch long, are conical and irregularly three- or four-sided, with the surface roughened with ornamentation like that of the skull. In front the occipitals are divided from the parietals by a double, raised, transverse line. The latter are as wide as the occipitals, and have their lateral boundaries marked in the same manner by raised lines, which are in continuation of those of the occipitals, but are not so much elevated. These parietal lines slightly incline towards each other as they advance for- ward, which they do for about half an inch; they then diverge a little, and are lost in front in a circular groove which reaches four-tenths of an inch further forward. The anterior boundary of the parietals appears to be at the point where the lateral lines are most approximate ; and in front of this the circular groove may perhaps circumscribe the frontals and nasals. On the longitudinal middle line, a little in advance of the pos- terior margin of the parietals, there is a circular foramen a tenth of an inch wide, thus proving that we are correct in denominat- ing this elongated area the parietals: consequently the area be- hind must be that of the occipitals. But we must remark that the forward position of the parietals, and the great extent of the occipitals, are uncommon features in the Labyrinthodonts, and seem to indicate an approximation to the Batrachian form of structure—though, as we shall afterwards endeavour to show, our new genus is more closely related to the recent genera Siren, Proteus, and Axolotl. It is difficult to say of what bones the lateral expansions are composed ; they remind us much of similar expansions seen in other Labyrinthodonts, only they are proportionally much larger than usual. Judging from this similarity, it may be assumed that they are composed of the quadrates and squamosals, post- orbitals and malars, so far as the posterior portions of them are ON A LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 211 concerned—though probably they also comprise the epiotics ; for it can scarcely be supposed that these latter bones lie within the raised boundary lines which we assume to be those of the occipitals. And yet, from analogy, it might be thought that the inner cornua formed the posterior extremities of the epiotics. In front of the lateral expansions, and external to the frontals and parietals, the ridges on the surface probably indicate the presence of the several component bones of these parts; but it is imposible to determine with precision their limits and exact configuration. The posterior margin of each lateral expansion extends in a straight line outwards and backwards from the base of the occi- pital horn for seven-tenths of an inch to the external horn, which projects backwards with a slight inclination outwards, and is four-tenths of an inch long and one-fourth of an inch wide at the base; the surface is rough, like that of the inner horns, and is carinated longitudinally above and below, so that it presents four irregular facets. Of the lateral margins only the posterior por- tion of the left side is perfect, and this turns suddenly forward from the base of the horn in a slightly convex line for nine-tenths of an inch; it then bends rather abruptly forwards and inwards, and extends in an outward curved line for six-tenths of an inch further, at which point the margin of this side is broken away in an inward sloping direction to the anterior extremity of the skull. At the right side in front the lateral margin is folded inwards, and is otherwise injured for nearly two-thirds of its length; the posterior third is almost perfect, but the lateral horn is broken off. The surface of the skull is in a very good state of preservation, and is sculptured in a very peculiar manner, long linear ridges being the most conspicuous feature. As already stated, such ridges define the boundaries of the coronal bones; those of the occiput are very strong, and, together with the lateral ridges of the parietals, form along the sides of the central portion of the skull two nearly parallel lines enclosing the occipitals and parie- tals, each of which is rectangular in form. Other lines pass diagonally backwards in a radiating manner from the junction of D112, MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY the parietals and occipitals (that is, from the point where the transverse double line divides these two sets of bones), and are continued to the base of the outer horns; there are three or four of such lines on each side. Also from the base of the outer horns other three or four somewhat interrupted lines stretch diagonally forwards and inwards, extending nearly as far as the front of the parietals. At the posterior margin of the lateral expansions, and parallel to it, there are likewise two or three obscure lines. Besides these lines, the occipital area and lateral expansions are irregularly tuberculated ; in front the skull is comparatively smooth; but the whole surface, including the ridges and tuber- cles, as well as the smooth portions, is covered with a minute reticulation of raised ridges; the meshes, being deeply sunk, give, when seen under a lens, a punctured appearance, and when so magnified, this minute reticulation much resembles the usual Labyrinthodont honeycomb-like surface-structure. The under surface of the specimen displays the roof of the mouth, which, though imperfect, exhibits some very interesting characters. In front the remains of the premaxille are seen at either side doubled inwards and pressed down; they seem to have been short, probably not much over six-tenths of an inch in length. That of the right side is nearly entire, and lies with its outer surface exposed, which is covered with a minute reti- culation of raised lines. The posterior extremity is considerably produced beyond the teeth, and is pointed and conical. This process is apparently for cartilaginous attachment. The alveolar border is straight and thick, and contains seven teeth, three or four of which are perfect; they are close-set, stout, and slightly incurved, with the tips rather abruptly pointed, a little com- pressed in the direction of the length of the jaw, and finely and sharply striated, the strie being raised; the base and middle portion are smooth and cylindrical. A mere trace of the left premaxilla is visible; but four or five of its teeth are pressed down upon the vomer. These teeth are well preserved, and have all the characters of those of the right side. The vomer is largely developed, and extends backward quite ON A LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 213 half the length of the skull; it is divided by a suture on the longitudinal middle line, and the two lateral portions diverge a little behind. To these diverging points the pterygoids are at- tached ; they are wide, stout bones, which, passing outward and backward, abut at the posterior portion of the malars or the bones forming the hinder lateral margins of the skull. In front of the pterygoids there is a large depression on each side, which may be the palato-temporal foramen: these depressions are cir- cular in front; but their inner posterior boundaries are formed by the almost straight line of the pterygoids. On the middle longitudinal line behind the pterygoids there is an elevated process, which probably indicates the presence of the sphenoid ; and behind this, on either hand, at the posterior margin of the skull, which is bounded by a strong ridge, there is a rounded elevation. These two elevations are probably the occipital condyles pressed inwards; or it may be that they are the lateral margins of the sphenoid turned upwards and distorted. The large plates in front, which we have assumed to be the vomers, may possibly hold in combination the palatal bones. Be this, however, as it may, they are thickly covered with mi- nute teeth from end to end, and to within a short distance of the lateral margins. These teeth do not appear to be arranged in any particular order, but are much obscured by the matrix. A few, however, are quite free, and show that they are short, stout, pointed, conical, and have the apices striated. This great patch of minute teeth is bounded on either side by a row of eight or ten stout close-set teeth, similar in all respects to the premaxillary teeth, even to the apical compression and stria- tion ; and they are nearly as large, if not quite as large, as the latter. The posterior one, which is placed close in front of the palato-temporal foramen, is larger than the rest, and is certainly equal in size to the premaxillary teeth. The other or less perfect specimen of the skull has lost the whole of the right side; and the margin of the left side is much injured, and is doubled inwards. It is quite evident, however, that this specimen, when perfect, was quite as large as the one first described; and the surface-ornamentation is of the same 914 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY character. The two principal coronal bones, the occipitals, and parietals, are almost entire, and are of the same rectangular form. The parietal foramen is distinctly displayed, and in every respect agrees with that of the other example. The left outer horn is present, and shows no variation in character; the two inner horns and the right outer horn are broken away. The left premaxillary bone is pressed inwards, and agrees in size and position with that previously described. It has seven teeth, beautifully preserved, the exact number in the other spe- cimen, and, in fact, the premaxillaries of the two individuals are in every respect similar, only in that now before us the pos- terior pointed extremity is apparently hidden in the matrix. The ereater portion of the vomer is preserved, and is studded, in the same manner as in the first specimen, with numerous, short, stout, conical teeth. The left outer or lateral row of vomerine teeth are well exhibited, and are pressed down inwards; they are ten or twelve in number, and are quite as large as those of the premaxille, and are in like manner striated at the apices. They seem better developed and are rather more numerous than in the other specimen; but in it these teeth are broken down and are much encumbered with the matrix, and there can be little doubt some of them have entirely disappeared: eight ne- vertheless can be counted. Had we not had the first-desecribed specimen for comparison, we might have taken this lateral row of vomerine teeth to have belonged to either a maxilla or a man- dible pressed inwards; but after carefully considering the evi- dence for and against, we think it favours the opinion we have adopted, though it is quite possible that we may be mistaken. At the same time it must be remarked that this row of teeth occupies exactly the same position that the lateral vomerine row does in the other specimen, that it is of the same length, and that the number of teeth is apparently the same, two or three having been removed in the first specimen. The folded margin of the cranium exhibits in front a longitu- dinal depression, which there can be little doubt indicates the position of the orbit ; indeed, at one point the inner orbital mar- ein can be traced. A similar depression is observable in the ON A LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 215 other specimen, at the right side. The only other feature worthy of notice in our second specimen is the pterygoid; that on the left side is pretty well preserved, and shows no variation of cha- racter, except that the surface is minutely striated in a longitu- dinal direction. For three or four years past, Mr. Atthey has had in his pos- session a mandible belonging to this new Labyrinthodont; and, though always believing it to be distinct from that of any known species, we have kept it back till now, not feeling ourselves jus- tified in encumbering the nomenclature with terms signifying so little, and, in a scientific pomt of view, almost valueless. We are now, however, in a position to associate it with a cranium possessing important and interesting features. There can be no doubt that this mandible is really that of Batrachiderpeton. The surface-character of the bone, its size, and the character, form, and size of the teeth all go to prove this. This mandible is perfect in front, where it is obtusely pointed ; behind it is imperfect, a considerable portion evidently having ~ been removed. The outer surface is exposed, and is seen to be covered with a few coarse, irregular, longitudinal ridges, having much the character of those on the cranium; and in front there are a few reticulated ridges, quite similar to those on the pre- maxille. It is an inch long and a quarter of an inch broad at the widest part; the margins are nearly parallel, the jaw nar- rowing only very slightly forwards; the alveolar border is thick and almost straight, there being a slight depression near the centre, dividing the teeth into two groups. In all, there are fifteen teeth ; they are closely arranged, stout, a little incurved, rather obtusely pointed, and have the tips finely striated and slightly compressed in the direction of the length of the jaw— agreeing in these peculiarities, as in all the other characters, with the premaxillary teeth. They are confined to the anterior por- tion of the mandible, there apparently having been none in the posterior part. The range of the teeth will therefore correspond very well to those of the premaxilla. They are the sixteenth of an inch in length, being of the same size as those of the pre- maxilla. 216 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY It is impossible to contemplate the structure of the roof of the mouth of this curious Labyrinthodont without being reminded of the arrangement of the parts in that of Siren, Proteus, and Axolotl. The well-armed vomer in particular is very striking. The extensive development of this vomerine armature, and the deficiency of bony maxille, would seem to ally Batrachiderpeton to Stren and Proteus; while the relationship of the vomers to the pterygoids, and the form of the latter, are very similar to what obtains in Avolotl. And the alliance with this interesting form would be rendered still stronger if it should turn out that our new genus has really bony maxille, particularly as the pre- maxille are armed with teeth. In Siren and Proteus the pre- maxillaries are quite minute, and are devoid of teeth. The characters of the premaxille in Batrachiderpeton are, as we have seen, only imperfectly displayed, and some doubt as to their form and extent might be entertained. But it would seem likely that in them we see the whole of the bones of the upper jaw, and that they must have stretched outwards and backwards, and have each been united to a membrane or cartil- age (the representative of the maxilla), and in this way have become attached to the under surface of the malar or the lateral cranial bone where it is smooth and seems well fitted for such attachment; they could not have been attached to the outer edge of it, for it is covered with surface-ornamentation. By this arrangement spaces for the orbits are provided; and thus, again, our new Labyrinthodont would seem to resemble Siren and Proteus. That this is the fact is apparently corroborated by what can be traced of the bones themselves. The premaxilla of the right side in the more perfect specimen is, as before pointed out, pressed inwards upon the vomer, or rather in front of it. Before, it is wide, and is continuous with the bone of the muzzle, as is proved by the continuation of the surface-ornament. Behind, however, it appears to have been free, and to have terminated in a pointed extremity. On this side, too, the malar is turned inwards; but its anterior extremity, which is pointed, does not ON A LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 217 seem to be united to the premaxilla; it has likewise all the ap- pearance of having been free. In the less perfect specimen, as before mentioned, the pre- maxilla of the left side is pressed inwards in the same manner as that of the right side in the other specimen; and both agree in having seven teeth, and in having had apparently the posterior extremity free. From these coincidences it would seem fair to assume that the premaxille comprise the whole of the bony structure of the upper jaw. At the same time it must be allowed that, as previously pointed out, the row of teeth on the left side of the vomer in one of the specimens has much the appearance of having belonged to a maxilla; and if this should prove to be the case, then Batrachiderpeton would be more closely allied to Axolotl than to Siren. In the large size of the coronal bones, Batrachiderpeton also shows an alliance with Siren and Axolotl, while, in the square- ness of the occipitals and parietals, it agrees with the Salamander and the Batrachians. But, notwithstanding these deviations from the usual characters, there can be little doubt that our new form is a true Labyrinthodont; for the lateral cranial expan- sions, though more developed than commonly, are very similar to those characteristic features of these amphibians. And the parietal foramen is most significant, as well as the stoutness of the teeth ; and the row of strong vomerine teeth on each side is also characteristic. But this is not the only instance in which a Labyrinthodont has been found to exhibit an approximation to the Siren-type of structure. Pteroplax is so related, as we have pointed out in the May number of the ‘‘ Annals.”’ At present, however, it is not necessary to dilate further on this matter than to state that Pteroplax seems to approach Siren in a different line from that by which it is approximated by Batrachiderpeton. In the former the lateral cranial expansions of the Labyrinthodont are entirely reduced, while in the latter they are even exaggerated in extent; and in Pteroplax, again, the coronal bones are not much altered in form, and the frontals are very long, showing that the muzzle was much produced. In Batrachiderpeton, on the contrary, the 218 EXPLANATION OF PLATE. muzzle is extremely short, and the posterior region of the skull is much developed. Pteroplax shows its relationship to Siren by the reduction of the lateral cranial expansions, Batrachider- peton by the large development of the occipital and parietal bones, both also by the peculiar character of the premaxille and the deficiency of bony maxille, though, as we have already seen, there may be some doubt as to this last feature in Batra- chiderpeton. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the cranium of Batrachiderpeton lineatum, a little enlarged; the dotted lines indicate the restored parts: a, occi- pital bones, bounded by raised lines; 6, inner cornua; c, parietals exhibiting foramen near the posterior part ; d, area circumscribed by a circular groove, probably the frontals and nasals; e, lateral expansion; jf, one of the outer cornua; g, supposed malar; h, premaxille, indicated in outline, in their supposed natural posi- tion; 2, orbits, indicated by dotted lines. Fig. 2. View of roof of mouth of the same: a, inner cornua; 6, one of the outer cornua; c, left malar; d, right malar, bent inwards; e, right premaxilla, doubled inwards; /, free posterior extremity of ditto; g, teeth of the left premaxilla, bent inwards; A, vomer studded with minute teeth; 7 2, two lateral rows of large vome- rine teeth ; 7, pterygoid ; &, an eminence, probably the sphenoid ; /, two elevations, perhaps portions of the sphenoid, or possibly the occipital condyles; m, occipital ridge; n, palato-temporal foramen ; 0, a depression, probably marking the position of the right orbit. Fig. 3. View of the anterior portion of the left mandible, exhibiting the teeth and surface-ornamentation: a, anterior extremity. Fig. 4. Three preemaxillary teeth, seen in front, much enlarged. Fig. 5. Side view of one premaxillary tooth, much enlarged. Fig. 6. Much enlarged view of the apical extremity of the same, exhibit- ing the striation. Tig. 7. Two of the small vomerine teeth, considerably enlarged. Noat.Hist. Trams. N&D VolIV PIV. pAABAAAA Add i: Qa mn ere 4 a ener Sen A Hancoelc del, Tuffen West sc. U ON A NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 219 VIIL.—On a new Labyrinthodont Amphibian from the Magnesian Limestone of Midderidge, Durham. By Atpany Hancock, F.L.S., anp RicHarp Howss.* (Plate VI.) Amone the important additions to the fauna of the Permian rocks of Durham made by Joseph Duff, Esq., last autumn, not the least interesting, perhaps, may be reckoned the remains of a Labyrinthodont having numerous finely striated, rhombiform scutes or scales, resembling in shape those of some Ganoid fishes, though very superior in size. These remains were found at the Midderidge quarry (a portion of which has recently been removed for the purpose of widening the Darlington and Wear Valley Railway), in a bed of yellow marly limestone seven or eight feet above the Marl-slate properly so called. The section at this quarry is thus described by Prof. Sedgwick, Geol. Trans., Ser. Il., Vol. IIL., p. 76 :— ‘1. Bed of light-coloured siliceous sandstone, worked as a coarse flagstone and also as a building-stone. The upper beds alternate with blue-coloured calcareous shale. At Hast Thickley they are about thirty feet thick. “9. Yellow-coloured calcareous shale and shale-slate, in thickness about nine feet. Some of these beds are incoherent and sandy; the Marl-slate forms a series of indurated bands, which divide the more incoherent shale. ‘©3. A series of thin beds with marly partings; the whole about twenty feet thick. The average thickness of the several beds is not more than a few inches; their surfaces are often covered with yellow marl; at their natural partings they are generally covered with dendritical impressions,”’ etc. In the above section, No. 1 represents the uppermost member of the Coal Measures, which in this part of Durham have been much disturbed and denuded prior to the deposition of the Marl- slate. It must be mentioned that in this quarry and in the south of Durham there is no bed of ‘‘ yellow incoherent sand,’’ a bed * This and the two following papers are reprinted by permission of the Council of the Geological Society (from Vol. XX VI. of their ‘‘ Proceedings”) who have also kindly granted the use of the plates illustrating the papers. 22.0 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE ON A which forms an important item in the section a few miles further north and in the north of Durham generally. The Marl-slate proper equals the lower portion of No. 2 of Prof. Sedgwick’s section. When closely examined, it can be distinctly separated from the marly limestone, into which it gra- dually passes upwards. And it is more emphatically distinguished by the fossils it contains ; for, though a few stray fishes are now and then found in the calcareous beds above, yet this lowest part is the depository for the numerous fish- and plant-remains which characterise the Permian rocks. It is then in the middle, or nearly so, of this yard of Marl-slate that Mr. Duff has found the remains of the Dorypterus Hoffmanni, Germar, and also the remains of two species of reptiles, viz., Proterosaurus Speneri, H. v. Meyer, and Proterosaurus Hualeyi, nov. spec., descrip- tions of which have been communicated to the Geological So- ciety. Associated with these occurred numerous remains of the fishes which have been so long well known, and fragments of plants, a few of which are new to England, though most of them have been described from the Kupferschiefer of Germany. The Mollusca observed by Mr. Duff consist of fragments of Nautilus Freieslebent, Schloth., specimens of Discina nitida, Phil., Lingula mytiloides, Sow., and Myalina Hausmanni, Goldf. Of these shells, only a few imperfect specimens occurred. The appear- ances presented by the whole of the fossils entombed in this Marl-slate seem to lead to the conclusion that this deposit was formed in a very quiet estuary, into which the land reptiles, the freshwater Ganoids, and the remains of coniferous plants were brought, to be intermixed with other exuviz, such as the shells of Nawtilt, Discine, and Lingule, which are undoubtedly of marine origin. The Marl-slate at this spot appears to be perfectly unconform- able to the Coal Measures No. 1 of the above section. But be- tween it and this sandstone there is an accumulation of yellow unctuous clay, about two feet thick, which has not the appear- ance of an original deposit, but appears to have been formed partly by the destruction of the lower part of the Marl-slate, and partly by the infiltration of water carrying in clayey particles NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 2921 through the extensive fissures which abound in the superin- cumbent limestone. Upwards the Marl-slate gradually passes, becoming more calcareous according to its height, into the thin- bedded compact limestone No. 3 of Prof. Sedgwick’s section. It is in these transition beds, at about seven feet above the Marl- slate proper, that our new Labyrinthodont was found. The beds of this portion are much thicker than in the compact limestone above, and more marly, and contain here and there small accu- mulations of gritty materials surrounded by hard compact lime- stone. The amphibian itself seems to have been imbedded in a very compact nodulous mass of one of these beds, and was for- tunately brought to light by the splitting of the stone right through the central portion of the bed. In this part of the series at this quarry the only other fossil remains found were a few Lingulé and fragments of a Polyzoon; but in a neighbouring quarry the beds on this horizon contain numerous remains of the well-known Permian mollusca. Although found in this higher portion of the series, we imagine there will be no diffi- culty in inferring that the remains of this creature were carried from its freshwater haunts to be imbedded in a deposit which was fast putting on a marine aspect. The specimen of this new and interesting form (Pl. VI., fig. 1), for which we propose the name of Lepidotosaurus Duffii, is unfortunately in a bad state of preservation, owing partly to the crystalline condition of the matrix, and partly to the peculiar state of the bones, some of which look as if they were composed of dark grey carbonate of lime, while certain parts of them have a burnt appearance, and are reduced to a brittle white, flaky, chalk-like substance, conspicuously displaying the concentric layers of growth. The fossil lies on its side, and is seen in ver- tical section, part of the bones being on one slab and part on the counter slab. The backbone (a, a, a) is split open longitu- dinally, there having been a natural division through this part. The ribs (e, e, e) are divided in the same direction ; but they for the most part are torn asunder, as the division has not extended much beyond the backbone. The same may be said of the head ET en RR AT YN a | 229, MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE ON A (b, c, d), which les split open horizontally below the ventral margin of the animal. The neck (a,) is curled round in front of the anterior end of the body in the direction of the head, which lies in a reversed position, as we have just seen, below the trunk, which to some little extent overlaps it. The tail or posterior end of the spine seems to have been turned round the hinder extremity towards the same region, but none of its bones are present—only an indistinct depression indicates the fact. As the body lies thus curled up it measures fifteen inches in length ; and in width, from the backbone to the distal extremity of the ribs, eight inches. The length of the specimen, including the head if stretched out, would be about thirty-five inches. The course of the backbone is obvious enough, running along the dorsal margin, turning round in front of the body, and curv- ing backwards in the direction of the occipital region of the skull; but, unfortunately, at this point the slab is broken away for up- wards of two inches, separating by that space the head from the spine. The vertebral column (a), as seen in longitudinal section, is about an inch and one-eighth wide ; but it is quite impossible to make out any of the characters of the vertebre, or even to determine their dimensions with the necessary precision. All ' that can be said on this point is that, from the assumed extent of four consecutive vertebre, the length of a single vertebra may be estimated at about seven-cighths of an inch. This difficulty arises partly from the crystalline condition of the whole line of the vertebre, and partly from the fact that the whole of the bone is broken up and partially removed, little else than cellular or flaky matter remaining, all boundaries determining the forms of the parts having disappeared. There is, however, one feature of the vertebral column which cannot pass unnoticed. The neck (a) seems to have been re- markably long for a Labyrinthodont. From the length of the ribs, the body must undoubtedly have been of considerable depth; and unless the neck had been long, it is evident that the head, if attached to the trunk, as it appears to have been when depo- sited, could not have assumed the position in which it is placed NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 228 immediately below and parallel to the belly. But it is impossible to determine the exact length of this portion of the column, as we cannot be sure how many of the anterior ribs are wanting. The ribs (e, e, e) are arranged in regular order, inclining from before backwards, but have been apparently torn bodily from their spinal attachment by pressure after deposition, and now their proximal extremities are removed about an inch and a quarter from the column, the whole having been afterwards pushed downwards. Twenty-one are distinctly displayed in parallel order, about a quarter of an inch apart from each other in front; but the space dividing the posterior ones is somewhat greater. They are inclined diagonally from the front in slightly arched curves, the concavity being forward ; and traces of eight or ten more can be determined, so that in all there have been about thirty ribs. In front, too, there are indistinct impressions of one or two more; but whether or not these terminate the series in this direction it is impossible to say. The largest ribs, which are near the centre, are six inches and a quarter in length, following the curve, and the shaft is one quarter of an inch thick; they taper slightly towards the distal extremity, and do not exhibit the longitudinal groove or depres- sion usually observed in the ribs of Labyrinthodonts, neither are they apparently depressed in the usual manner. The proximal extremities are crushed and broken, but are widened a little, in- dicating a double articular surface; these extremities are, how- ever, too imperfect to warrant any confident assertion of the fact. The greater number of the ribs have a crystalline appearance, as if composed of a dark grey carbonate of lime; but the con- centric bone-layers are for the most part conspicuously displayed. Eleven or twelve of the anterior ribs have more than an inch of their distal extremity broken away, and the ruptured ends are united to an irregular, narrow, thin, longitudinal belt of bone (/), which is in the same crystalline condition as the ribs, and which has a fanciful resemblance to a fragmentary breast-bone ; but this appearance is altogether illusory, for, though this long belt is completely incorporated with the extremities of the ribs, the O94 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE ON A result merely of pressure, it is undoubtedly composed of the re- mains of a few of the dermal scales to be afterwards described. The limbs are not present, nor can any trace of them be ob- served. There is, however, a thickish mass of bony matter in the dorsal region in front (g, g), lying incorporated with the proximal extremities of eight or nine of the anterior ribs, and extending in advance of them nearly as far as the curved line of the cervical vertebre. This may, perhaps, be the remains of the scapule and other members of the shoulder-girdle, but the forms of the parts are entirely obliterated; indeed, there is no indication of the mass having been composed of distinct parts.- The thickness of the bone, which, however, cannot be easily accounted for in any other way, justifies the above supposition ; and in fact, from its extent, measuring as it does five inches long and nearly two inches wide, the fair inference would seem to be that the fore limbs must have been largely developed. There, is, however, another explanation which has been sug- gested, which, though possible, can scarcely be considered pro- bable : it is, that this bony mass may be the remains of the large pectoral plates found in all Labyrinthodonts, which in some way or other have been removed thus far from their natural position. But this bony mass lies united to the ribs, and is covered by the dermal scales already alluded to, which appear to be undisturbed. This could scarcely be the case did this bony mass originate in the transported pectoral plates. Further back, incorporated with the dorsal extremities of the ribs there situated, is another considerable accumulation of bony matter (i) in the form of a very irregular elongated belt. The greater portion of this is undoubtedly derived from the surface- scales and the crushed ribs. At the anterior part of the belt, however, the bony substance is too thick to be thus accounted for, and, had it been placed sufficiently far backwards, it might have been supposed to be the remains of the pelvic girdle; but we fear its nature must be left undetermined. The head, we have already observed, is seen in section, lying in a reversed position below the ventral margin, which to a limited extent overlies it, the muzzle being directed backwards NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 92.5 (c, b, d). The coronal portion is on the slab on which the right side of the trunk rests; the lower or basal portion and muzzle are on the other, which may be denominated the left slab, as it contains the left side of the trunk. The cavity of the cranium was filled with crystallized carbo- nate of lime, and the bone is in a very flaky tender condition, having a chalky or burnt appearance, and in some places it is so much reduced as to be difficult to trace; neither the sutures of the component bones nor much of the surface character can be determined. The entire length of the skull is nine inches and three-quar- ters ; but the extremity of the muzzle is wanting. The occipital region is much injured; it is wide, truncated, and angulated at the sides; it measures across five inches and a quarter: for about an inch forward the skull widens a little, and then sud- denly tapers for nearly an inch and three-quarters, at which point it is three inches wide; here the muzzle seems to com- mence, and from hence it tapers gradually to the broken ante: rior extremity, where it is a little more than an inch and a half wide. The portion that remains of the narrow elongated muzzle is in a better state of preservation than the rest of the skull, and is seven inches long, and measures across the centre two inches and a half. Only a part of the upper surface was exposed ; but, aided by the skilful manipulation of our friend Mr. Atthey, to whom our best thanks are due, we have been enabled to work out the features of this characteristic portion of the cranium. The matrix has been carefully removed by that gentleman from the sides, and has been dug away from beneath, so as to exhibit to some extent the palate. Thus revealed, the muzzle is seen to be much depressed, slightly convex above, with the roof of the mouth apparently flat, or only a little concave. The maxille, which seem to form the sides of the muzzle, are thick at the outer margins, but are quite thin above. Unfortunately, how- ever, the roof of this portion is much injured; there is, never- theless, a strip about half an inch wide, extending the whole length of the maxilla along the right side, and a small portion P 226 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE ON A near the centre of the left maxilla, in a tolerable state of preser- vation. The central portion of the roof is, for the most part, deficient—little more than the cast of it showing the form. The upper surface of the roof, or as much of it as remains, and the margins of the maxille are studded with small conical, bluntly pointed tooth-like processes, irregularly disposed, but nowhere crowded. They are largest at the outer margins of the maxille, where they incline outwards, and appear to diminish in length, and to become erect as they pass inwards towards the middle longitudinal line. They are for the most part broken down, merely tubercular scars marking their position; but near to the centre of the left maxilla they are quite perfect, and are seen projecting into the adherent matrix, having much the ap- pearance of minute teeth. The largest are one-sixteenth of an - inch in length, and are rather obtusely pointed ; several of them are coated with a thin layer of transparent glass-like enamel. Their resemblance to teeth is still further shown by a large pulp- eavity and thick dentine-like walls, which have a white milky hue, and are very tender, being evidently much changed by fos- silization. They are, however, apparently processes of the bone from which they project; no distinct anchylosis can be seen, and when broken away there is no depressed scar, but their bases are persistent, like rugged tubercles. Traces of similar tooth-like processes are found much further back on the sides of the skull. The palatal surface of the muzzle, so far as it could be explored, displays no teeth, neither does the outer or alveolar margin of the maxille; but not much import- ance can be placed on these negative facts when the peculiar state of the specimen is considered. Very little can be added to what has already been said respecting the other portions of the cranium. After carefully removing the crystalline carbonate of lime from the interior of both portions of the skull, its walls are found distinctly lining the concavities in the matrix, though in places the bone is reduced to mere traces. And in one part the coronal wall has been thrust inwards, apparently by some dis- turbance in the matrix ; and the general distortion is so extensive that little can be determined except the contour, which has been NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 227 already described, and this is not by any means perfect (see Pl. VI., fig. 2). The crown seems to have been considerably ele-, vated and arched. . Perhaps the most interesting, and certainly the best-preserved feature of our strange amphibian has yet to be noticed. As it lies, it seems to have been covered with large, minutely striated, bony, imbricated scutes or scales, which extend from end to end and from the dorsal to the ventral margin of the specimen. These scales are arranged in diagonal lines, sloping from behind forwards, and give to the surface of the animal a strongly ribbed appearance in the same direction. The inside view of the scales presents the same sort of ribbing as the exterior: indeed, both sidés of this bony armature remind the observer of the ridges and furrows of a tiled roof, only the individual scales are not distinguishable as the tiles of a roof are ; the ridges and furrows alone are visible, and the junction of the rows is not perceptible. This may be partly owing to the pressure to which the fossil has been subjected, incorporating the bony scales with each other ; but it undoubtedly results in a great measure from the character of the scales themselves, which permit the most close and accu- rate fitting. However this may be, the specimen at present has the appearance of having been incased in a continuous bony shield coextensive with the trunk. No portion of the tail exist- ing, it is impossible to say whether or not the scales extended to it. Such is the general character of this peculiar scaly armature. Not much, however, of the external surface is seen; but a portion of two or three rows of the scales is well displayed at the.ante- rior extremity of the ribs on the right slab, or that on which the coronal portion of the cranium is preserved. This patch of the scaly covering of course belongs really to the left side of the ani- mal ; it overlies the ribs, and in part covers the bony mass, which Wwe suppose may be the remains of the shoulder-girdle. Other two considerable patches are observed overlying the ribs near the centre of the body, and several smaller patches are scattered over the specimen. All these patches exhibit the minute stria- tion of the surface, and that in front displays also the ribbed 298 . MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE ON A structure; and the casts of all of them can be traced on the left slab. That of the anterior patch is well marked, and is of con- siderable extent, showing both the ridges and the minute stria- tion of the surface. Upon the left slab, too, the under surface of the scales is well seen, particularly a belt of a portion of four or five rows about an inch wide, that stretches along by the side of the vertebral column. And towards the posterior extremity of the specimen, the rows of scales are seen in their whole length (i, 7) extending in parallel order from the ventral to the dorsal margin, sloping forwards, and crossed by the ribs which incline in the opposite direction. The inside of the rows of the scales is equally well displayed on the right slab. The scales themselves (fig. 3) are rhombiform, with the angles slightly rounded, and having projecting from the lower anterior angle a strong, pointed conical process, which is overlapped by the dorsal margin of the scale next below. They are trans- versely elongated, and measure in this direction an inch and three-quarters lengthwise, or from the anterior to the posterior margin five-eighths of an inch. We shall, however, merely for the sake of convenience, consider the long measurement as that of the length, the short as that of the width. The ends, then, of the scales are truncated diagonally from above downwards and backwards; they (the scutes) are rather stout, but gradually thin out to the margins, which are very fine, and have a widish, thick ridge extending the whole length, much nearer to the front than the posterior margin, and parallel to it. This ridge is smooth and rounded below, where it is seen to be continued into the projecting process; above, on the outer sur- face, it forms an obtuse ridge the entire length of the scale. The . anterior part of the outer surface is smooth as far back as this ridge, and is bevelled or sloped to the margin; the posterior portion is twice as wide as the smooth anterior border, and slopes or inclines in the opposite direction or backwards, so that the longitudinal carina is like the ridge of a very low-pitched roof with one of the slopes much shorter than the other. The wide posterior slope is minutely and closely striated, the strie being NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 229 raised, sharply defined, and slightly diagonal from above down- wards and backwards, and are somewhat broken and tortuous. The scales imbricate backwards, the anterior overlapping the posterior as far as the longitudinal ridge, so that the whole of the smooth anterior border is covered, as well as the conical process projecting from the lower extremity, and the striz of the surface become continuous from scale to scale, and in this way the whole of the scaly surface is covered with uninterrupted strie. This is all the more perfect as the boundaries of the scales are not distinguishable, as already stated, the thin margins overlapping with great accuracy, and the pressure during fossilization un- doubtedly aiding in obliterating the visibility of the junctions. The ridges and furrows formed by the rows of scales, and the striation of the surface, alone give evidence of the presence of this scaly armature; and had it not been for the aid of some isolated scales on the margin of the specimen, their form and character could not have been determined. From the above description, the close resemblance of the scales to those of some ganoid fishes is sufficiently obvious; indeed, they might very readily be mistaken for the scales of a gigantic Platysomus, the chief distinguishing feature being that there is no notch to receive the peg of the adjoining scale, the connexion being merely that of superposition. Such are the characters of this curious Labyrinthodont, as they are determinable in our specimen, and they are certainly very anomalous. The most remarkable feature is the covering of uniform fish-like scales, which undoubtedly seem to clothe the entire body from back to belly ; and were this really the natural condition of the creature it would indeed be extremely abnormal, and we should be at a loss to ascertain its affinities, particularly as very little aid is supplied by the few other characters that we have been able to make out. Is it possible, then, in any way to account for this extraordinary appearance, so as to bring Lepido- tosaurus into the category of the Labyrinthodonts ? for it seems to have some relationship to that group, as is shown by certain cranial characters to be shortly referred to. We are indebted to the kindness of Prof. Huxley for an answer —_— See Oe 930 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE ON’ A to this question. After carefully examining this specimen, and considering it in every possible way, that gentleman suggested to us that, after all, the scales that now seem to be coextensive with the whole body may be nothing more than the ventral scutes common to all Labyrinthodonts, though somewhat modi- fied in character and more extensively developed than usual. The specimen, as we have already pointed out, lies on its side. Now these Amphibians have had depressed bodies; and as it may be supposed that the ventral scales would be developed in proportion to the degree of depression (or, in other words, those individuals with broad bellies would have more scutes than those with narrow bellies), it is easy to see that in Lepidotosaurus the scutes or scales, assuming the depression to have been extreme in this form, might have been more than usually developed. It is quite possible, then, nay, even likely, that on the collapse of the ventral scales, under the influence of lateral pressure, the animal lying on its side, their outer or upper margins of both flanks might reach to the dorsal region covering up and enclos- ing the ribs, exactly as is the case with the specimen before us. The perfect imbrication and close interlocking of the scales would undoubtedly conduce to this end by maintaining their compact order. This seems to us so natural an explanation of the phenomenon, that we gladly adopt it; and thus we find the greatest difficulty of the problem turned and conquered. We are also indebted to the liberality of Prof. Huxley for pointing out to us the affinity of our new form to Dasyceps, also a Permian Labyrinthodont. The relationship to the latter is seen in the form and orna- mentation of the head. In Dasyceps the muzzle is not by any means so much produced as it is in Lepidotosaurus: the form, however, of the occipital region presents considerable resem- blance. But what is most remarkable is that the surface of the skull is covered with minute, sharp, tooth-like processes, quite similar to those before described on the muzzle and sides of the skull of our new form. The Bradford fossil recently described by Prof. Huxley in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXV., p- 809, under the name of LIVPLVI® Fig /X ¥ va . ae Diy} DeWilde del etlith ' LEPIDOTOSAURUS DUFFTI. MCN Hanhart imp NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. 931 Pholiderpeton scutigerum, shows some relationship to Lepidoto- saurus in the large development of the ventral scutes ; but they differ greatly in character from those of the latter. The extraordinary characters of the scales, their vast develop- ment, peculiar ornamentation, and perfect mode of imbrication, as well as the greatly elongated, narrow muzzle, and other cha- racters of the head, make it necessary to establish a new genus for the reception of the Midderidge Labyrinthodont, to which, as previously stated, we have given the name of Lepidotosawrus Duffii, the specific name being in honour of the gentleman who has added so much to our knowledge of the vertebrata of the British Permian rocks. We are much indebted to W. C. Stobart, Esq., and J. Duff, Esq., for the pleasure of examining and describing this fossil. The specimens have been obligingly deposited in the Natural History Society's Museum. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Slab exhibiting the left side of Lepidotosaurus Duffii, two-thirds natural size :—a, a, a, line of the vertebral column; a, the cer- vical portion of ditto; 6, the inferior portion of the skull; c, small piece of the upper wall of ditto bulged inwards ; d, muzzle exhibiting at the sides minute conical tooth-like processes ; e, e, e, ribs; 7, belt of bony matter, resembling a fragmentary breast- bone; g, g, anterior mass of bony matter, supposed to be the remains of the shoulder-girdle ; /, posterior ditto, nature unde- termined ; 2, 2, inside view of the rows of dermal scales; 7, the dorsal extremities of four or five of ditto; 4, impressions of the anterior or lower extremities of four or five rows of scutes of the right side, showing the ridges and furrows and the minute stria- tion of the surface; /, 7, patches showing the striated impres- sions of scales. Fig. 2. Outline of cranium, dorsal view; one-third natural size. > Vig. 3. A seute, about the natural size. 232 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE IX.—On Proterosaurus Speneri, von Meyer, and a new species, Proterosaurus Hualeyi, from the Marl-Slate of Midderidge, Durham. By Atpany Hancocr, F.L.S., anp Ricnarp Howse. (Plates VII., VIII.) In the preceding paper it has been stated that the requirements of a railway company for increased accommodation of their traf- fic, and the continuous indefatigable exertions of our friend Jos. Duff, Esq., to enlarge the knowledge of the Marl-slate fauna of Durham, have led to the discovery of some fossil remains which are certainly the most interesting paleontologically of recent ac- quisitions. These consist of a considerable portion of the ske- leton of that earliest-recorded and still oldest- known reptile, Proterosaurus Speneri, v. Meyer, and also in close association with it of the greater portion of the skeleton of a smaller species, for which we propose the name Proterosaurus Hualeyi. Through the obliging kindness of Mr. Duff these specimens have not only been placed in our hands for description, but have also been added to the collection of the Natural History Society of New- castle, Durham, and Northumberland. Perhaps we may be allowed to reflect that in England we have now arrived, after the lapse of more than a century and a half, at the same point of paleontological discovery, bathymetri- cally considered, which was attained in Germany in the year 1706 through the intelligent observations of a learned physi- cian of Berlin, whose name has been properly attached to this earliest discovered reptile; and also to consider this fact, that after the expiration of one hundred and sixty-four years, and notwithstanding the exertions and multiplication of observers and enlarged fields of inquiry, these reptilian remains, described by Spener, and compared by him to the Crocodile and Lizard, still continue to be the highest organisms up to this time re- corded from the palezozoic rocks. And thus this discovery, though it increases our knowledge of the geographical distri- bution of ancient reptiles, adds nothing to our knowledge of their bathymetrical range if we admit, as is generally done, that ON PROTEROSAURUS SPENERI. 933 the English Marl-slate was contemporaneous with, or deposited about the same geological period as, the German Kupferschiefer. For the history and description of more complete specimens we must refer to the classical monograph of Hermann von Meyer, ‘Fauna der Vorwelt—Saurier aus dem Kupferschiefer der Zech- stein-formation.”’ The geological position in which these reptiles were found has already been described in a former communication, so that it is unnecessary to repeat it here, further than to state that they were associated in the Marl-slate proper on the same stratigra- phical horizon with such fishes as Platysomus, Paleoniscus, etc. The two specimens which we are about to describe were much obscured in the matrix; but by the skilful aid of Mr. Thomas Atthey the whole of the bones have been perfectly developed at the expense of much labour and judgment. One is the remains of a well-developed individual; but little more than vertebre and a few of the ribs in a more or less dilapidated state are pre- served ; but on another slab three or four perfect ribs have oc- curred. The other specimen is in a much more perfect condition, the principal bones of three of the limbs being well displayed, as well as one of the fore feet and most of the ribs, which lie in re- gular order on either side of the vertebral column. The former, as already mentioned, is undoubtedly the remains of Proterosau- - rus Spenert, and the latter a new species of the same genus, Pro- terosaurus Huxleyt. PRotEROSAURUS SPENERI, Vv. Meyer. (Pl. VII.) The bones of the specimen of this species are in a very perfect condition, the surface of them being quite intact, and in places having even a semigloss. The vertebre are lying articulated in a much curved line, the animal having apparently died with the spine arched violently backwards, as seems to have been the case with all the examples hitherto obtained. In our specimen the curve is even more sharp than usual, the remains of the column forming almost half a circle. The anterior portion of it is thrown suddenly back, and at the pelvic region it is as suddenly bent upwards. 234 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE In all there are thirty-five or thirty-six vertebra and casts of vertebre in continuous order, measuring, if placed in a right line, twenty-two inches in length. Of these vertebre twenty-one ap- pear to belong to the trunk, and fifteen or sixteen are caudal. Now, if we deduct two or three for the lumbar vertebrx, there will remain seventeen or eighteen dorsal vertebre. Meyer con- cluded, after carefully enumerating the joints in all the known individuals, that the number is ‘‘ not under sixteen, and not over so that it would appear that the whole of the dorsal vertebre are present, in front only the cervical being deficient. As Meyer estimates the tail-jomts at more than thirty-six or thirty-eight, it would then appear that more than half of them are wanting in the specimen before us. b) nineteen ;’ The centrum of the dorsal vertebre is upwards of three-quar- ters of an inch long, and about half an inch in height. In one of the largest specimens figured by von Meyer (tab. IX.) it is seven-eighths of an inch long and half an inch high. It would therefore seem that the Midderidge example is full-grown and a large individual. It is impossible to observe the ends of the ver- tebre, as they are all articulated; but from the appearance of the joints where they gape a little, it would seem that both the anterior and posterior articular surfaces are slightly concave, and ‘their margins appear as if reflected ; the sides of the centrum are smooth, and are a little concave. The spinous process is one inch and a quarter high, being more than twice the height of the centrum, and it is half an inch from back to front; consequently it is considerably shorter than the body. It is much compressed, and is expanded a little above in the direction of the long axis of the vertebre ; and the dorsal margin or crest is slightly arched in the same direction, and ex- hibits on the sides delicate longitudinal radiating strie. The upper extremity of some of the anterior spimous processes are strongly roughened at the sides, as if for muscular attachment. The anterior zygapophyses are stout and well produced ; they incline outwards and upwards. The posterior pair are conside- rably shorter than the anterior, and stretch backwards or out- wards to overlap them. ON PROTEROSAURUS SPENERI. 235 The transverse processes are not well preserved; but distinct traces of them are observed in most of the vertebre, and on one or two the form is pretty well seen. They are simple, short, and obtuse, and are lengthened a little in the direction of the long axis of the centrum. The caudal vertebre are longer in proportion to their height than those of the trunk; and the neural arch, as in them, is completely united to the body, no suture or other trace of the junction of the parts being perceptible. The spinous process is as long proportionately, and those near the root of the tail are of the same shape as those of the trunk. But further down they become considerably contracted at the base in the direction of the long axis, and gradually widen in the same place upwards. The spine of the last joint on the slab, being the fifteenth or six- teenth of the tail, exhibits at the upper margin an indication of the peculiar bifurcation of the lower distal caudal spines of this saurian. The anterior zygapophyses are considerably longer than those of the trunk-vertebre, and are more inclined upwards. Imme- diately beneath the neural arch on either side of the centrum there is a longitudinal ridge, which, near the centre of the body, is produced a little into a short projecting tubercle, the trans- verse process. ‘The chevron bones forming the hemal arch are about as long as the dorsal spine, but are much narrower, and are of a spatulate form, being narrow at the proximal and flat and small towards the outer extremity. They are not fixed, like the processes, in connexion with the neural arch, but are articu- lated below to the broad reflected margin of the posterior extre- mity of the body, articulated, as it were, between the joints, and are inclined backwards. Only a few of them remain, but two or three are well displayed on a fragment of the counter-slab, which has fortunately been preserved. The lumbar vertebre are not well marked, and in this region the specimen is unluckily fractured. Certainly two, perhaps three, of the last vertebre of the trunk are, however, apparently anchylosed. Von Meyer seems to have been uncertain whether 936 MESSRS. HANCOOK AND HOWSE there were two or three pelvic joints; but from what he states it would seem likely that three is the number. | A fragment of a flattened rounded bone, measuring one inch and an eighth across, lies directly below the lumbar vertebre. This is probably a portion of the pelvic girdle, and is the only indication of its presence. This resembles in form the rounded extremity of a bone (tab. IV., f. 1, 2, of von Meyer’s work) lying in contact with the femur, and is probably a portion of either the pubis or ischium. Immediately in front of the fragment lie the short ribs, which are not more than an inch long; they are only slightly arched, with the head a little enlarged, and the distal extremity obtusely pointed. Further in advance there are the remains of three or four other ribs, with more or less of the enlarged proximal ex- tremity preserved and lying on the vertebre apparently near to the point of articulation. One such extremity, the most ante- rior, is pressed down upon the sixth or seventh vertebra in ad- vance of the sacrum. It lies immediately behind and below the distorted and broken transverse process, to which it is probably attached. Portions of the other heads occupy relatively exactly the same position on the two posterior vertebre. The head of each rib is of a triangular form, and is compressed, with the articulating surface simple and almost straight. The shaft at the proximal extremity is rather strongly bent; it is afterwards slightly and regularly arched, and at first it is nar- row and almost cylindrical, afterwards it widens and flattens, and is grooved longitudinally; the distal end is truncated for the attachment of the ventral ribs, of which, according to Meyer, there are three to each vertebral rib. The ventral ribs are not preserved in our specimen, with the exception of one or two. Two or three ribs on a portion of the counter-slab measure four inches and three-eighths along the chord. The widened extre- mity is one quarter of an inch broad; the constricted portion above is not more than half that width. ON PROTEROSAURUS HUXLEYI. ; 237 Prorerosaurus Houxteyi, n. sp. (Pl. VIII.) The small specimen of Proterosawrus, though far from being perfect, is not by any means so much mutilated as the large example of the genus above described. It lies apparently on its belly, with the two anterior limbs spread out, and the principal bones of the left posterior limb lying nearly in their natural order, though dislocated. In front of the trunk the neck-joints are scattered about in contact with the right coracoid; and a little further in advance towards the left is apparently a fragment of the skull, an arched bone five-eighths of an inch in length. The lumbar vertebre are not present, and the proximal caudal vertebre are likewise deficient, the slab bemg broken away at this point ; but a few of the distal ones can be traced. The ribs are spread out on either side of the spinal column, which strongly marks the central line. The trunk of the body from the pelvic region, or from the point where the slab is broken away, to a point level with the supposed cranial fragment, is about five inches in length. The bones are in a peculiar state. The surface of most of the limb-bones and ribs is well preserved. ‘These bones seem to have been hollow, and are filled up with galena; but the verte- bre and some of the smaller bones, such as the carpals, are al- most entirely composed of that mineral; and when this is the case, the form of the bones is often much distorted, apparently by the influence of the lead-ore in assuming its usual cubic form. The vertebre are not in a good state of preservation ; they are much injured by the deposition of the galena, as above re- ferred to, which has so distorted the form of the bones that it is quite impossible to make out the parts, or to say whether or not they are provided with the long characteristic spinous processes of P. Spenert. Indeed, it is difficult to determine the number of joints, though twelve can be counted. As, however, there are fourteen or fifteen pairs of ribs, there must be at least as many dorsal vertebre. It would still seem, nevertheless, that they are not so numerous in this species as they are in P. Spe- neri, in which we have seen there are seventeen or eighteen 238 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE dorsal vertebre. But it is quite possible, indeed it is likely, that they are more ribs than we have been able to enumerate, in which case we have underestimated the number of the verte- bre, and the two species may be found to agree in this particular more closely than is apparent. It is equally impossible to ascer- tain the character and-exact number of the cervical vertebre ; but as six or seven lie scattered about in front of the trunk, it would seem that this species may have seven, the number of the neck-vertebre of P. Speneri, according to Meyer. All that can be said about the caudal vertebre is, that the traces of their re- mains seem to indicate that the tail, when perfect, must have been of considerable length. About two inches of the distal ex- tremity is determinable; and as about the same length of the proximal portion seems to be broken away, the tail, when com- plete, must have been longer than the trunk, which is nearly three inches and a half in length. The ribs lie, as we have already said, spread out in their na- tural order on each side of the vertebral column, and fourteen or fifteen pairs can be enumerated; but there is some difficulty in determining the precise number. They are well and regularly arched from end to end, and are moderately and nearly equally thick throughout. Towards the proximal end they are a little flattened, and terminate in a slightly enlarged simple head of a triangular form. The distal extremity is abruptly truncated, but is not flattened and widened to the same degree as the ribs of P. Speneri; neither are the ribs so decidedly grooved as they are in that species, but are on the whole more cylindrical. The ventral ribs appear to have been numerous and comparatively stout ; they lie pressed in between the vertebral ribs near to the spinal column, but their relative number cannot be ascertained. The longest vertebral ribs are near the centre of the trunk; here they are seven-eighths of an inch long measured along the chord; they shorten a little before and behind to about seven-tenths of an inch in front and four-tenths behind. Both the coracoids are well preserved, particularly the left, which lies nearly in its natural position at the left side on the fore part of the trunk. The right coracoid is removed a short ON PROTEROSAURUS HUXLEYI. 239 distance in front. They are stout discoidal bones five-eighths of an inch in diameter, with a deep wide notch apparently on the posterior margin, forming the glenoid cavity for the articu- lation of the humerus. At the inner margin of the notch there is an elevated boss; and from thence to the front margin there is a widish ridge indicating perhaps the compound nature of this bone, which is most likely composed of both the coracoid and scapula, the glenoid cavity being as usual at the junction of the two elements; but there is no distinct trace of a suture. There is a straight narrow bone lying with one end in contact with the right coracoid, which may perhaps be a clavicle. A somewhat similar bone is also in contact with the left coracoid, but in this instance it has in some respects the character of a rib. The humerus is one inch long, and is a slightly arched stout bone, with the extremities a little expanded; the distal end, which is the wider of the two, is fully one quarter of an inch across, while the most constricted part of the shaft is a little more than half that width. The proportional measurements of the humerus in P. Speneri differ considerably from the above. In that species this bone has the extremities extremely wide. One figured by von Meyer (tab. IX.), which is two inches and a half long, has the shaft three-eighths of an inch thick, while the proximal extremity is a little less than nine-eighths of an inch wide, and the distal nine-eighths. In P. Husleyi the proximal extremity is very little wider than the shaft, and the distal ex- tremity is about twice as thick as the shaft. In P. Speneri the proximal and the distal extremities are three times the width of the shaft. The radius and ulna are not by any means slender; they are about seven-tenths of an inch long, being considerably shorter than the humerus. The radius is not quite so stout as the ulna, and both exhibit a slight sigmoidal curve. The latter is one- tenth of an inch thick at the centre of the shaft, but is a little enlarged at the extremity. The hand, including the wrist, is a little longer than the lower arm. ‘There are two rows of carpals, of which, though disposed in nearly regular order, it is not easy to determine the precise 240 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE number. There seem, however, to be three in the proximal row, and four or five in the distal, in all seven or eight. The metacarpals are long, being not much short of the length of the toes, of which there are five. The number of joints in each will have to be estimated rather than precisely determined, for the extremities are considerably injured. The first is the shortest, and has apparently two phalanges; the second has three; the third has four, all of which are quite distinct ; the fourth, which, judging from the size of the phalanges, is the longest, has four, but as no trace of the claw is present, there has no doubt been an additional joimt, brmging the number up to five, and if so, agreeing in this respect with P. Spenerit. The left fore limb is almost as perfect as the right, and les stretched out nearly at right angles with the trunk, with the front aspect exposed ; the back of the right limb is uppermost. The proximal end lies upon the coracoid ; the distal extremity is separated by a short space from the radius and ulna, both of which are extended in parallel order to unite with the projecting wrist and hand. The two latter, however, are so much injured by the accumulation of galena that the parts are much obscured. The chief bones of the left hinder limb, though dislocated, are lying close to the pelvic margin in nearly their natural sequence. The femur is as stoutly developed as the humerus; it is one inch and a quarter long, consequently a little more than one- eighth of an inch larger than the upper bone of the anterior limb; it is slightly bent, and has the extremities gradually but not ex- cessively enlarged. The shaft is one-eighth of an inch thick, and the proximal extremity is nearly double that thickness, the increase being due in part to a ridge, apparently at the outer or upper surface. The tibia and fibula are one inch and one-tenth long, so that they are a little more than one-eighth of an inch shorter than the femur. They are nearly straight; the fibula is slender, and does not seem to have been much enlarged at the extremities, which are, however, not perfect. The tibia is considerably stouter, but not by any means so thick as the femur. The dis- tal end is gradually thickened a little, but the proximal extremity ON PROTEROSAURUS HUXLEYI. 241 is considerably and rather suddenly enlarged. In this as im all the other bones, the articular extremities, having been formed of cartilage, are wanting, the ends being truncated. It is therefore quite impossible to describe in detail the characters of the joints. Fragments, apparently of the right tibia and fibula, and three or four of the phalanges, are scattered about in the vicinity of the bones of the left leg; but no other traces of the right limb are to be found. The only portion of the pelvic girdle present is the extremity of a flat bone. This fragment is three-tenths of an inch long, and two-tenths of an inch wide; it slightly widens towards the anterior extremity, which is truncated. This is probably a por- tion of the ilium. From the above description it seems evident enough that this small reptile is a true Proterosaurus, and that it is specifically distinct from P. Speneri. The long articulating limbs and ex- tensively produced tail are common to both species. In both, too, the neck has been of considerable length, and the number of cervical vertebre (seven) is apparently the same in both. And the number of the dorsal vertebre would likewise appear to agree in both species, and in each there are numerous ventral ribs. The same harmony is found in the number and character of the hand-bones. Unfortunately no comparison can be instituted re- specting the skulls and the individual features of the vertebre, as the parts in the new species are too imperfectly preserved ; enough, however, seems to be known to warrant the assertion that the two are generically coordinate. It appears equally clear that the small individual is specifically distinct. The diminutive size alone suggests this, especially as there are no appearances of immaturity; and the form of the ribs would seem to prove its specific distinctness. In P. Hualeyi we have seen that they are flattened towards the proximal extre- mity, while in P. Speneri they are rounded at this part; and in the former they are not widened and grooved to anything like the same degree at the distal extremity. The limbs, too, are proportionately different. In P. Speneri the fore limb is four inches and seven-eighths long, as figured Q ieee ieeree-aet inne 249, MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE in von Meyer’s work, tab. IX. The hind limb is seven inches and five-eighths in length; consequently the former is one-third shorter than the latter. In P. Hualeyi the fore limb is one inch and seven-tenths in length, the hind limb two inches and three- eighths long ; the former in this species is therefore considerably more than two-thirds the length of the latter. In the new species, then, the limbs vary more in length than they do in the old ones, the hind limb being considerably longer in the former, in proportion to the fore limb, than is the case in P. Speneri. The difference likewise is strongly marked in the proportions of the humerus. On referring to von Meyer’s tab. IX., above quoted, the constricted part of the shaft of the humerus therein figured measures three-eighths of an inch wide, while the distal extremity is nine-eighths of an inch across: thus it appears that the latter part is three times wider than the former. In P. Hua- leyi the narrow part of the humerus is one-eighth of an inch thick, and the distal extremity is two-eighths of an inch wide : so here the disparity is only as two to one, but in P. Speneri it is as three to one. It must be stated, too, that in the old species the proximal end of the humerus is nearly as wide as the distal, while in the new species it is only slightly enlarged. EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII., VIII. “PLATE VIL. Slab of Marl-slate from Midderidge, containing the vertebral column, etc., of Proterosaurus Speneri, von Meyer. PLATE VII. Slab of Marl-slate from Midderidge, containing the skeleton of Proterosaurus Husxleyi, sp. nov., Hancock and Howse. Nat Hist Trans N.« D Vol IV. Pl.VII = Art iin TI iS a Mé De Wilde del et RI. 12) 1a) US SPEN (at PROTEROSA PLVIII Vii Nat Hist. Trans N &DVol.| i. a = Mi aeN Hanhart ) iy Wilde del eb lit JRUS HUXLEYI OTEROSAL ON DORYPTERUS HOFFMANNI. 243 X.—On Dorypterus Hoffmanni, Germar, from the Marl-Slate of Midderidge, Durham. By Atsany Hancocr, F.L.8., anp Rriowarp Howse. (Plates IX., X.) Wiruin the last few years four specimens of Dorypterus Hoff- mannt have been discovered in the Marl-slate of Midderidge, in the county of Durham, by Joseph Duff, Esq., two of them in the year 1865, and the other two in the autumn of last year, 1869. A few traces oi other individuals were also observed at the same time and in the same locality. These are, we believe, the first specimens of this very singular fish that have been ob- tained from the Marl-slate of this country. The Midderidge quarry, in which these examples were found, is situated on the Darlington and Wear-Valley Railway, not. far from Bishop’s Auckland, and is well known as being the locality where the Marl-slate fishes were first discovered. Prof. Sedg- wick a long time ago (Trans. Geol. Soc., 2nd series, Vol. III., pp. 76, 77) accurately described the position of this quarry and the stratum in which these specimens were found. Through the kindness of Mr. Duff, we have had the opportu- nity and pleasure of examining and studying all the specimens of this interesting fish: and this has happened fortunately ; for each specimen, being in a different state of preservation, has as- sisted much towards the working out and comprehension of the structure of this extraordinary ichthyolite. When Mr. Duff’s original specimens were first seen, they were supposed to be merely the skeletons of a species of Platy- somus ; but a short examination soon showed that this opinion was entirely erroneous ; and happily the discovery of two more specimens, and especially of one in which the characteristic dor- sal fin was better preserved than in-the former specimens, led us at once to identify Mr. Duft’s discovery with the Dorypterus Hoffmanni described originally by Prof. Germar in Count Miin- ster’s Beitrage zur Petrefactenkunde (Heft v., pp. 35-87, tab. xiv., f. 4), from a specimen obtained from the Kupferschiefer of the Hisleben district. Also there appears to us not the least doubt that the two fishes 244 ' MESSRS.’ HANCOCK AND HOWSE described by Count Minster in the same work (Heft v., p. 44, tab. v., f. 2), under the name of Platysomus Althausi, belong also to the genus Dorypterus, and to the same species as the one described by Prof. Germar. But in order to establish more satisfactorily the strict identity of these with the English speci- mens, it seems necessary to reproduce the original descriptions given by Prof. Germar and Count Minster. Dorypterus Hoffmanni, Germar (Beitrage, Heft v., pp. 35-37). ‘‘ This specimen was found only last autumn (1840) in the Kup- ferschiefer of the Hisleben district; and, although it is not perfect enough to ascertain all its essential parts, yet it presents so many peculiar characters that the establishment of a distinct genus be- comes necessary. As generic characters one can point out :— an oval profile and a body flattened on the sides, with a distinct bony skeleton ; a very high and spit-shaped dorsal fin; pectoral fin placed in the mid-height of the body, behind the gill-cover ; the small, narrow ventral fins in the middle of the ventral mar- gin; and a fork-shaped, equal-lobed tail. ‘ ford on the 24th and 25th. Licurnine was seen, but THuNDER was not heard, at Wallington on the 26th and 27th; at Allen- heads on the 1st and 26th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Seaham on the 26th; at Sunderland on the 26th. Harm fell at Walling- ton on the 9th; at Alnwick on the 9th; at Whitley on the 26th; at Seaham on the 9th. Snow or Sizer fell at Wallington on the 9th ; at Gainford on the 9th. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. ByAtl November .— Expect St. Martin’s summer. —Shakspeare. Greenwich.—On November the 1st a cold period set in and continued till the 19th. The average daily deficiency of tempe- rature for this period amounted to 43°. This was followed by another period of ten warm days, the daily excess of temperature being 43° nearly. The temperature of November was 41°5°, being 0-9° lower than the average of 99 years, lower in 1869 by 1°5°, but the same as in 1868. From the 1st of November to the 15th a steady fall of the barometer was recorded ; and from the 15th to the end of the month an equally gradual rise occurred, though broken at times by slight oscillations. The mimimum reading for the month was 28°27 inches, and the range 1°39 inches. The fall of rain was 1:2 inches in defect. Wallington.—Fine during the first week. From the 9th to the 12th stormy, with strong winds from N.E., and snow, sleet, and hail, to the depth of 12 inches. The latter half of the month the weather was comparatively mild. Frost was registered on twenty-two nights. The lowest minimum temperature was 22° on the 9th; the highest maximum, 54°, on the 3rd. North Sunderland.—A cold wet and unsettled month. Several displays of the Aurora Borealis; notably on the 18th. Rain on twelve days. Whitley.—A cold ungenial month on the whole. The first frost of the season occurred on the 7th. Wylam.—A cold damp month. Thermometer—Mean of daily minimum, 32°17°; lowest, 24° on the 15th. Mean of daily maximum, 46°83°; highest, 59° on the 5th. Mean of minimum and maximum, 39°50°. Mean of wet bulb, 35:54°; of dry bulb, 36°81°. Fall on fifteen days, viz., rain, 0°76 inch; melted snow, 1:97 inches, = 2°73 inches; greatest fall, 0°35 on the 11th. Mean height of river, 1:7 feet. Wind—N.W., 20° N. 328 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1870, Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—Very mild at commencement. A sudden change took place on the 9th, when the weather became very cold, with showers of sleet and rain. A very heavy thun- derstorm passed over on the 10th. Its passage was from N.E. to S.W. On the 17th there was a very fine Aurora. The un- settled weather was a great hindrance to out-door work. At the close of the month some potatoes were still ungathered, and some wheat fields were not sown in this locality. The supply of water was fair, and the springs began to rise. In many places they had become quite dry from the long absence of rain. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 5th, 6th, 16th, and 17th; at Sunderland on the 2nd, 5th, 6th, and 14th. Sotar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the 2nd, 7th, 18th, 15th, 20th, 21st, and 28th. Auvrorm Borranzes were seen at Alnwick on the 18th; at Cresswell on the 6th; at Sunderland on the 18th; at Greta Bridge on the 18th; at Durham on the 9th, 18th, and 28rd. Licurnine was seen, but THUNDER was not heard, at Byrness on the 16th; at Wallington on the 10th, 18th, 21st, and 24th; at North Shields on the 10th. THuNDERSTORMS occurred at Cresswell on the 11th; at Seaham on the 11th; at Sunderland on the 10th. Haz fell at Wallington on the 10th ; at Whitley on the 11th; at Seaham on the 11th. Snow or Sizer fell at Wallington on the 9th, 10th, and 12th; at Alnwick on the 8th, 11th, 12th, and 15th; at Cresswell on the 12th; at Shotley Bridge on the 10th and 11th; at Whitley on the 9th, 10th, and 11th; at North Shields on the 6th; at Sedgefield on the 9th, 11th, and 15th; at Seaham on the 10th and 11th; at Sunderland on the 9th ; at Greta Bridge on the 10th and 12th ; at Darlington on the 10th and 15th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 9th, 10th, 11th, and 15th; at Newcastle-on-Tyne on the 6th. December .— When Cheviot ye see put on his cap, Of rain ye’ll have a wee bit drap. —Local Proverb. Greenwich.—The beginning of the month was cold, and the deficiency of temperature from the 1st to the 12th on the aver- age of days was 73°. From the 12th to the 20th the weather BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 329 was warm. The mean daily excess for the nine days was 44°. A very great change took place on the 21st, when the mean value was 27°7°. On Christmas Day it was lower still, the mean value being 20°6°. The day was painfully cold. The days of lowest temperature since 1814 were on January the 20th, 1838, 10°7°; the next, February the 9th, 1816, 12°6° ; and January the 8th, 1841, 12°8°. Of forty-one days of lowest temperature since 1814, eleven only have taken place in the last thirty years, six in January, two in February, and three in December, the last two both oc- ' curring on Christmas Day, the one in 1860, when the tempera- ture fell to 20-2°, the other in 1870. The temperature on December the 25th, 1870, descended to a very low point: it was the minimum for the month at many stations in England, but not at all. The lowest reading occurred on the 23rd and 24th at a few places, and on the 25th or 31st at a greater and nearly an equal number of places. The lowest temperatures recorded during the month through- out England were, at Taunton, 1°; Strathfield Turges, 4°; Glou- cester, 6°; Leicester, Hull, and Allenheads, 7°; Leamington, 8°; Nottingham, 8°7°; Bywell, 10°; North Shields, 13°3°, the two latter on the 28rd. The mean temperature of December was 33°6°, being 5:°6° - lower than the average of 99 years. Since 1771 the following have been the only instances in which the corresponding tem- peratures have been lower, viz. :— 1784... 31°. 1796... 30°4°. 1840... 33°3°. E783.5- 29°. 1799... 82°8°. 1844... 83°0°. 1846... 32°9°. The maximum barometric readings occurred at the beginning and end of the month, and the minimum about the middle. A wave of high readings occurred on the 17th and 18th. The minimum reading for the month was 28°94 inches. The range of pressure amounted to 1°51 inches. The fall of rain was 0-5 inch in excess. Wallington.— Wet, snowy, cold month. Between the 6th and 7th snow fell to the depth of 10 inches. On the 7th the wind 330 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1870, veered to southward and a rapid thaw set in, accompanied by a heavy fall of rain and a high gale of wind. The brooks and streams were flooded. The 20th was a remarkably fine day, maximum temperature 48°, but towards night a great change set in and there was a heavy snow storm. Boisterous and cold weather continued till the 30th. Frost was recorded on twenty- three nights. The lowest minimum temperature was 3° on the 30th. The greatest maximum temperature 48° on the 20th. The year closed with an intense frost, the thermometer standing at 5° at 12 p.m. on the 31st. North Sunderland.—Remarkably wet, cold, and stormy month. The frost on the night of the 31st was more severe than had been experienced in any year since 1860. Rain on twenty-five days. Wylam.—A dull wet month. The barometer fell. (with the exception of a rally on the 8th and 9th) from 30-686 on the 1st, to 28°839 on the 14th; and from the 3rd to the 10th, 3:20 inches of rain and (melted) snow fell. Thermometer—Mean of daily minimum, 27°63°; lowest, 8° on the 23rd. Mean of daily maximum, 40°30°; highest, 52° on the 20th. Mean of minimum and maximum, 38°97°. Mean of wet bulb, 31:°36°; of dry bulb, 32°85°. Fall on twenty days, viz., rain, 3°04 inches ; melted snow, 1:79 inches, = 4°83 inches; greatest fall, 0°52 inch on the 10th. Mean height of river, 3°27 feet; highest, 11 feet on the 15th. Wind—N.W., 30° N. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—A very stormy month. Very unfavourable for out-door work. Wheat sowing was brought to a close about the middle of the month. The earlier sown wheat was well up and looked promising. The year closed with frost and snow. A Lunar Hato was seen at Sunderland on the 12th. A Sonar Hato was seen at Sunderland on the 16th. Auvurorm BorEALEs were seen at Wallington on the 14th, 15th, and 17th; at Cress- well on the 16th; at Seaham on the 17th; at Sunderland on the 14th, 18th, 22nd, and 26th; at Darlington on the 17th; at Durham on the 14th, 15th, and 17th. Ligurnine was seen, but BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. B81 THUNDER was not heard, at North Shields on the 19th. THunpEr was heard, but Licutnine was not seen, at Wallington on the 8th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Cresswell on the 25th; at Neweastle-on-Tyne on the 25th; at North Shields on the 25th. Hart fell at Wallington on the 11th, 25th, 28th, and 30th. Snow or Suzet fell at Byrness on the 20th; at Otterburn on the 7th and 20th ; at Wallington on the 6th, 7th, 12th, 19th—23rd, 25th, 26th, and 80th; at Alnwick on the 7th, 21st, 22nd, and 29th; at Dyke Head, near Elsdon, on the 22nd, 29th, and 30th; at Rothbury, on the 6th, 7th, 12th, and 22nd—31st; at Cresswell on the 7th, 22nd, 26th, and 31st; at Whitley on the 7th, 20th— 23rd, 27th, and 30th; at Seaham on the 7th, 12th, 21st, 22nd, 27th, 29th, and 80th; at Greta Bridge on the 6th, 7th, 8th, 12th, 21st, and 28rd—31st; at Darlington on 12th, 21st, and 25th— 27th; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 6th—8th, 12th, 21st, 26th, and 81st; at Gainford on the 6th, 21st, and 27th. The Registrar General reports that—‘ During the last quarter of the year scarlet fever, often capricious in attacking single fa- milies, yet constant in sweeping away children living in unna- tural conditions, was excessively fatal. In the Stockton-on-Tees sub-district alone one hundred and fifteen lives were sacrificed. The authorities of the town will do well to ask ‘ the reason why.’ In Neweastle and Tynemouth the epidemic was comparatively mild, and it was still milder in the rest of Northumberland.” Estimated Persons to Annual rate to Population. anacre. Deaths. 1000 living. Neweastle-on-Tyne............... 133,367 25 743 22°3 Srmmnaler bine! Soongacoesebeeeoadousuee 100,979 31 543 215 SOW PSV) Aonodaonandbeonse coe: 68,514 Let 407 23°8 (GCnieslivaevil connsabonceoeobpeoorenganes 44,405 oh 259 23°3 AN ARTO Goong ceecdadeores aeoree 40,599 ant 223 22°0 RAINFALL RETURNS. The editor has again to express his gratification at the number of returns of the rainfall in the two Northern Counties, which have been sent in to the Club for the year 1870. He regrets, however, very much, that the additional returns which he hoped 332 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1870, to secure, as mentioned in last year’s report, have not been forthcoming. It may be as well to mention that several of the Station Masters on the North British Railway, in the North Tyne Dis- trict, and others in that locality, have been furnished with guages, and it is hoped that the next Report may tell of some interesting results. It is very desirable that some additional observers should be obtained in the neighbourhood of Middle- ton-in-Teesdale, Bishop Auckland, Medomsley, Morpeth, Bel- ford, the Cheviots, and Berwick-on-Tweed. It is hoped that some persons may be found in each of these districts, before 1871 is out, who will undertake the slight labour required to register the rainfall. As regards the rainfall throughout the British Isles, in 1870, Mr. Symons remarks in his Annual Report, a work which in- creases much in value every year that passes, that ‘‘ the geogra- phical distribution of rain during 1870 was very simple, but very remarkable; simple, because there were only five stations which were above the average—all others were below it. In England and Wales the deficiency has no exceptions but York and Settle: the amount of deficiency varies considerably, rang- ing from a trifling excess of about an inch, or four per cent. at the two stations named to more than 80 per cent, in the South- ern Counties, Devon and Cornwall. At some of the Devonshire stations, 1870 was drier than any year for more than a quarter of a century; in other parts, the years 1854 and 1864 had less rain. ‘“‘The resemblance between the years 1864 and 1870 is, in many respects, striking. July 1864 was much drier than July 1870, otherwise the description of the monthly falls in one year would almost answer for the other. This is notably the case with respect to October; but in 1864 the drought ended a week later than in 1870, and the excessive rains (and they were even more striking than those of 1870) occurred further North in the vicinity of the Cheviots, instead of in Wales and along the Pen- ine chain. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 333 ‘‘The actual deficiency in England and Wales for 1870 was 17 per cent. ‘‘The Scotch returns seem more consistent this year than for some years past, and show that the drought was felt there also, and that the rainfall scarcely exceeded three-quarters of the average. ‘‘In Ireland the deficiency, though sensible, was not quite so great.” The rainfall of 1870 was— ieBnelamdsrs.cs...c2: ss 17 per cent. below the average. om Scotlandy se ncsace sss <= 22 per cent. below the average. CRAM a ste vanay of clans =: esa 14 per cent. below the average. For the British Isles...... 18 per cent. below the average. EXTREMES OF RAINFALL FOR 1870. ENGLAND. GREATEST. LEAST. INCHEs. INCHES. Seathwaite, Cumberland ... 119°60 | Merton Villa, Cambridge...... 14°17 Wet Sleddale, ditto .-- 101°00 | Observatory, ditto ...... 14°25 Wythburn, ditto ... 88°75 | Wytham-on-the-Hill ......... 14°40 Kasdale, ditto coe ee Il) of) Ub GORROING! Sdesocnocnereneenanscoucole 14°52 IBOLKSIG OW ccsssenerec sce e since. 87°25 | White Waltham.................. 15°35 PPAGCTOAIES (ocnsvsecees cinnan suas 85°87 | Waresley, Huntingdon......... 15°47 WALES. GREATEST. LEAST. INCHES. INCHES. Bryn-gwynant, Beddgelert, 101°58 | Llwyn Onn, Wrexham......... 22°56 Treherbert, Aberdare ......... M2 Giles law ardent sn.ncncs 9c uelaace asc 23°29 HeStULOOR cedesecs sven nsaice'senacns TOPO} |) Wilanerchiennc..s-. § $ ve = om, < ¢ 6 i 2 . +3 5 pee > teas ect 3F REGS ta os — < 3 = a 2 6 o ia “ = % ¢ me Baie: y 4 is ety alia ot Vag ie SSF RTO heh oA ENN a a | % fr) in a 0 ae. DO. ret ieee Seely : ded Sapien dail ane re i 5 by ea 3. ' b i i ; ale : vit i] * r f if 1 ] Ns i 7 f 4 bs + eee abel 4 A aa, = ae ¥ on ? Ce ‘ 4 « - ‘2 . - 4 = ¢ Sa : > ee eee Ce eee a eae —— “s one - : ces ae < ; * - is aA s = Sa tn nar S : . ee & a See é # i : = 3 Ba Pr i cae i ; i E z aay wna 5 es t > 5 <7 a ee i : = ; £ ¢ a , Ms aie Sky a 3 : ae = ' Bas fee es Been ER See TG eae hae a SPD NEM fer Me 4 AIT Bec tern tae ee Lae ae irre (a Pl - | LAGOS) # : AMIAAA SL TRAY 1 apiealle pn aaile ; 5" BS ; AvGE Gide | B08 en | bee | sai 7 ( acho nnn ‘ ie ast ‘ ’ eal ee eT SEE i y J Hl Faas ie ay ed. a ee ae | 4 Height above Sea...... MonrTHSs. September ............ October ...resccccceeee November ........00.. December .........+8. Average—1870 ...... Ditto 1869 ...... | NORTH SUND 69 feet F Dry Wet Min. Max. | Mean. Buib. | Bulb. Degrees] Degrees} Degrees} Degrees] Degress 33°93 | 40°77 | 37°35 | 86°70 | 85°72 | 29° 33°28 | 40°00 | 36°66 | 36°32 | 35°46 | 25° 34°77 | 45°40 | 40°00 | 38°80 | 37°80 | 25° 40°60 | 56°30 | 48°50 | 44°70 | 43°50 | 35° 43°90 | 60:00 | 51°90 | 48°30 | 47°30 | 41° 47:90 | 67°40 | 57°68 | 54:00 | 53-00 | 48° 52°40 | 68°80 | 60°60 | 56°60 | 55°60 |} 47° 53°40 | 67°90 | 60°70 | 56°10 | 55°10 | 48° 45°90 | 62°80 | 54°35 | 52°00 | 50°95 | 36° 40°87 | 54°00 | 47 40 | 46°70 | 45°60 | 32° 34°60 | 46°00 | 40°30 | 39°80 | 88°95 | 30° 31°40 | 40°60 | 36:00 | 37°10 | 86°00 | 15° 41.92 | 54°16 | 48:04 | ...... | ...... = 42°60 | 54:20 | 48°40 | ...... |. sseeee | | 44°00 | 54:20 | 49°10] ...... | seve aa DittowmelSGSiescen: Ditto 1867 ...... eececce | ceeces | oacceoe | ee-eee | sevcee —<—<= RAT Highest Maximum Temperature recorded. 41° on 4th, 7th, 8 14th. - 48° on 28th. 538° on 31st. 70° on 17th. 73° on 26th. 80° on 6th. 88° on 28rd. 80° on 11th. 70° on 29th. 64° on 4th. 54° on 8rd. 48° on 19th. eoecneceesesesecesese Co eerecessesceeserese cece eeeeeeeseeseesees TABLES OF TEMPERATURE FOR 1870. [Thermo meter. Degrees 2671 30'0 820 B87 36°9 82'8 29°0 277 29'2 263 26'0 40°7 NORTH SUNDERLAND. ALNWICK CASTLE. VASE SERO SL ee OUR ACENEEADES NEWEST PARADE). (ROSELLA BEADS). je Height above Sea,...., 178 feet Bea test: COTES BGO Loses 86:5 fect. 270 feet. 126 feot. Highest Lowest Highest 2 Lowest Highest Mean | Mean Mean Monmns: os ae Min. | Max. | Mean. Hee ee, Min, | Max. | Mean. aenpeate muuneratre Bus, | pute, | Min. | xox. | nfean, Temperate Tunjeratra wt wih win a Date. | Highest) Date. | Lowest. wae Highest] Lowest,| Mean. | Ground, > aig Degrees} Degrees} Degrees} Degrees} Degress wv Degrees) Degrees| Degrees} i Deere oseoes etceot 7th, & ee ee eee aay pte fe = PP ihe Deere Degrees} Degrees| Degrees! Degrees] Degrees] Dogrees| January .... | 88:98 | 40:77 | 87:85 | 36°70 | 35°72 | 22° on 29th & B0th.| 46° on 3rd & 1oth. | 32:2 | 36:3 | B42 | 21° on 29th & 30th. Srtene eee 27-9 | B64 | 3271 | 11° on 29th. 41° on ea 83°1 | 32°7 | 28°7 | 40:2 | 84:5 | 16° on 29th. 45° on 4th. 87° | 293 4th. 45 | 27th.| 20 | 35:25] 48-8 | 22:7 | 37-4 | 205 February ...-.+++++-.] 88°28 | 40:00 | 86°66 | 86°32 | 85°46] 25° on 27th. 56° on 28th. 31:8 | 38:8 | 35°3 | 27° on 27th, 45° on 4th & 28th. | 284 | 38:0 | 33°2 | 17° on 10th. 48° on 28th. 83°0 | 32°7 | 27-7 | 39°6 | 33°6 | 14° on 25th. 51° on 28th. 86:9 | 27:3 28th. | 51 ey 26 | 36:38] 54:0 | 24:0 | 87-1 | 22°5 March sesesessesese+.-,] 34°77 | 45-40 | 40:00 | 88:80 | 87:80] 25° on 12th. 57° on 20th. 349 | 42:9 | 38:9 | 25° on 12th, 55° on 2ist. 81:5 | 444 | 37°9 | 20° on 27th & 28th.) 53° on dist. 88°2 | 868 | 31-4 | 46:7 | 39:0 | 22° on 12th. 60° on 20th. 42°7 | 31:0 17th.) 63 | 18th.| 26 | 40:3 | 57-0 | 25:0 | 401 | 95-0 April... csssssssess+eef 40°60 | 56°80 | 48°50 43°50 | 35° on Brd. 68° on 25th. 40:3 | 53:7 | 47:0 | 33° on ard. 63° on 26th. 34:9 | 55:2 | 45:0 | 24° on 6th. 70° on 17th. 48:5 | 46*1 | 37-1 | 43°6 | 40:3 | 28° on Sth. 70° on 20th. 53'S | 87-4 20th.| 74 | Sth. 84 | 49°16] 64-2 | 325 | 48+8 | 30-0 43°90 | 60:00 | 51:90 47°30 | 41° on 8rd. 71° on 20th. 44-8 | 56:7 | 50:7 | 35° on 2nd * 8rd. | 66° on 20th. 88°7 | 58°1 | 48-4 | 28° on 4th. 738° on 26th. 52°5 | 50°2 | 40:9 | G19 | 514 | 32° on 2nd & 3rd. | 75° on 26th, 571 | 409 29th.) 74 2nd. 81 | 53:0 | 704 | 38°5 | 52°6 | 81:7 47-90 | 67-40 | 57-68 58:00| 43° on 2nd, 11th, | 81° on 2ist. 60:0 | 63:0 | 5671 | 44° on 2nd. 72° on 22nd. 44-7 | 64:2 | 54:4 | 33° on 28th. 80° on 6th. 561 | 54:9 | 4671 | 685 73 | 40° on 3rd & 28th. | 77° on 27th. 62°6 | 47-2 21st 82 | 28th.| 42 | 60-15] 75:8 | 43:0 | 56:8 | 41-0 ae ane aattoll “ge sare el aren ieincorel lena | aso hex Ilan ag, 742 on 24th. 47-7 | 69:2 | 58-4 | 40° on 2nd. 88° on 28rd. 60% | 58:8 | 49:9 | 72:7 | 61:3 | 40° on Ist. 89° on 23rd. 675 | BLS 2rd.| 89 | 2nd. | 46 | 63-0 | 76:2 | 47-2 | Go-7 | 49-0 60:70 55:10] 48° on ei 75° on 18th. 509 | 61:7 | 56°38 | 45° on 29th, 69° on 6th & 7th. 480 | 689 | 584 | 37° on 16th. 80° on Lith. 60°2 | 56°0 | 46°8 | 676 | 57-2 | 40° Oe aa 79° on 5th. 651 | 47°3 11th 81 29th.| 48 | 60:28} 70:7 | 48:0 | 575 | 42:0 September . B4:35 50:95 | 86° on 1bth. 70° on bth. 46°3 | 59°9 | 58°1 | 34° on 15th 65° on 6th. 39:5 | 62°5 | 50/6 | 30° on 9th. 70° on 29th. 58° | 51:2 | 42°3 | 63:2 | 54:2 | 36° on 10h 2at 68° on 29th. 603 | 445 28th 2 15th.| 88 | 57:38} 67-2 | 88:0 | 53°9 | 87-4 October scoreccecceeses 47 40 45°60} 32° on 15th. 60° on 2nd. 426 | 51:4 | 47-0 | 33° on 15th 66° on 2nd & 8rd. | 37:1 | 50:2 | 43°6 | 28° on Sth. 64° on 4th. 45:0 | 44:0 | 87:1 | 58'S | 45°5 | 30° on 15th. 64° on 2nd. 50°9 | 381 Ist. 65 | 26th.} 84 | 48:85] 61:0 | 84:7 | 48:3 | 92°8 November ...........| 40°30 | 39°80 | 38°95 | 30° on 9th. 66° on 8rd. 35°5 | 48:9 | 39:6 | 31° on 9th & 19th. | 54° on 4th. 802 | 42:2 | 362 | 22? on 9th. 54° on 3rd. 87-7 | 3671 | 31°9 | 44°6 | 38:2 | 26° on 8th. 67° on 8rd. 417 | 316 Ist. ba 10th | 80 | 406 | 56:0 | 30:0 | 408 |} 27:0 DET | 36:00 | 37°10 15° on Blat. 51° on 14th. 316 | 39°6 | 35:5 | 14° on Bist, 52° on 19th. 265 | 861 | 31:8 | 3° on Bist. 48° on 19th. 82-7 | 82-1 | 26-4 | 38:7 | 82:5 | 4° on Bist. 45° on 6th. 85°6 | 25:4 cee eee ole 13 | ...... | 540 | 13:3 | 861 | 11-0 7aiepy WPocatent || LD || ceccceecc, a 86:2 | 521 | 44-1 459 | 44-6 | 87-2 | 58-4 | 45:3 50:9 | 877 41-6 | Means) 61'8 | ...... | 80°1 | 45-29} 62°9 | 92:2 | 47-5 | 80:2 any Pecrcetl | Perc cecacekeceembrnssse CreRCOCESEO TATION 83°38 | 4871 | 40°7 CheCecenCceD PeEeOOe seerseseese | 46°9 | 46°0 | 38°9 | 55:2 | 47:0 tuduccsrvensensanenes ' Foro 52:0 | 39°6 aueeee | csscee | cevece | sesees | ccueve [| cxeene | ereses | coe cecene Ditto 1868 ...... Preece Reece le Soe EA ||P) || ABB |) cecercccercecen cco: po rezecivrecco... || excel Reese erred Reeeeean CEES wall catecrse rer ieeneats || Laer cesses | 49°6 | 86°6 FT) EEO MME] OG Zama | Ee eee are eoedl aeeeacns | Sccwcaou llccseestil ( resaitteanSeestevacey ||\| denacsevosvanscacvenvai-d[Ganvacei| coeman wae Peteceo.. ocd oN paced nyeseees ReEECrCN BIB | BLA | 445 | ceseseeeeeeee ext |! corecos needa este aos |) cerca || specon. |] oxcccd oo caccen a secevenih || (pueddtrtenreteamendenn 507 | 877 Average—1870 ...... Ditto 1869 ...... Ditto 1868 ...... Ditto 1867 ...... Height above Sea...... MOonrTuHSs. De ee ee nee JAMREWE? ooeonnoanocoane Mhsde February.......-/...0- Michie ssmansinesis serena Ns BANDE. Setter sree siactacateies x INMIEI jane ercne Seren ccnare | sis JtiN@y “eesossconesososes: J “i AiUliyes csieicise aeciccleniestre 62°5 ATU OUST vere cecencensieee 58.6 September ............ 557 Octobe ce secsecc-ss 48°3 November ............ 40:4 December ............ 36°2 eeceee NORTH SHIELDS POST OFFICE. . eeeaee eeeeee eeecoe Min. Degrees eeesee eeeene eoeeee seeeee eoeeee Max. Degrees eeoees eeeees neces ee eeee Mean. Degrees eeeeee weeeee eecee eeeree eeeeee eee eee eee eee eeetee seneee 80 feet (?) Minne Wet “omdel,” pA EEE ee Degrees| D: sinvesneclane Sen eoees 33-4 PPR RP eticcabcoode 33:7 onoed cence Seeeaee 36-5 saved suatdaenleaeeeee AB] diets ais s/c CREREER AS-4 Jsowaedestealete eee Bad | 5 51° on Ist & 2nd. |z7.9 | 5 46° on 29th & 30tls4.7 | 5 46° on 30th. ue-g | 5 37° on 11th. bse7 | 4 32° on 12th & 13thgg.g | 3 19° on 31st. 32:0 | 3 —_———_ ——_—_ —_____ ‘ea vhowetleounga ae ug-7 | 4 Jisdsetieiaonie nae unea | A dice ouda eaeeheetenee [ae sisola ese chee eee 43-8 BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 307 TEMPERATURE. Various facts concerning the temperature of the different months have already been recorded. Mr. George Clayton Atkinson has forwarded the subjoined table and diagram of the variations of the thermometer at Wylam. It will be seen that the winter months, January, February, October, November, and December were exceptionally cold; while the spring and sum- mer months, April, May, June, and July were considerably warmer than usual, one consequence of which was a grea »bun- dance of well ripened fruit and a good harvest. The lowest temperature of the year at Wylam was 8° on December the 28rd; the highest 88° on July the 24th. US} Aw as a Z zi 2\4E Ee ete eth teen a YY ar eon ee tee | aie Ay SH o o Mf 2 SF a Rh © a OS Sl a 2S =a eet ar, on | NE SoH) tae ee mes Sais af PAF a PE ZEEE wales S| Bal UE Ica fe ies PR FR | AN ae a a Za ines 2, (es ZS = ey | eal a | ined Ea a | a De ie a -+—~ eae iy | re op) = ne 5 |S ee Sis ; el pe fe ey a Se ER iS mS es fe | He ze esle 3} jan} oO» an lp 4 == = Be) ne ee & She eS yf RIS SS “Se6 BS S Sn ye Ss S05) = a3 Br Sa N : S| p=} = Bisse Ce Bg el Bl Risse: Bice = 5 aie 4 oS SS aha 6) i fo) 5 4 = NORTH SHIELDS POST OFFICE. SHOTLEY HALL. TABLES OF TEMPERATURE FOR 1870 continueb. oo a a (a a DURHAM OBSERVATORY. SEDGEFIELD. BRINKBURN, SEAHAM HALL. GAINK ; AINFORD. HARTLEPOOL, DARLINGTON Height above Sea....., 80 feet (?) 312 feet. 352-4 fect. : SHUTS 100 feet, 251°8 fect. 80 feet @) : =.,| Weight “ = Me. Mean | Mean Mean | Mean |Relative| '- ©» | Weight| Weight ean Lowest Highest Mea Mean | po, Tmanine jae] Of VO | vo, Mean | Pres. of MoxtHs. Dry | Wet | Min. | Max. | Mean. Minimam Maximum Min. | Max. | Mean. | Hishest] Lowest eat) ofa | temp. | emp Mare | ace | ty Sear or | enti Piste Drv A Te | ae aa PARE Pa ae tne Minion Pishesl ib. | Bulb. Temperature ‘Temperature Reading|Reading| peng | of the | ofthe |evapor-| Dew | Sat |S CUE) satura-| foot of |Norce of|reduced 7's | gtatny | gene | gp At, | 9 A Nt ae: eis oben Min. | Max. | Menn, | Drv | Wet | atin. | a Dry | Wet recorded. recorded. ee Monti| Air. [Aus | point. | 100. | fF "tion. | Air. [Vapour | to Sen |? 2 OAM. | 9PM. | 9PM. | 9 AWM, | { meet emperature ‘Temperature = *] Bub. | Bub, | Min. | Max. | Mean. | goih, | pinb, | fim | Max. | Mean. | Min. | Max. | Mea Air. eyals ES recorded. recorded, = Dezrees| Dezrees| Degrees| Dezrees| Dezrees) Degrees| Deztces| Dozrees| Dezrees| Dezrees| Dezrees) Degrees| Degrees| Deztees| Degrees| Degrees) Degrees) Grains | Grains Inches | Tuehes | Degrees) Deprees| Degrees] Deztees| D = earve 2 ® eres) Deg grees) Degrees) Degrees| Degrees) Degrees y z eet Nae rae Tannary -..ceeeee eee D) Jeol he soak |] Staten] ee Steen ee oro eee sero) | | Weaseecreeroceosoa er 31:7 | 40°5 | 3671 | 45-9 | 20-1 | 38°60 | 31-57 | 35:08 5-27 | 83-84 | 31°60 86:6 | 2:09 | 6:32 0178 |29 712) 34-1 Gage lhe ae aun as a ae . = Degrees| Degrees! Degrees} Degrees| Degrees| Degrees) Degrees} Degrees} Degrees| Degrees) Degrees) Degrees) Degrees} Degrees! Degrees) Deg~ | " 7 9 | 88:6 | 35°3 | 20° on 27th. 46° on 4th & 8th. | 29°8 | 38:6 | 342 } 44-0 | 38-5 | 28-8 | 39-9 | 34:3 | 86:6 | 35:6 | B44 | 39°7 | 87-0 | 29:0 | 380 | 83" PRETTY pee eee tee | I|lceraili ceecery [icesscell|uveesenil| Ucwseecr|) tacecservaxoussone a BLT | 40:5 | 361 | 51:2 | 23-4 | 39°34] 30°88 | 35+ 83°51 | 30°77 | $8°3 | 2-01 | 0-40 | 551-9 | 0-172 |29:677]| 34- ore || ails. |llereeed Mewes Sales . B : i 3 § | 3511 7 To) 349 | 88-7 | B44 | 88:5 | B17 | 89:7 | 85:9 | 21° on 26th. 52? on 28th. 30-4 | 39-7 | 35:3 | 43:8 | 84-4 | 26°9 | 39°8 | 33-4 | 36% | B52 | 33-1 | 89-2 | 361 “8 | 87-9 | 82% arch . |) spres, || Scone |] Grete |] coaexenonescoscccs: | |) cateceesecenoeoon ec 33-9 | 45°6 | 39:8 | 58:6 | 23-4 | 45.76 | 93°50 | 39:63| 88°51 | 36°26 | 33°25 | 82:0 | 2°22") O49 | 5517) 0-190 }29'847) B87 | B6%5 | 87-3 | B5°8 | BB | 45-5 2 March 8 a0 038 9.76 | 33°50 | 39°68 | 38:0 | 36'=0 |v Lor 47) 887 | 86:5 | 87-3 | 85:8 | 83° | 4575 | 89° | 23° on 13th, 54° on 21st. 30'8 | 45:2 | 380 | 36:0 | 28:0 | 28-0 | 47-0 | 87-5 | 88:7 | B64 | B52 | 43-1 | B91 | 201 | 4e7 | 87's Wuelll Seeeeeoceeroee 46-2 | 573 | 47-1 | 74:7 | 29°9 3 | 38:98 | 48+ 98 | 48°39 | 38°96 | 734 | 275 | 0°99 | 541°8) 0 29°810] 501 | 45-1 | 45+ ae lhenwe Iheresull nen. I eas 3 April B2 | aT 7 747 9 3 | 88°98 | 48-51 | 47°3 3 | 7 a 2 10) 50-1 | 45-1 | 45:3 | 41-9 | 39°6 | 585 | 48:8 | 31° on Sth. 76° on 20th. 37-7 | 59:3 | 48:5 | 48-2 | 45:0 | 62-0 | 366 | 49-3 | 47-6 | 44-2 | 41-8 | 545 | 481 | 853 | GOL | 47-9 . 5:8 | GOT | 53°3 | 72:7 50°98 | 43°16 | 52-05 | 50°80 | 46-42 | 42°35 | 75-0 | 311 | 1:03 | 536-9 | 0-271 |29°688] 52-7 | 4g. 3: eeeulidouraltRats Mayeseccsseccceesceesees] [coe | creses | cesses | cesses | csscee | seeseetestseseeecses | senececammm a 45°8 | GOT | 53°3 | 72-7 60°98 | 43°16 | 52-05 | 50°80 | 46-4 3b | 7d 3 | 536°9 | 0-271 |29'G88} 52-7 | 48-4 | 481 | 45-6 | 43:7 | 58:5 | 51:0 | 32° on 4th. 70° on 29th. 40°3 | Gk1 | 52:2 | 53-2 | 49°6 | 422 | G46 | 58-4 | BLO | 47-8 | 465 | 57-3 | 51-4 | 40-7 | 626 | ol9 } 543 | 6 50:2 | 80-6 | 38-4 | 67-62 | 48 52°38 |48'78| 76:2 | B87 | 1:21 | 5821 | 0:345 /29-718] Ss-4 | 541 | 5a | 5 Palen oe a TMD caccosssreccersad iees |) cegceas|}| aanoodl feosced 4 jacoccge |) = coscgaa cepeeeccosocoe ||] sesdceneccoogoc ssp oooe 543 | 66-0 | 60-2 } 80°6 | 384 | 67-62 | 48°21 2°38 | 48°78 | 7 3°87 1B2'1 | O'845 |29°718) 584 | 541 | 5B | 51-2 | 48-7 | G4o | 568 | 41° on 28th. 79° on 21st. 4675 | 68:9 | 58:2 | 59:3 | 55-5 | 465 | 68:3 | 574 | 56°83 | 52-6 | 51-6 | G29 | 57-2 | 44-2 | 69-0 | O75 = st & rire) Sow 5D 7 297 a re mar | 2 Dr uy DG6°5 53° 79° “56 Wy) 526° .. 99-555 <= eo. ee, YS July.....- peccnensseeeats 51° on Ist & 2nd. | 77° on 23rd. 55-4 | 70:0 | 62-7 | 86:2 | 45-0 | 71°87 | 52°58 | 62-20 | 60°00 | 56-51 | 58 44) 79 | 4:56 | 1:21 | 526-1) 0-409 )20:555 57°9 | d7°7 | Bol | 52-8 | 69:0 | GOS | 45° on 2nd. 77° on 24th. bl‘4 | 70°T | G10 | 59:5 | S81 | 52:2 | 743 | 63-2 bO1 | 77 637 August 46° on 29th & 30th.| 67° on Sth. 50:1 | 65-9 | 58-0 | so-1 | 39:9 | 68°87 | 48-85 | 58:86 | 57756 | 53-40 | 49°62] T4L6 | 3:96 | 18d | 529'3 | 0°356 [29°628) 59:3 | 547 | SBT | 51D | 49-4 | 6° | 57-6 | 42° on 27th & 28th.) 75° on 6th. 48-1 | Gd'9 | 569 | 56-9 | 52-9 | 461 | 714 | o87 45:5 | 699 | B77 September 46° on 30th. 65° on Gth. 46-9 | 61-2 | 541 | 70-0 | 81-9 | 6424) 45°37 | 5481 | osT4 | 5046 | 47-78) S19 S74 | 083 | 5341 | 0333 |29:655] 47-8 | 46:8 | 50-9 | 49°5 | 46-5 | 62:7 | 546 | 35° on oth. 59° on 5th. 41-6 | 63:3 | 62-4 | 52-2 | 50° | 41-1 | 648 | 529 41 | 66:0 | 538 October .- 37° on 11th. 5G° on Ist & 2nd. | 41-9 | 5175 | 46-7 | 66-0 | 30-1 | 53-66 | 40-99 | 47-33 | 40°77 | 44°32.) 41-08 0°63 | 5346 | 0263 }29:309) 47-7 | 45-7 | 4o-L | 43-7 | 41-2 | 531 | 47-2 | 32? on Toth. 64° on Qnd & 4th. | 39°2 | 531 | 462 | 45:8 | 45-7 | 86-9 | b4-1 | 45:0 87°3 | 58-1 | 401 November .......-.---| 40-4 | 39°3 | 36°8 | 42°8 | 398 32 on 12th & 13th.) 50° on Ist. si0 | 43:6 | 38-9 | 53-9 | 276 | 43-08 | 33°77 | a8 7B | 98°92 | 87°86 | 35°30) 87-3 | 241 | OBE | 546-4 | 0-206 |29522) B74 | 36:3 | BTL | 86-2 | B43 | 441 | 39-2 | 26° on 15th. 54° on Ist. 31-1 | 43-4 | 33'9 | 87-3 | 86-9 | 28-6 | 446 | 36°6 29:7 | 43°8 | 86° December ...----.-.-- 36-2 | 35:2 | 32°8 | 38-1 | 35°d | 19° on 3ist. 50° on 19th. or-7 | as:¢ | 382 | s1-0 | a6 | 37:56 | 29-23 | 33-40] 88:87 | 3244 | 29°87 | Sk-7 | 1-94 | 085 | 5544) 0-166 |29:793) BB-0 | 32-0 | BB:0 | 82-2 | 201 | 87-6 | 886 | 9° on Bist. 50° on 12th. 98-9 | 39 | B43 | 32:3 | 38:9 | 247 | B77 | 31-2 | 86-0 | B48 | B30 | B97 | BOA | wee. | ceene cng | | = L Average—IS70 ....--] .e2002 | sereee | teers | seeeee | seseee | seeseeeeeseesrentecss | 41-6 | 53-4 | 47-1 | -- scat £66620))| | SSS 46-97 | 46°10 | 43°36 | 40-28 | 80-6 | 2°97 | 0°76 | 5410) 0-261 ]29°663) 46:3 | 43-7 | 44-2 | 49:5 | 40°3 | DBL | AGG | wee reeeeeeees | sneserecesescsesccsss 879 | 541 | 4610 | 47-4 | 445 | 88°6 | 53°6 | 461 B41 | 518 | 43-1 i i | | | | H e ; = Ditto: I8G9 ceweec| ---22 | o2-ce2 | 2a-=-= | |). “cesesosecRecno anos |) peasbooreecouceeceracalt [Ipaeee } ceocon’| | acesrrs| hefeoso |) rpstes ([icccesa!|| corsee. || Sosieo.|[ e200 |} Saucon IH eceaon action | eboos | | AoW aoeecs | cesses | trees 48-6 | 45-4 | 44-2 | 42°8 | 40°9 | 583 | 47-0 | ececceeceresestesee | sesenensecereceseseee SAL GME: | 227000 1! scocone| onece [uacecees| leeeeee |) cebeose| freee.) omocnn |p SNR OEY |p ctl) otocen: || osc TWitaiay WTES) senecl | Soscncel | oreo | pesos feces | eee | N exoreo || Osea || coacee | onean |) oecose [fessor 'edaons || -o2ce85:|| oor | ocean | coies | cocoa! |fcees i) Ganccs ) cecemn | opcen | cocean | onsen || co oon | occ 7515 | tres |) ARNO) || cencocoosceoaococenns || éncocoenconccertucn0 Poles sede. || Wkcvet || aescee | eeoreer feneeeziel erates | Barvece | fconeete | [tckeaa|| poecee: |tuoctbn |p cmeara:| Pro 5)|fecescs | | Ditto S67 ...---] -.---- | -ce--+ | seecee | oreeee | feces ||- surpesbaRceceantoans.. ||) -ceesteessecorerecccea. | |icsocog|||fcosacon| fatmecos | | cooecca| yea eo sf Fecnocce conceal nbc + These results are reduced from the readings of the Dry and Wet Bulb A518) |(4B:8) ||| Tasven ||) caewas 40°5 | 57:0 | 45°7 F433 || renee ]teecoste 4 )Mecoorfiel| co6-cn'|) coceoas] f-aascen=|| ascncoa||onncon || edb: | a al rang laisher’s Tables—the obser- | | 338 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1870, The following list shows the lowest temperature for each day in December, 1870 (according to a self-registering thermometer, four feet from the ground), at Gainford :— December 1......... 30° | December 17 ... 20°5° | December 29...... 18°5° Ul Olan east 26° Fey 1G. aes ii 20; cab 200° cbadatin ee. eh 29° is eas. XR wp Sie 0°32 a Tiga the 289 pi 92> 8), M6e ze. 3 degrees below zero. ieee 23° D8 os, 01°°s | > ee ah [Sig AG 240 94... 05° | The readings are taken cstv telbsee sae 31° » 25... 14:50 | at9 A.-M. daily, and, there- Owe 29° 26... 21° |fore, give the extreme 29 92 . At, oA 8, 25° 4, 27... 14° | degree of cold during the Uae Oem een 240 » 28... 11° | previous 24 hours. WIND. The following tables shows the number of days on which the wind blew from each quarter at the different stations from which observations have been received. Mr. T. W. Backhouse, of Sunderland, has been good enough to prepare the following statement which shows—A, the number of hours that each wind blew in 1870, according to observa- tions made several times a day; B, the amount of rain with each wind, as nearly as could be ascertained ; and C, the amount that would have fallen with each wind in a year if it had fallen in the same proportion: showing that 1870 the N.K. wind was the wettest, and the 8.W. the dryest. Nee) oR SE PS. 1 Shy Ww: Nw. Ge A—477, 377, 517, 909, 806, 1281, 1966, 1097, 1830 B—2°02, 1°70, 1:67, 3°01, 1°32, 1°71, 2°92, 4:24, 4°32 C—87'1, 39°5, 28°3, 29:0, 14°3, 11:7, 13:0, 33:9. NOTES ON FLOWERING PLANTS. January.— Acklam, near Middlesbro.’—Field daisy on the 4th. February.— Wallington.—The Christmas rose, winter aconite, and the snowdrop were the only flowers observed to be in bloom, Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—On the 6th the catkins on the “OE OL RRL SLT: VS aenerahe Geren rn AY Ae 8 ge a com ecm Name E s a ¥ = Tore Chater oat : ve £ . | bs ie) ie Bot aa ee ee iy { : . if ¢ ettitieee -o iG? 4 ' a bay bys ie , , : 4 mate ri | =) by ry F } 4 {wh Py f j 7 ts ) Lyiy 4 Ves ; US) pak. j in Se i a f : eee. S| \ es _ ® i 4 ogy ns Me ab ; ean i> f : 5 V q oT err : Al ie i 4 ay 4 j 4 = eae ’ = 4 é i j y 4 7 2 < a ' aid oe ee ae ae TD a Bind ae BEB A Ca La 4 ee ee res vinntee evr oils =2sauhe : ie i 4 - - | : { ; * 4 y co. a by 1 : if i 1 wei “ i ’ ‘ s “ej c i. j ire Ree . Oy) Poe see evVOAN GAY 3 peal grew FE So \ J » saemaaadiard cuanto ROR ARR Sirti 60 li == emytein o 5s ae aaa j Meche eit: | FOREST TREES, SHRUBS, &c. NORTH . , SUNDERLAND. CRAGSIDE, ROTHBURY. WALLINGTON. CRESSWELL. NORTH SHIELDS. ee a = ———— SEAHAM HALL. ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO’. GRETA BRIDGE, FOREST TREES AND SHRUBS. Divested Divested Foie —— | In Leaf. |In Blossom] In Bud. | In Leaf. |In Blossom In Bud. | 1n Leaf. |In Blossom aan In Bud. | In Leaf. |In Blossom See In Leaf. |In Blossom} In Bud. | In Leaf, |In Blossom rae In Bud. | In Leaf. |In Blossom tas In Bud. | In Leaf. | Bh M8 |e ee ee ee he Les e= 2 eae Leaves. ossomD CATA Bivecssensestresssesrsesel stvanrerdecxpounnrll sewyere= I \vssane April 4] sssuc. | secee April 4] April25| None. | Oct. 31] ...... May 12] June 30] Nov. 15] «..... | see April 20 | May 12] April 4 Aprilas Apeian | apayun toeeana ee — GH ierissrersrssesssveaeressresersetrecerncnessl| easoxssue | reeses May 4] May 24] ...... April14 | May 28} April26| Oct. 12] ...... June 1| May —|\Oct. 12)) ...... | c.. Ysa. May 30| ...... 3 April25 | May 23 | April20| Oct. 20 . aie 98 he Barberry May 22} secrce | coves | severe | ceeeee April 1| April18 | May 21] Oct. 26] ...... May: 19:1) Atpriliib}|/Novwar 8/1) essay |ueeenee | Okey stn | eee June 19 a April 12 | April23 | May 18| Nov. 4 i ay 22) May 8 THEE (OD borncend done ne EeP el ARDC eI May 26] ...... mityy TWN wears! |P aascco April 14 | April 23 |Nh2 772] Oct. 28] .....- May 18 | May 25| Dec. 1})May 7] ...... April20 |} May 20] ...... é April22| May 9| May 30] Oct. 25 remit Mar ie” IPS tines peas oreo anne: AB so 7 cOAGREGnodon { apactocrese| empcndaa April10 | May 30] ...... April. 6| May 7] ...... Nove 4) cesses April26 | April26| Nov. 1] ...... | cscs fo cseeee May 20] ..... s April15 | April25| April21| Nov. 5] .. Be Ll on ar May? Ze vesees vee | April 28 | Mar. 22 | April20| May 6 Oct. 27] ...... |May 18] April24| Nov. 1] ...... | April23] April 3} May 4] May 12 s Mar, 26 | April 25 | April18 | Oct. 29 38 Mate on Bramble Pr, Pine BABA leer Mar. 12 | April12| July 20) Dec. 20] ...... May G|June18|Nov. 10] ..... | se April 4| April 30 | June 12 3 Mar 1g ltApiioe traneds unr tc. ar. 29 | May 29 TE Rfayin Beanies BorpcenRoshe UOC Oar no erenend [) OS55 ee I> SCSeeoeRen) (lero ImeCCC ED May 14] Mar. 25 | April27 | May 28 | Nov. 16] ...... May 10] April 8| Oct. 30] ...... May L9\) sieves | eee May 30 ms April 1| April26 | May 16] ...... Apel 6 ee wneg LOGE scare annceebecechiGenen -GecRCADDARGADDOE| | 2chiGceo~ | Sona SOON eetepcoociE/ Nesiccoceral #leeceonor Mar. 2} April 6} June 25 | Nov. 13] ...... April24 | June 15 | Oct. 25) .... | sess April 2|May 4] June 20 ‘3 Mar. 25| Aprils | June 21| Oct. 17]. AD BO vonass Hime etree secre nace sarssrei iMteesremel|icizess: [iv creseze | ieessen | “onsinns April 1] April23 | April 8 | Nov. 18] ...... May 20 Mar. 30] Oct. 12] ...... April16 | April17 | May 2} April17 = ipsilap'| apatite -anilidiee. ca |e me eae e Flowering Currant .....:seccsseee veeneeee April8| ..1.0. we2see | seeeee April 8] Mar. 6 | April 5} April16 | Nov. 12} Mar. 20 April20| April 3} Nov. 8] ...... April 5} April 1|May 2) April 3 = Mar. 18 | Mar. 31 | Mar. 24] Oct. 24 Match eee a Haw tholinstarr tats ao aceirereecerect April28 | May 28] ..... | « a.» |May 2] Mar, 12} April18} May 30 Oct. 26} ...... April 24 | May 25| Noy. 1} April26 | May 20} April 2|May 4] May 20 & 4 |Mar. 81 | April21 | May 10/| Nov. 10 nee Nae is 20 ee ee Jorvsne focssee [cess | sseee [neon [Bar 15 } April20 | Mar. 81 Nov. 14| Feb. —| April24| Mar. 12|Nov. 8) ... | ce |Apelie| Magen | 'S |man 2el-Amnizel| nay eiloot may pril20 | May 25 ceove |} “consi |} coosand. If serodor April 6| May 18] May 28) June 28] ...... April 26 | May 23] ...... same. seenes pero saver | May 29 SB. April16 | May 12| May 10) July 9 i mie nese: |] = qoesen | coapedee SN laceans Jan. 10| Mar. 12| May 29|Nov. 6] ...... | April26) July 1] Oct. 25] ...... sees | April 1] April28} May 24 i? Mar. 4| April 7| May 14] Noy. 8 a ue =a careoe |{Secspes || dena June 4] April 2| April22| May 27]Nov.12] ...... |May 6|May 22/Nov. 8] ...... | May 19] April16 | May 12| May 24 a Ee April 4| April2s | May 16| Oct. 8 eo a i Bene Weotievoicteresstanrstsesssescasesersares|PADIINZB In aeaieesn ||) cn-0nee sri ven | Mar. 28 | April16! April20| Noy. 15] ...... | April25 | April25| Nov. 1] ...... seeee | April12) April22]_ ...... es | Mar. 18| April15| April 6| Oct. 12 iy. , ces yal FUE ce sho AN eran cae icone teatro a bivakaded Mar. 15| April18|May 19|Nov. 4| ...... | April26| May 22| Oct. 25] ...... | May 14] April 3|May 12|May 18| & | Mar. 24| April22 | May 14| Nov. a : Baa: Reamer ea reiiiew ean conzeraa tex sus sxevacend ‘ Sines Janne soccon |Pdiineee) 1 Mee. 28 April2é July 1/ Oct. 28] ...... | May 10) July 1) Oct. 25] ...... eee | April20 | May 20} July 21 a April12| May 7| June 14 | Noy. ee he pee WAN TI Gile sstcoe il) asec April 8] April14| May 25|Nov. 8] ...... |May 6] May 25 Oct. 15} ...... | May 20] April —} April28 | May 20 g April 5 | April 25 | May 25 | Oct. 15 er os NN ere te or ee eeoy ole ee ie tomecea I arte lle teaser Ne con aaes May 1] May 21| June 1] Noy. 20] ...... Aaa May 25| Dec. 1] ...... weve | April20| May 24] May 29 ei April22 | May 13 | May 16| Oct. 31 eee : eae ms sca ft eter ee Mar. 8|April16| ...... [Oct 20]... | sess | April 2| {ct 252] April16) ...... | April 2] April23 | April20| — | April 8| April27 | Mar. 16| 0 lee ee cj 5 ¢ q ay. ct. 22 tee conn Aug. 1] April 1} April21]June22}Dec. 4] ...... {aoe t July 12) ...... 2onoon vee | April 1| May 4] June 20 Ss era ence hires alee or oo eantve ree Be tal Manteca hes Rae ie 8 ae veeeee | May 6] June 18] Nov. 10] ...... seeses | April 16 | April 28 | June 10 a Mar. 31 | April 21 | June a Riv 12 April 10 oe Jano 20 yi vccse | April 1 | Apr prilt(6)l Nowe 18) i cs.-ct) + Appa] Arpt 2) No wert O1 | creer pean ete : F ae ; ; ah bes ee Shiro Ape ©) per 20) Tate eno) (peas -g | aaa May 13 Oct. 25] May 7| ...... me a cee 3 anes pa ic : a a Lanta oi a ° a a A ceevee «=| ARDY |) deans ene ee | | VB] sseses | sears April—| = | Mar. 16] April20| Jan. 4) ee [on ea SS April24| cesses Ea | April17 | Very abur ril J eeccee | = seeeeses | Sasa esas rill j (Below any U average... fier 24. | Good.......... ay: 12. | Good sccc=-eee- ne Large, and Nov. of first quality... ee ceneeee BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 339 filberts were out and very fine and full. Ranunculus ficaria in flower on the 24th. March.— Wallington.—Spring flowers scarce and late. The only ones in addition to those recorded last month are primroses, coltsfoot, and violets. The hazel was not in blossom until the 31st. Wylam.—On the 20th wild primrose in flower on warm sun- exposed banks. On the 22nd apricot in blossom on cold wall: the 18th being the average of thirteen years, 1870 therefore four days behind. On the 27th lesser celandine in flower. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—Apricot trees beautifully in bloom on the 28th. April. Wylam.—On the 12th Ribes sanguinea in flower: March the 26th being the average of ten years, 1870 therefore seventeen days behind. On the 3rd wood anemone in flower. On the 8th pear on cold wall in flower: April the 1st being the average of eleven years, 1870 therefore seven days behind. On the 15th black thorn in flower. On the 19th gooseberries in flower. On the 19th dwarf standard plums in flower. On the 20th dwarf standard pear in flower. Gainford, Darlington.—Golden drop plum in blossom on the 8th. Apricot trees on wall in blossom on the 3rd. Strawher- ries in blossom on the 21st. Peas in blossom on the 28rd. May.— Wallington.—Very favourable month for vegetation. The slight frosts did no harm to the fruit blossoms whether pro- tected or not, a rare occurrence in the month of May. Wylam.—On the 4th strawberries in garden in flower. On the 4th dwarf standard apples in flower. On the 9th oak leaf ‘as big as a shilling. On the 14th horse chestnut in blossom. On the 17th white thorn in blossom. On the 19th ash in leaf. On the 20th Gloire de Dijon rose on wall in flower. WILD FLOWERS. : STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c. Ce GEE NORTH , F SUNDER- WALLINGTON. CRESSWELL. NORTH SHIELDS. SEAHAM, |ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO’. GRETA BRIDGE. STANDARD LAND. ny Kea FRUIT TREES, &c. |__- NORTH | War- I) Cress- Nort : ae fal Sunprer-]_." WIN ATON TH | SEAvAM | Nrax | Gren In Blossom. {In Blossom Yield. ‘In Blossom Yield. In Blossom Yield. In Blossom. |In Blossom Yield. Tn Blossom Fruit Gathered. Lainjn moa Tay CGN | SE | Res Surerps. | Harn. | Mippres-} Bringer | See eee See ee eee S| (ae ee eee [oe | meal eg Ses a we ee or en | eee ie Te ee | Tr p VS BRO’. = Wppl@recrescccccrrscev|) serene May 15] Abundant ............ May 20} Plentiful ..........+: May 9) Very abundant...... May 20]May 4] Moderate ............ April 22 | September 8. ee wee , ; ces lien ys : I I I I I er anes ra | Cherry ..sevececreeeref seeee . April 30 Ditto sseseseeree April 26 GOOd ceesesesesnererees April 24 DORE 1 SCGCEs May 10 April 23 | Very FR00{E escoocesosd Maye 2) |) ire occincees Bisson Blcesor: Bloat Bicsvon. Bigasoms Sima Dieu Beene THAIS? aonepoae ana May 2|May 7 Diitoweacsree April 26 | Partial ......-...+++++ April 17 | Very abundant...... May 10 | April25| Good crop............ April 26 | September 8. =| bltitiitesseenseescerres i coesat April24] Ditto ............ April 26 | Plentiful .....::00b se all COE nosonbee May 10 | April20} Good crop............ May 4] September 8. Anemone .....- ve ce | April 16 | April17| April 4]... April 10 | Aprilgo Currant .seseeeeeeeees April 10] April20| Ditto .........+.. April 26 | Plentiful ..........-. April15 | Very abundant...... April 2 | April22| Very fine ..........-- ENT crercrentrvci Hulbons eal renere May 12] April15] ....... | May 14| May 12] May 1s] ...... Gooseberry ........- April 6 | April 16 Dithoteecnnere-: April15 | Partial «0.0.0... April 14 Dilton see. April 20 | April16 | Abundant............ April 5} June 16. Coltsfoot .....- April 4| Mar. 19] April 1] ...... Mar. 1| Mar. 20| Mar. 8 Aprili3 Raspberry....cccses04f) coves June 2 DithOlmecersssscrncs June 5 | Good ...cccseesevecoeee] coarse Ditto «+1 June 4 | May 20} Good crop........+++- May Qi) Viveenercaeises Cowslip ......+. May 20] April12| April20| ...... April 16 } April 23 | April 25 Strawberry wee severe April29} Ditto ........e0 May 20 | Good .....ccseeeeeeees April25 | sessserseeeaees May 24 | April12| Very abundant...... May*10| June 18. Dandelion ......J ...++ April22) April 4} ...... Mar. 24] April 1| April 2 Porget-me-not.| ...... J GHG ZICH ceonen. || aoood ys 7 GRAIN, &c., CROPS. orget-me-not une 6} May 27 May 20|May 7 sss » ee Garlic. .cscetsuce-f| seoees Maye 28) |; Nulye Si) reaver |eeerces April28} May 20] ...... NORTH SUNDERLAND. WALLINGTON. ORTH ; 2 nSETO? : GRATIN: 20, CHOPS, B SHIELDS. ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO’. GRETA BRIDGE. Hyacinth ....... s+. May 24] May 18} ...... | sean May 10} May 26} May 18 Sowa Cut, or Gathered. Yield, on Cut, or Gathered. Yield. _. | Cut, or Gathered. Sown. Guton Gathered: Yield. Cut, or Gathered. Lily oftheValley] May 24] May 10] May 15] ...... May 7| May 12] May 10] May 95 ; . ; : on fi rsh Marigold] ...... April18 | April20] wu... | see nil A TPES? cecuacaepaoe‘ed| — = loonceAnne’ 4 sncgagsecie =a al Ve porpaae April 4 Aug. 18 | Good... August 10 April 9 August 13 | Fair crop ...... Aveiat ae Marsh Marigold pri April 20 3 April20} April18]..., | r BilewoOttiversssss:| 0 reste April 3] April 2] ...... '. 16 nil 2) Feb. 25 BGA Meee eee GU PMIIETN Gecsesess.) ||| civsestten [ih ceasayvens SEE Die irc | ne March 15 Septem. 10 | Good crops sf sesceeaee : I p Mar. 16} April 2} Feb. 25 Cloverseeds...| Endof June ...| ; Much below Below an} Primrose ...... April12 | Mar. 4] April 5} Mar, 12 | April 10} Apri bl BRAG assseress tet Old land ......; 3rd wk. in July { eet Old Land... | July 1 { OVOLUC ERM ema ce te | |fje= 9 (See toca | July A Moderate nea | Mameeeneeens : ie sed ieee eos | Mangold ep seiicst | Ue CiRC MME HMMEMEciiacsesisre 9 uh eetvesee . - of -.esweennen, []) > \encepsua'a = spoocpeeg | spenaeopis April 16 October 26 Fair OW coed) ceonoane Red Poppy CY Oh ae | eee ap ats July V2] sess [teens June 12 May 31 | (Stabs esnercccicaell, | pecans Weert cilia | ccveasen se April 6 Aug. 24 Good ........0- August 11 March 30 August 10 | Good Gtop.cic eee Stitchwort ......J s+ May 18] May 18] ...... Mar. 10} April20} April26} ...... ADAM see teat) MEM MM cacevie | I)“ cacressssy. fll waesnnsvent |." weeeet nes N cobcores, = 1) Ganoncase April 4 August 2 | Good crop Snowdrop svsf corse. Feb. 15| Feb. 28) ...... Feb. 20] Feb. 20) Jan. 28} Mar. i JOINT AtceeAagcecr | ~ osSkounes «= WP se gabeponea il ll SiNASSeDeraD April 28 Oct-12 Goodeeremrcle s.cs.re.s April 12 { Garhered } | ( Good crop; ) Strawberry...) ..... April19| May 20] ...... April20 | May 13 | April27 | May 1! , Large, and ; ept. 30 fine qualit; Soe iols = HUTT otosseeneonecericd [06 ossceandso> 7 | = eneeeR CeCe eC May 10 | Oct.—Nov. of ule ; May 5 : cathy poe ree cag See May 17) May 25] ...... May 9}May 1)May 9]... eae auality i freee we isprine sowns | October 27 | Very moderate] ......... LYS «-+++000+ une 23 Gin ‘ res ‘ - , 5 i i q ili YININGE, © sons scoeaanend Shot on July 1 AGE poderboro:, | saceeceriscere Mill" rechaapso aI“ aacsaocce August 13 March 8 August 26 | Very good...... August 20 OS a Magy 29)/ Man90 | Mare. 2,| Coal 2) Apr 2 eee ae Se a 340 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1870, June.— Wylam.—On the 5th wild rose in flower. On the 13th first dish of peas. On the 13th first ripe strawberry in garden. On the 19th Portugal laurel in flower, and very profusely. Whitley.—First new potatoes gathered on the 21st. First dish of peas on the 21st. Strawberries gathered ripe on the 25th. * _ Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—Mildew appeared on the apple trees early in the month and many apples are falling off. Pears, plums, and cherries promise well. The crops generally look well, but rain is much wanted. July.— On the 28th corn cut in the valley of the Tyne. August.— Bywell.—At the end of August the cutting of grain was about finished, and most of it secured in good condition. The crop was about an average and of good quality. The late rains had improved the turnips. Apples and pears were abundant. September.— The warm dry weather which marked the close of the month was especially favourable to the swelling and ripening of all fruit, more especially apples, pears, and plums. Wylam.—Fruit of all kinds very fine and abundant; also mushrooms. Bywell.—The showers up to the middle of the month very much improved the grass and turnips. Potatoes good both in quantity and quality. October.— Wylam.—From the time of flowering this year of apricot, ribes, and pear, as compared with the average period, say— average time of blossoming of apricot the 18th of March, of BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 341 ribes the 26th March, of pear the Ist of April. Day of blossom- ing, in 1870, of apricots the 22nd of March, of ribes the 2nd of April, of pear the 8th of April; we observe that this spring is late by apricot four days, by ribes seven days, by pear seven days, or six days on the three events. Seaham.—Mr. Draper found two plants not described in the “Flora”’ published by the Club. One is the Valeriana Pyrenaica, or heart leaved valerian. It grows freely in the woods about Seaham, flowering in June, and having an unpleasant smell. It is a native of the Pyrennees, but naturalised in Britain. The other is a ballast plant, Henchera cylindrica, a native of North America, belonging to the natural order Sawifragee. The following table, giving a list of wild and garden plants growing and flowering within three miles of Tynemouth, has been kindly supplied by John Coppin, Esq., and is printed in continuation of the lists given in former reports :— WILD PLANTS GROWING WITHIN THREE MILES OF TYNEMOUTH, 1870. Date of Flowering. Tussilago farfara (coltsfoot) Lamium purpureum (red dead nettle) Veronica hederifolia (ivy-leaved speedwell) Ranunculus ficaria (pilewort) Taraxacum officinale (dandelion) Viola canina (dog violet) Primula vulgaris (primrose) Lamium album (white dead nettle) Ribes grossularia (gooseberry) Primula veris (cowslip) Prunus spinosus (blackthorn) Veronica chamedrys (germander speedwell) Ranunculus bulbosus Potentilla anserina (silver weed) Trifolium pratense (purple clover) Broom Crategus oxyacantha (hawthorn) Mountain ash 342 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1870. PLANTS GROWING IN GARDEN NEAR NORTH SHIELDS, 1870. Date of Flowering. SHOOK WAOUKO]O) Sobangao shoo cnoeneao 7osns¢nbonssdnen banc sHDbardoanoadooaaD[s 900 Feb. 20. Crocus—vellow? cccdeecesccstostcsssnecececcercsussosenss seseeaeasretice March 1. Crocus— purple and white ..............sseccseseesescesnsceenssones pA LO); Red flowering currant (against a wall) ..........sssseccseeseeeees i Ds Red flowering currant (standard) ...........cssessecssccsscaseeees April 5. ID EAU Cr MR oss ono Soa HBCera coacnontesachicBEe me moeecaiade sacudanacoscc5 3) toe COOSEDEERY est asec susersto cade svewiisa sans ot hese sou wonelgekt ame Seana vepline IRE CIGUIRLAIIE eartssoreccesma-eioadisneessaaicecons-cessesnecsscce ee eatesene as alee Chenytineeepee ih atststettenseecsecaccnotcusseaniouced tdeasceaase ceases 95 24. Jargonellempear tree) «ase n5-4> cies emence=-seaseousceesereereestaeteees: sae Bluey aciithtaeceacsecconese senaesce sce snescvestevemeceeteccsecaceeeees May 11. IRGSTGLS GACINIM Eo scoocpassoccadabeocosqnocouoaccabooneododooccensusccbe April 27. Blackscurtainitepencesasccsrerteaceseessstecke seta eccreeseterccrare 194 28e ILO SAW WONT TORIC KS, 5 cconpos conopapocascoopodoobo9bSbHonDODSaboonOOOBHooNDobN0r May 13. ID Ost Hn® WEUllEN? soocospoaoospedaacoodocosonSscHonD0O04GoGDODEBHOSODNONC PF J PUI) ey IVE Xe scoggnqeanbotoanodoncbacaddonansodsond cobcnK0us0 bb oB05Ke0beco0C » 14. SLFAWIDELLY: Mine ssesncdecsicneaeetoiccrecsnsiercnsslecdesetecanercscenemeree April 25. Ral uiintnspeyAfth stay, eam eenshnasaveaiauessacks aac dadaeeerceneeees ate May 19. NOTES ON BIRDS AND INSECTS. January.— Wallington.—During the last week of the month the sun shone brightly, and a few birds began to sing. The thrush, water ousel, red breast, chaffinch, blue titmouse, and hedge sparrow were par- ticularly remarked. The wood pigeons were heard cooing in all parts of the woods, and many were observed to have paired. Great numbers of wood pigeons have died during the winter. They appear to have suffered from some peculiar disease, as the dead birds were covered with swellings or boils upon the head, feet, and other parts of the body. Acklam, near Middlesbro’. —Thrushes in full song on the 17th. February.— Darlington.—Wasps seen on the 27th. March.— Wylam.—Rooks began to build on the 6th. Many flocks of the long tailed titmouse were observed this month. They ap- peared to be more numerous than usual. | (TLEY. NORTH SHIELDS. oe rival. Arrival. Departure. —S ee ee | lecdod’ |} \ ghasogdaeaal| lea deagesbad Ju Peet emeeaccMeean, | o> veakaaes Ay | ( 23) May.) 7211) \) eeecenee M MAY LF lee aciceness M Beee2eteMny 15 |. co.cs. M soars Sept. 10 sees ore May 16 Fe auada M MG te My A oC scans A sana April 20 Besar: A Pa e cesse-.|| » X cectocaws A cares Sept. 2 | April 20 | 0 Gs OER ee ee ree | ) —_—— es NORTH SHIELDS. Appearance. Appearance. = soe Sia peal [a | ‘ eeaanoe April 25 April 18 Mesrsweltel uitbloge se May. Repstionte April 16 April GP te? avec: " eeeneeeee fF wes eeveee a Aspeodnn ae if delete pril 16 be Ei erutar Mie siecle bere April 4 April 2 Pca. April 15 | April 19 See BYRNESS. NORTH SUNDERLAND. ROTE MIGRATORY BIRDS. : =) WALLINGTON. CRESSWELL. WHITLEY. 9 ange SNS) NORTH SHIELDS. SEAHAM. 2 a Eee (Eee Departure. Arrival. Preyalence. Atrival. Departure. Prevalence. Arrival, Departure. Prevalence. Arrival. Arrival. Departure. Aneivall Departure. Black-cap ......-.e0eeseee0f seseeseee | April 1B] we | cee cece nbn Gon April 18 | Aug. 10 | Searce ...... May= ses) eeisrcces cuarbon ae) ||| anacedece |} ° neeéacooa- If sacdconn SUEDE scaasscnoserecse|| (eneuserse Mf Scee-ccsy. || Gesvescce. |) eeecresee | eee Nov. 29] April 8 Ditto | Oct. 20} March. | Searce ......J .. .....- Sept. 10 February. SUBS DUIMN ic onseceresecft ceceeetee =f csesccee, |! seesueuss |). scaroneestelll MRE ee Re ccase’ || sscsseseecs |, cauravuce || cavncdara |) ewcetntse 1c Tone epee ae ne | | SWiftssssessereereeeseeeee] ceseeeere Poveeeeeee | cece =f April 30] eho. June 7 | Aug. 30 | Scarce ..... May 7'\\t- access. |) cateecees el Pees May 16 July. Swallow ..eesssessseeesee Few .)......... April 19 | Sept. 19 | Plentiful ..} April 26 | Sept. 15 | Plentiful April 16] May 4] ......... | April 16] ......... iteadtotalonceeecesexacnens|| ADIL 5) f lrsccconm | “veseeccee) ul). cess WMaygem2e. septs: 2/7) | Scarce: sce. |- sacswosos lc sevessues. |)” eccmeetaam al Pueseseecene EN oval PAN ooecenene 1) AWOL | Cerceccen WYdlloiiy \GEH Sirestresced | ccenaacan | WU NOWICKI ee April 19 | Sept. 12 | Plentiful ..| April 26] ......... Blentifull sy) eeceecssy Mt teee reves August. MIOUGOCKMewmscseernctanaf! mesercsss, 1 OCte, ON) —— caaseancel Ji] (Uscceceonee nt | ane ee Nov. 25 April 6 | Scarce ..... Oct. 8 | March 25 | Scarce ......) seve Sept. 2 March. WeligwaVactatlalnowsres 4 cscusewese «Il ancsadecee ([) caecncess ollie oem : ANowill BN Sa Ge SID sseano lh eooonchoe Ih caocoonas Il arwocacne Mavebi2bii ass .sisa, | cecenceaten ollllesceneeaste O'lp maeeceremte , BRINKBURN, ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO’. DARLINGTON. Prevalence. Aurival. Departure. Prevalence. Avrival. RAYE sereeeees Common ... Rare this) Season Mol PAV secocoae ee orc crn iaeceuene May 24) Sept. 7 Not sca this year ee eatngo6d May 30 Sept. 15 | Notmany...J ......... ieadeeava May 6 | Sept. 20 | Very numerous} April 14 OPP Wmereecnsedy || coc-coses. {| mmeeReeene 2nd week Feb. WALLINGTON. INSECTS. NORTH ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO'” NORTH SUNDERLAND. CRESSWELL. Boe SEAHAM. INSECTS. ¥ Appearance. Prevalence. Appearance. Preyalence. Appearance. Prevalence. Appearance, Appearance. Prevalence. Appearance. Small White Butterfly ....................-+.. Numerous.. April 1 | Plentiful Numerous... April 25 | April 18 | Not common April 16 pliable s dition eee nes July 20 | Scarce SCAT COm teazee vance euton miereees Me eee May. (Commonteecsenenste seat June 30 Lesser Heath ditto s...sccseeseeseeeee Tioumt} 3" | OG rnin rere leer are mallu ureerrcnceeceptanccoccco! ||) ~ teocoxcto NOMI CIELO) wveccceecasssaue--ccane May 22 | Scarce SOAK OA: chi ee ee eee PSIUMULV aM CITLON Saceeiccsitccerecaasscoep) | cageveaseer Cell) — sicobatedeee sae EEL PECL “aes caoeces Saaee ice i | eee Met Admiral ditto .ce--02-+ eceseeeseeees Renew one ltScarce Tortoise Shell ditto .-...-..:s:seseeeeeeees dani LTBI tRIT. Scanpeecoononedaannscend|| — -enosdacne Brimstone Moth ... [Mayme Gel SCATCO” nrcccnisertaccscscesencees RictGers MWMRAMIE IGEO! assesses enseesesesteereevetee| seseseees | sttsesssnevessstesecmntecdfip | nrapenes lI)” iesalssoseasesssecesesensacta? =p lDlaxsacweat |) atanertawva tne tatteyrent mem irc serer a | maces tas Raa EC cae sereeeae seeveneey Ghost ditto TTY AIST IS SeE No: ere Bre eee CIES Cone rersnaccrciciscowe. || cononeds ||[. eepnboee seseenees BIBL Ser CrCitLOben ess -vscrssacseceorossvesvsefl - wartewess’ | — sete eVeneuesseneoteseeeeee A Aan | aes rare None seen.........0006+ Saseesecave|. “Gacaseves. | ~|[ 7 Sasevedesevsceennnensreee tao nn |(ammenaatemscan oft | Wlacen-ckcoi | IMI NEC dress tneCouneecsna cases a | MSc Cockchafer , None in this Neighbourhood. sae April 16 | sescessesessesseeseserereee Po eererees PRE BMPS p ree 2501 25-c 75 286an20-sabcadeewiae , First swarm June 5...........+ ‘i fsesseal | fle) ccaesecnss Moreh 15 HMNTUSOB Bere 8 oo -es2 accu sctsisariessuseesd L. INO STEGER pesoacopsoscncoasogncond ‘i i Boal 2 April 1 SUAS UME Es ecneieci 73s exscssetaitcesnaidcinsese> mil il | SCAN COMcctct nar teenie arene ‘i Q il 15 | April 19 "Feb. 28 ee ie NSO EEE ee BRINKBURN, DARLINGTON, Prevalence. Appearance. Not many seen.........0.ss0+ d Rather numerous...........006+ Very few Numerous .. Numerous ... : (Numerous in Spring—not many during Summer.. 7 nih MIEN Ng a Dn wabterret Fo aRaSeNin SAW Votre i Ay yt NO oti oH oy um seppinial! neal aee . 1-H pana lien yen gym J am ‘ r ha th + ; 3 Ae i om , a pet ! Ei I y j : wn WKY . ne ; a : : i . a nt 7 ty i > t { ‘ ae; (a j ' hae ie A ‘ . . . ' a ; ' Ly aes Rs a y , Tent y | c . ee iy 5 res aed 7 I ; ; ihe ole ‘ j : ‘ Bema cs) Bs . ’ , / 4 | ; é pene vi h t é . is vee ‘ * ; ihe Ege : ve ' ‘ : a { 225 ‘ : re ALOR r revi kel we , 4 ; ® , Pind ‘ . Ret Ae ' a ~ oy J re ‘ ff a ieee ‘ Wind i Nina ich editor Wipers IML ) iS debilis) Brach); Di Sharp, le) lai. A specimen from Cheviot, and another from Berwickshire, are referred by Dr. Sharp, rather doubtfully, to this species. 10. H. Aubei, Bris. ; D. Sharp, 1. c. 171. 11. HA. gemina, Erich. ; D. Sharp, 1. c. 172. Both species taken in the Cheviot district in July, but they are apparently very rare. 12. Myllena minuta, Grav.; Kraatz., Ins. Deutsch, II., 369. Sparingly from Cold Martin Moss, near Wooler. MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. 373 13. Gymnusa brevicollis, Payk.; Kraatz, 1. ¢. 873. Very rare near some swampy pools at Wooler. 14. Megacronus inclinans, Grav.; Kraatz, 1. ¢. 444 (Bolitobius). My collection has been enriched, by the kindness of Mr. Wil- son, junr., with a specimen of this rare species, which he took in the Ravensworth Woods. 15. Heterothops dissimilis, Grav.; Kraatz, 1. c. 485. Very rare. Wood at Old Karl, near Wooler, in October. 16. Stenus incanus, Erich.; Kraatz, 1. c. 758. A single specimen from Wooler Haugh. Apparently a very rare and local insect, and previously only taken in Dumfries- shire, by Dr. Sharp. 17. S. Guynemeri, Duval, Faune Francaise, 581. In moss near a waterfall, in company with Dianous ce@rulescens. 18. Geodromicus globulicollis, Mann; Kraatz, 1. ¢. 927 (An- thophaqus). Rare. Cheviot, Mr. R. Hislop. 19. Lesteva Sharpi, Rye, Ent. Annual, 1867, 51. Cheviot, but very rarely, in August. Not taken hitherto in England to my knowledge. 20. L. muscorum, Duval; D. Sharp, Ent. Mon. Mag., VIII., 83. Three specimens from Wooler Haugh. 21. Phleobium clypeatum, Mill.; Kraatz, 1. ¢. 1088. Omitted in my revision. Not of frequent occurrence: most commonly found in cut grass. Several specimens were taken at Wooler, in October. 22. Tychus niger, Payk., Faune Francaise, 356. In moss, &. Common. 23. Bythinus Burrelli, Denny, Faune Francaise, 358. Very rare. Wooler district. July and August. 24. Trichopteryx rivularis, All.; Matthews, Ent. Mon. Mag., Dec., 1871, p. 152. Two examples, named by the Rev. A. Matthews, are from Gosforth, and are the only local specimens I have seen. 374 MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. 25. Hydnobius Perrisi, Fairm., Ent. Annual, 1865, 62. Very rare. I have only seen one local specimen, which was taken in the vicinity of Gateshead. 26. Anisotoma scita, Krich. ; H.C. Rye, Ent. Mon. Mag., VIIL., 158. I have a female of this recently introduced species, which I beat out of herbage at Hartford in May. 27. Cryptophagus punctipennis, Briss.; D. Sharp, Ent. Mon. Mag., VIIT., 158. Several local specimens, mostly from tufts of withered grass, near South Shields. 28. Cyphon nigriceps, Kies.; G. R. Crotch, Entomologist, Sep- tember, 1866. Six specimens from the Wooler district, and taken in October. This species appears to vary a good deal in colour, as in these examples I find the type form (testaceous with a black head), one nearly black, and an intermediate form in which the head and thorax are black with the elytra fusco-testaceous. I believe that it has hitherto only occurred in Scotland. 29. Pissodes piniphilus, Herbst.; Thomson, Skand. Col., VII., 222; T. J. Bold, Ent. Mon. Mag., VII., 275. Two specimens from Sunderland, but probably introduced. It is however not unlikely to be found in this country, for it occurs over nearly the whole of northern Kurope. 30. Erirhinus salicinis, Gyll.; Walton, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1844 (Dorytomus). A small series of this pretty insect was beaten out of willows, in the Cheviot district in May. It appears to be both rare and local. 31. Rhynchites eneovirens, Marsh. ; Walton, 1. c. Rare. Middleton Old Wood, near Wooler. 32. Caligrapha signatipennis, Stall. A living specimen of this handsome insect was taken in the greenhouse of R. 8. Newall, Esq., at Fern Dene. It is said to MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. 375 be a native of Mexico, and had no doubt come to this country with some plant. 38. Thyamis atriceps, Kuts., Ent. Ann., 1867, 96. Occurs, but appears to be rare, in the Wooler district. (NOTES ON RARE OR LOCAL SPECIES). Dromius nigriventris, Metabletus foveola,* Rev. 4. Both species are found in plenty on Wooler Haugh (the site of the battle of Flodden), but with us they occur only on the sea coast. Two other coast loving species, Aleochara obscurella and Fhizobius litura, are found in the same locality. Calosoma sycophanta, Rev. 6. This specimen, which was caught crawling on a load of sand brought from higher up the river, was purchased at the late Mr. Wingate’s sale, by Mr. John Hancock, and is now in his collec- tion. Bembidiwm Mannerheimti, Rev. 18. Rather a good series of this rare insect has been taken in the Wooler district, in May, July, and October. In July it was found to frequent cut grass at a considerable elevation on the hills. Hydroporus 9-lineatus, Rev. 17. Not uncommon in the Wooler district, in May. Aly. Gyllenhalli, Schiod., = Hy. piceus, Rev. 17. In Cold Martin Moss, and upon the hills of the Wooler dis- trict, in May and July, plentifully. Hy. monticola, Rev. 17. About a dozen specimens kave occurred with the preceding. Hy. nigrita, Rev. 18. Since the publication of my Revision several specimens of this species have been taken near Wooler, and again both forms are present, still further confirming my opinion that discretus is only the male of nigrita. Other grounds may be pointed out why this should be the case: in nearly every other species of the * Revision of Coleoptera, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. & D., Vol. TV. 376 MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. genus the sexes differ in a like manner, the male always being more glossy than his partner, even in the most obscurely coloured species. This opacity of the female, which runs also through the genus Agabus, and indeed extends over nearly the whole family Hydradephaga, is caused by the surface being finely sculptured (strigose, coriaceous, alutaceous, &c.) in that sex, and which is either absent in the males or not so much developed. This dif- ference of the sexes is but little noticed by even our best autho- rities. I may add, that a pair of foreign types of discretus, kindly lent me by Mr. Crotch, differed precisely as do our local examples of nigrita, the male being glossy black with long hair, and the female opaque, nearly hairless, and much less strongly punctured than the other sex. Fy. elongatulus, Rev. 18. Mr. Rye, Ent. Annual, 1872, 138, informs us that this species is ‘‘ erroneously identified,” but on what grounds he has formed his opinion I am at a loss to know, as he has not seen the speci- men on which it is founded, nor had any description of it. Hy. umbrosus ; Hy. incognitus, Rev. 18. Both species from Wooler; a series of the former, and two examples of the latter. Agabus nitidus, Fab., = A. fontinalis, Rev. 20. A fine male of this rare species was taken near Wooler in May. Ocalea castanea, Erich., — O. rujilabris, Rev. 22. Has occurred in some plenty in the Wooler district. O. badia, Rey. 22. Several specimens from the same locality. Microglossa pulla; M. nidicola, Rev. 22 (Haploglossa). Both species taken sparingly by beating willows on Wooler Haugh, in May. Aleochara villosa, Rev. 114, E. C. Rye, Ent. Annual, 1872, 49. A second example of this new British species has occurred at Long Benton. MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. 377 Callicerus rigidicornis, Rev. 238. One specimen, from the Wooler district. Homalota cerulea, Sahl., = H. carbonaria, Rev. 25. Taken on the banks of the Wansbeck, sparingly, by Dr. Power, and very rarely, near Wooler, by Mr. Hardy. 4H. labilis is very abundant in the latter district. Ho. londinensis, Rev. 26. Two examples, from Wooler. Ho. clavipes, Rev. 26. Several more specimens have been taken, and prove that, with us, this is exclusively a hill species. Ho. pagana, Rev. 27. Three or four from the Wooler district. Ho. occulta, Rev. 27; Ho. fungivora, id. (var.) In fungi, at Wooler, sparingly. Ho. picipes, Rev. 27. With the foregoing, but more abundant. Ho. fallaciosa, Rev. 28. Wooler. Rare. Ho. curtipennis, Rev. 28. Several other examples have been found on the Cheviot range. Ho. valida, Rev. 28. A few examples, found in fungi, are from the Wooler district. Ho. sodalis (several) ; Ho. angusticollis (one), Rev. 29; Ho marcida (one) ; Ho. intermedia (three) ; Ho. macrocera (a few) ; Ho. levana (two or three) ; Ho. cinnamoptera (two or three), Rev. 80; Ho. orbata, Rev. 31. All are from the Wooler district. Fincephalus complicans, Rev. 32. A single example, from the same locality, in October. Tachinus proximus, Rev. 33. In fungi, &c., in the Cheviot district, rather plentifully. T. pallipes, Rev. 38. A female, with the preceding. 378 MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. Quedius ruficollis ; Qu. suturalis; Qu. auricomus, Rey. 36. All from Cheviot, but very rare. Philonthus umbratilus, Rev. 30. Wooler. Rare. Dianéus caerulescens, Rev. 41. Hitherto very rare and local, but in May, 1871, it was taken in plenty on the margin of a stream in the Cheviot district. Stenus tarsalis, Rev. 48. Six specimens from Cold Martin Moss, near Wooler, in Oc- tober. Acidota crenata, Rev. 45. At the roots of heather on Cheviot, in August and October. Five specimens taken. Homatium exiguum, Rev. 47. Several examples, from the Wooler district. Ho. brevicorne, Rev. 114; Ho. gracilicorne, |. c. 47. Mr. Rye has pointed out that these are identical. Ent. An- nual, 1871, 36. Choleva longula, Rev. 50. Half a dozen specimens, from the Wooler district, and all. found in fungi. All the examples that I have seen have the apices of their elytra rounded. Eipurea florea, Rev. 56. Three or four from the flowers of sallows, in May, near Wooler. Cryptophagus pubescens, Rev. 62. Cheviot. One specimen only. Morychus eneus, Rev. 65. In plenty, near Wooler, in May. Malthodes mysticus, Rev. 76. Several specimens, from Cheviot, in August. Anobium striatum, Rev. 79. [The Death-watch. | One of our county gentlemen had nearly a score of bedsteads completely destroyed by this pest. MR. T. J. BOLD ON COLEOPTERA. 379 Tetratoma fungorum, Rev. 81. A fine series, from fungi, near Wooler. Te. ancora, l. ¢. A specimen, taken in fungi, at Earl, near Wooler, in October. Phytonomus polygoni, Rev. 89. Several taken in the Wooler district. Trachyphleus scaber, Rev. 90. Very rare. Near Wooler, in October. Erirhinus majalis, Rev. 92. A fine series beaten out of sallows, near Wooler, in May. Er. agnathus, 1. ¢. Two specimens with the foregoing. Ellleschus bipunctatus, Rev. 92. Local, but in abundance, near Wooler, in May. Rhinonchus castor, Rev. 94. Wooler. Rare. Ceuthorhynchus rugulosus, 1. ¢. 95. Wooler. Rare. Ce. cyanipennis, 1. c. Wooler. Rare. Graptodera longicollis, Rev. 103. Of several batches, taken promiscously, at various times, on heather, nearly all are females ; one male to eight or ten females being the usual proportion. ‘This is very curious, and it would be interesting to know if the same disparity obtains in other species of the family Halticide. Norr.—Dr. Sharp, in his recently published (July, 1871), and valuable ‘‘ Catalogue of British Coleoptera,” has made consi- derable alterations in nomenclature, most of which will have to be adopted. They are however too numerous to be enumerated here. 380 MR. T. J. BOLD ON LEPIDOPTERA. XV.—Notes on the Occurrence of Lepidoptera in 1871. By Tomas Joun Box. Txinkine that an authentic record of the abundance, or other- wise, of local Lepidoptera would be of considerable interest to most of our members, I applied to my friend Mr. W. Maling, and he has supplied me with the following most interesting notes for the past season (1871). DIURNI (BUTTERFLIES). The Whites (Pieris brassice, napi and rape).—The spring brood not so common as usual. The second broods, in July and August, were in average numbers. The Orange Tip (Anthocharis cardamines).—Not so numerous as in 1870 on the banks of the Derwent, at Chopwell, and Gibside. The Fritillaries (Argynnis Euphrosyne, and Selene).—Rather plentiful in May and June, at the same localities as the above. The Small Tortoise Shell (Vanessa urtice).—A second brood of this common insect occurred in this neighbourhood in 1870. I found the small larve during the last week in May, and again (in the same bed of nettles) on the 9th of August following. They were then nearly full fed, and the butterfly was on the wing in the last week of September. The Peacock (Vanessa Io).—I saw one specimen on the 4th of September, near South Shields. For several years previous I had not seen the species alive in our district. The Red Admiral (Vanessa Atalanta).—Rather scarce. The Painted Lady (Vanessa cardui.\—I have not met with either larva or imago this season. The former is generally abun- dant on the coast. The Wall (Tithonus Megera).—Saw one on the wing, at Roth- bury, in the first week of September. Satyrus Tithonus.—Plentiful on the banks of the Wansbeck, near North Seaton, in the end of July. MR. T. J. BOLD ON LEPIDOPTERA. 881 The Small Heath (Cenonympha Pamphillus).—In average numbers. The Common Blue (Lycena Alexis).—Also in average numbers. The Lilac Blue (Lycena Argiolus).—Two females (worn) were taken at Chopwell, in the first week of June. A Skipper (Thanaos Tages).—Two or three at Chopwell. June. NOCTURNI (MOTHS). The Poplar Hawk-Moth (Smerinthus populi).—The larva plen- tiful on poplars, near Newcastle, in July and August. The Convolvulus Hawk-Moth (Sphinz convolvuli).—A speci- men, in the possession of Mr. Hales, South Shields, was found in the river near the Mill Dam, and is in tolerable condition. Deilephila galii.t had the pleasure of seeing this beautiful insect on the wing at Newbiggen-by-the-Sea, on the evening of the 15th of August, 1870. An imago of the same species (a male) was bred by Mr. Hamilton (Secretary of our Kntomolo- gical Club) from a larva found in the engine-shed of the New- castle and Carlisle Railway, on the 7th of September, which fed upon Galium verum, and came out of the pupa on the 30th of April following. Mr. H. thinks the larva had come in the sand which is brought for the use of the engines. Mr. Henderson, Jesmond, also found a larva on the sea coast, near South Shields, but unfortunately it had been stung. The Small Elephant Hawk-Moth (Cherocampa Porcellus).— T have not met with either larva or imago this season, and have only heard of one being found. The Humming Bird Hawk-Moth (Macroglossum stellatarum).— Like Porcellus, this usually abundant insect has not appeared on our coast this season. Sista bembeciformis.—Larva on the trunks of old poplars, at Jesmond. The perfect insect is taken in the finest condition about five o’clock in the morning soon after leaving the pupa. Hepialus Hectus.—One specimen at Chopwell. July 4th. 382, MR. T. J. BOLD ON LEPIDOPTERA. H. sylvinus.—Newbiggin-by-the-Sea. End of July. Hi. velleda.—Jesmond Dene. End of June. Zygena filipendule.— Swarming at Newbiggen-by-the-Sea. Middle of July. Nudaria mundana.—Newbiggen-by-the-Sea, July. Larva on lichen covered walls. Beginning of June. Huchelia jacobee.—The larve of this pretty species swarms at Newbiggen-by-the-Sea, feeding on ragwort. I have met with it along the coast from Marsden to Bamboro’. Arctia mendica.—Thornley Wood. May 10th. Orgyia fascelina.—Bred from pups found on the moors at Redesdale. May 24th. O. antiqua.—Larve feeding on white thorn, near Pelaw Sta- tion. End of August. Bombyx rubi.—lLarve very plentiful on the moors at Roth- bury. September and October. GEOMETRA. Odontopera bidentata.—Larva numerous on ivy and lilacs in Jesmond Road. Not generally a common species. Phigalia pilosaria.—On trunks of oaks, near Corbridge. Feb- ruary 20th and 21st. Cleora lichenaria.—Tuggal Hall. July. Gnophos obscurata.—Two specimens at Newbiggen-by-the- Sea. July 25th. Geometra papilonaria.—One taken by Mr. Hedworth (Dun- ston), at Thornley. July 28rd, 1870. Ephyra trilinearia.—One near Winlaton Mill. June. Asthena luteata.—Chopwell. June 4th. Eupisteria heparata.—One specimen (worn). Chopwell. July 4th. Acidalia imitaria.—Five or six at Newbiggen - by -the-Sea. July 18th to 30th. MR. T. J. BOLD ON LEPIDOPTERA. 383 Macaria liturata.—Three, near Hexham. June 30th, and July 1st. Emmelsia alchenillata.—Hexham. June. HE. decolorata. Jesmond Dene. June. Eupithecia centaureata.—Two at South Shields, on palings. June. One at Beadnell. July. Melanippe rivata and tristata. Near Hexham. June. Coremia minutaria.—Hight specimens, at Newbiggen-by-the- Sea, in July. C. propugnata.—One at Warden, near Hexham, in June. Phibalapteryx lignata.—Newbiggen-by-the-Sea. July. Cidaria prunata.—Newbiggen -by-the-Sea. Beginning of August. In a garden only. C. testata.—Plentiful at Rothbury. September. Chesias spartiata.—Amongst broom, near Hexham. End of September. DEPRANUL. Platypteryx falcula.—Two specimens at Chopwell. July 4th. Cilix spinula.—Two broods of this insect. May and July. PSEUDO BOMBYCES. Dicranura vinula.—Larve plentiful, near the town, on pop- lars and willows. Notodonta dictea and ziczac.—Larve on poplars and willows, near the town. Diloba caruleocephala.—Found larva at Hexham, on white thorn. June 30th. NOCTUA. Thyatira batis, and derasa.—The latter at sugar, in Jesmond Dene: beginning of July. The former at Hexham on the wing. End of June. Cymatophora diluta.—Plentiful at sugar. Thornley. Sep- tember. B84 MR. T. J. BOLD ON LEPIDOPPERA. Bryophila perla.—Imago on lichen covered walls, at Newbig- gen-by-the-Sea. July and August. Nonagria elyni.—About fifty specimens of this formerly rare insect were captured on the coast at South Shields, in July, by different members of the ‘‘ Entomological Club,” flying at dusk, or at rest on the sand reed, in the stems of which plant the larva feeds. Gortyna flavago.—Pupa in the stems of thistles. August and September. South Shields, &. Acxylia putris—Newbiggen-by-the-Sea. July. Flying at dusk over nettles. Chareas graminis.—On the flowers of ragwort by day. New- biggen-by-the-Sea. August. Mamestra albicolon.—On the coast at South Shields. May and June. Very scarce this year. Apamea unanimis.—Larve (hybernated). Jesmond Dene. Anal Miana arcuosa.—Rather plentiful at Newbiggen-by-the-Sea, in July. Agrotis valligera, cursoria, and tritict.—Not so numerous as usual on the coast, near South Shields. Larve probably de- stroyed by the frosts in May and June. Noctua glareosa. At sugar. Thornley Wood. August. Teniocampa gothica, rubricosa, instabilis, gracilis, munda, and cruda.—Very scarce, at sallow blossoms in April, on account of the frost. Orthosia upsilon.—Bred from larva found in Jesmond Dene, on willow, in June. O. lota, and macilenta.—Also bred, and at sugar. Thornley. September. Anchocelis rufina, pistacina, and litura.—Rather plentiful at sugar. Thornley. September and October. DESCRIPTION OF A MANDIBULAR RAMUS, ETC. 385 Scopelosoma satellitia.—Swarming at sugar. Hexham. Sep- tember, and beginning of October. Xanthia cerago, silago, and ferruginea.—Rather plentiful. Polia chi.—Plentiful, as usual, on walls near the town. A dark variety (olivacea) seems peculiar to this part of the country. Agriopis aprilina.—At sugar. Thornley. September. Phytometra enea.—Plentiful at Chopwell, flying in the sun. Knd of June. XVI.—Description of a considerable portion of a Mandibular Ra- nus of Anthracosaurus Russelli; with Notes on Loxomma and Archichthys. By Ausany Hancock, F.L.8., anp Tuomas Artury. (Plate XII.) In 1862 Professor Huxley made known the presence in the Lanarkshire Coal-field of a large and powerful Labyrinthodont, to which he gave the name of Anthracosaurus Russelli.* This species was founded on a nearly perfect cranium; and at the same time a vertebra and a rib supposed to belong to this Am- phibian were also described. No further evidence of the exist- ence of this formidable creature of the Carboniferous era was procured till Mr. Atthey obtained a large portion. of another cranium belonging to it at Newsham. This interesting fragment was described, in the September number of the ‘‘ Annals,” in 1869 ; and we gave in the same paper an account of the anterior extremity of a mandibular ramus and of a large sternal plate, which we believed likewise to belong to Anthracosaurus. We are not aware that any further account has appeared of the occurrence of the remains of this rare Amphibian. It is therefore with much pleasure that we are enabled, through the kindness of Mr. Ward, of Longton, to describe a large fragment of a mandible belonging to this species. This specimen forms * Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Vol. XIX., p. 56. Z 386 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON A part of that gentleman’s well-known collection, and is from the new ironstone shale of Fenton. It is a portion of the pos- terior extremity; but the articular process is wanting. The fragment is seven inches long, and measures nearly four inches from the alveolar border (Pl. XII. a) to the inferior margin (6). There is just two inches of this margin perfect; and this is at the point where undoubtedly the ramus is deepest. The inner surface is exposed to view, and is concave longitudinally, the outer surface being a little convex, as is evident in the trans- verse section of the specimen in front. ‘The bone, which is in a - very perfect state of preservation, is composed of two parallel layers—an inner, the splenial plate (c), and an outer, the den- tary piece (d)—and is stout, particularly at the alveolar border, where it is an inch thick; thence it becomes gradually thinner to the longitudinal middle line; here it is scarcely more than one-fourth of an inch thick, and so continues to the inferior margin. The upper surface of the alveolar border is slightly channelled, and is almost straight; but within three inches and a quarter of the posterior extremity it is bent a little downwards (e), and then, rising up considerably above the level of the border, is continued backwards in a straight line (f) to the posterior ex- tremity ; this straight part is one inch and a half long, and is bevelled off to a sharp edge. In front of the elevation the al- veolar border has been torn, apparently by pressure, from the inner layer of bone, which at this part is pushed a little down- wards. The teeth are well preserved ; in all there have been twelve, nine of which are almost perfect, and with the exception of the three posterior ones, are all of the same size. They are nearly an inch long, and at the base are upwards of a quarter of an inch wide; they taper gradually to the apex, which is a little compressed in the direction of the long axis of the jaw, and in the same plane has the sides slightly carinated, and is also rather suddenly bent inwards and backwards; but the recurving is probably, in part at least, owing to pressure. The crown is not perfectly cylindrical, or rather conical; it is a little flattened at MANDIBULAR RAMUS OF ANTHRACOSAURUS RUSSELLI. 887 the sides, and is therefore in cross section somewhat angulated ; and at the base it is wider in the transverse than in the longitu- dinal direction of the jaw. The whole surface is covered with brilliant enamel, and is longitudinally grooved to within less than a third of the apex. The grooves are fine, rather distant, and the spaces between them are flattened, so that there is a tendency to a ridged appearance. The teeth are clustered, and in this respect agree with those of the maxille. In the clusters the bases are in contact; and short spaces divide the clusters. The first tooth (q) is split lon- gitudinally by the anterior fracture of the specimen, and very little of it remains: only a small piece of the base is perceptible ; but a partial impression of the crown shows that it was as large as the others. The base of the second tooth is not far from that of the first, and is the first perfect one of the series. The third tooth has been removed for structural examination; it stood apart, about a quarter of an inch from the second, and ag far from the fourth tooth. The fourth and fifth are in contact, and are separated from the sixth by about a quarter of an inch; the sixth, seventh, and eighth are close together, and form the largest cluster of the series. Then follows a space of upwards of a quarter of an inch, and the series is terminated by three teeth much smaller than the rest; these are clustered, the first two being almost perfect, and the third (h) having almost en- tirely disappeared. These three posterior teeth are placed just at the point where the alveolar border begins to rise, and are two inches and a half from the hinder extremity of the specimen. The mandible of Anthracosaurus is distinguished from that of Loxomma, the only known jaw with which it is likely to be con- founded, not only by its greater size, but also by the massiveness of the bone. It is an inch deeper or wider than the largest mandible we have seen of the latter, and the bone is very much thicker. The form of the teeth likewise distinguishes this species from Lovomma: they have the crown much less compressed, and the trenchant margins are not nearly so much developed ; towards the base, too, they are more cylindrical, or rather conical, though they are somewhat irregularly flattened and 388 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON A angulated at the sides. They are also much more uniformly of a size; in this respect they vary greatly in Loxomma, while we have seen that in the fragment before us the teeth are about the same length, with the exception of the three terminal ones of the series. The internal structure of the tooth is also character- istic, and at once distinguishes this species from Loxomma. Indeed, the characters of the teeth of Anthracosaurus are very peculiar ; their thickness and angularity at the base, the delicate conical taper outwards, the incurving of the apex, its slight compression and the small development of the trenchant mar- gins are the distinguishing features of this form, and at once enable us to determine the generic and specific identity of Mr. Ward’s interesting fragment. But had any doubt existed, the internal structure of the tooth would have removed it. In all these characters this specimen exactly agrees with Anthracosau- rus Russelli; the Labyrinthodont structure in particular accords in every respect with the very clear description given of it by Professor Huxley in the original memoir. It is true that the teeth are stated to be ridged, while we have described them as grooved. This character, however, we pointed out, in our former paper on Anthracosaurus already quoted, va- ries according to the state of preservation of the specimen. We have in our possession teeth of this species both ridged and srooved. They seem to vary in this respect even when per- fectly fresh; but if a little eroded, the ridges are much exagge- rated and become quite sharp, giving a very striking appearance to the tooth. In Loxomma the same variability obtains: the teeth of that form are usually grooved; some, however, are ridged, while in others the ridges are greatly increased by ero- sion. There is in Mr. Atthey’s collection a peculiar bone from the shale at Newsham, that has been a great puzzle to us for a long time. It was not till a nearly perfect mandibular ramus of Loxomma was obtained that its true nature was solved. It was then at once seen to be the articular piece, with a portion of the dentary bone attached, of some large Labyrinthodont. In form it closely resembles the same part in the ramus just alluded MANDIBULAR RAMUS OF ANTHRACOSAURUS RUSSELLI. 889 to; only it is very much larger, and must have belonged to a jaw equal in size to that from Fenton. In fact, from its dimen- sions and massive character, it would seem more than probable that this Newsham articular piece really belongs to Anthraco- Saurus. The posterior margin of the fragment of the ramus in con- nexion with the articular piece is perfect, and sweeps downwards im an even curve, which, if continued a little further, as it ap- pears to have been, would give to the posterior part of the jaw a depth of quite four inches—the measurement near the same point of Mr. Ward’s specimen. The articular piece stands well up; the neck is short and stout; the process bearing the glenoid surface is massive, and is transversely elongated, measuring two inches and a quarter long, and an inch wide; the glenoid cavity is deep, and takes a slight sigmoid curve; behind at the outer margin there has been a stout projecting process; and in front towards the inner margin there has been a similar projection of the lip of the articular cavity. It would therefore seem evi- dent that the attachment of the mandible to the tympanic troch- lea must have been very firm, rendering the movements of the jaw secure and precise. Indeed, the massive character of the whole articular piece indicates great power, and is well corre- lated with the huge vomerine tusks and formidable dentition of this species. The presence of Anthracosaurus in the Newcastle Coal-field does not rest merely on the occurrence of this articular piece. We have already alluded to a large portion of the cranium that was found at Newsham. This interesting specimen exhibits numerous maxillary teeth and the two great vomerine tusks so characteristic of this powerful Labyrinthodont. The anterior extremity of a mandibular ramus, with five teeth attached, was also described in the same paper with the last-named specimen. And now we have to record from the same locality a fragmentary specimen of the middle portions of a pair of mandibular rami displaying several teeth. These fragments lie one over the other, and are much confused and mixed up with some other bones that are adherent by pressure to the general mass. The 3890 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY surfaces of the teeth, however, are in a very good state: some exhibit grooves, others ridges. In one of the teeth the grooves are very delicate, and are precisely like those in Mr. Ward’s specimen. Besides the above evidence of the occurrence of Anthracosaurus in the Newcastle Coal-field, detached teeth are likewise found at Newsham, agreeing in every particular, externally and inter- nally, with the type specimens. They are rare, however, in comparison with those of Loxomma, which is undoubtedly the much commoner fossil of the two. : Loxomma Atumanni, Hualey.- Since our paper appeared in the ‘‘ Annals” (May, 1870) on the occurrence at Newsham of an imperfect cranium of Loaomma Allmanni, Mr. Atthey has obtained from the same locality ano- ther and complete cranium of this fine Labyrinthodont. This second example was procured about the middle of last June, and is one of the finest and most perfect specimens that havo yet been found. Indeed, so far as we know, there are but two others that can at all be compared with it; and these are the beautiful skulls alluded to in the above paper as being in the possession of Mr. James Thomson, of Glasgow. Our second specimen is fourteen inches long and nearly seven inches and three-quarters wide across the occipital region, where the skull is widest. We estimated the length of the first ob- tained specimen, which wants the muzzle, at twelve inches; but, as it is nine inches wide, this estimate is probably consi- derably less than it ought to be. Since we have seen that the one which is only seven inches and three-quarters wide is four- teen inches long, we should certainly expect that the specimen measuring nine inches across would be proportionately longer. The latter could scarcely have been less, when perfect, than fif- teen or sixteen inches in length. The specimen recently obtained has been entirely removed from the matrix, so that both the upper and under surfaces of the skull are completely exposed to view. The bone is in a very a a ON LOXOMMA ALLMANNI. 391 good state of preservation, and exhibits in great perfection, co- vering the whole of the upper aspect, the peculiar honeycombed or reticulated structure common to these Labyrinthodonts. The roof of the mouth is also well displayed, particularly the sphe- noid and the vomerine and palatal bones, likewise the posterior nares and the palato-temporal foramen. The basal portions of the teeth, too, are nearly all present; but the crowns, unfortu- nately, have disappeared. In every respect the characters agree with those of the previ- ously described specimen ; and in addition, the parietal foramen is distinctly marked in the new example. This characteristic feature is not seen in either of Mr. Thomson’s specimens ; but in the original cranial fragment described by Professor Huxley it is well indicated on the inner surface.“ In our specimen it is small and circular, measuring not much over an eighth of an inch in diameter. It is placed near the centre of the wide occi- pital portion of the median coronal bones. The mucus grooves on the muzzle, too, are well developed: one passes straight across the premaxillaries in front; from either end of this, and forming with it an acute angle, another groove passes backwards for a considerable distance along the side of the muzzle. The teeth are nearly all present in a more or less imperfect condition ; mostly, however, the stumps only remain. There are three pairs of large tusks—one vomerine, two palatal. The vomerine tusks are situated about one inch and a quarter behind the anterior margin of the premaxille ; the basal portions of these project considerably, and measure in diameter three quar- ters of an inch. The first pair of palatal tusks are placed two inches further back, and are scarcely so large as the vomerines; the second pair, which seem equally large, are one inch and a quarter further in the rear, being somewhat in front of the trans- verse centre of the skull. Hach premaxilla bears four teeth, which are upwards of a quarter of an inch wide at the base. There are five or six rather smaller teeth behind the vomerine and the first palatal tusk, and the like number between the lat- ter and the second palatal tusk ; and behind this, again, there Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, 1862, Vol. XVIIT., p. 291. 392 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY are four or five more, making in all in each side of the jaw about twenty teeth. All these teeth are placed a little apart, and have depressions behind them in the alveolar border; the tusks also are accompanied by similar depressions. Not far from the spot where this fine skull was obtained, two mandibular rami (a right and a left) occurred two or three feet apart. They are of the same size, and most probably belonged to the skull in question. This would seem to be likely, not only on account of their close proximity, but also on account of their size, which agrees well with that of the cranium. The left ramus is imperfect, the posterior portion having been fractured and lost. A piece nine inches long, however, of the anterior portion remains in a very good state, with the stumps of the teeth attached. The right ramus is almost perfect ; the alveolar border is quite so, and exhibits the teeth in a beautiful state of preservation ; a great portion of the dentary bone is present, and is covered with the usual reticulated sculpture ; the anterior extremity is quite perfect, as well as the articular bone—at the posterior end with the glenoid surface, which is transversely elongated, deep, and considerably elevated. This large and perfect ramus is nearly fourteen inches and a half in length, and at the widest part, which is about four inches from the posterior extremity, is two inches and three-quarters broad. From this point it tapers gradually to the anterior end, where it is little more than an inch wide. The inferior margin is slightly convex; and the alveolar border is somewhat con- cave, with a slight eminence in front giving support to the first large tusk-like tooth. There are upwards of twenty teeth, seventeen or eighteen of which are well preserved: a dozen are entire. They vary much in size, and in some places are arranged almost in contact; in other places they are considerably apart. Three are much larger than the rest, and seem to correspond to the vomerine and palatal tusks of the skull. These large teeth are one inch and a half long, and are upwards of half an inch wide at the base. The first of these is placed an inch from the anterior extremity, upon the eminence of the alveolar border already noticed; a single ON ARCHICHTHYS SULCIDENS. 393 small tooth is situated in front of this. The second large tooth is two inches further back, and the third is one inch and one- eighth behind the second; the last is therefore three inches and _ three-eighths behind the first; but the space between the apices of the first and last large teeth is four inches and a quarter—a distance corresponding very nearly to that between the depres- sions behind the vomerine and last palatal teeth. The smaller teeth vary from three-eighths to about three-quarters of an inch in length; they are all considerably compressed towards the apex, and have wide cutting-margins; the lower portion is rounded and grooved, the grooves extending for a considerable way up the crown. ARCHICHTHYS SULCIDENS, Hancock and Atthey. Some additional remains of this large and powerful fish have recently occurred at Newsham, where the original specimens were obtained that were described some time ago in the “ An- nals”’ (April, 1870). The most important of these recent acqui- sitions is a considerable portion of a crushed head, which, though in a bad and much disturbed condition, shows in a very sa- tisfactory manner the thick, massive character of the bones ; moreover, many of the parts are very well displayed. A large portion of a mandible, measuring upwards of ten inches long, lies in the middle of the mass, with the inner surface exposed, and with the alveolar border turned over; so that several of the teeth are seen, measuring from three-eighths to four-eighths of an inch in length. This fragment (for, large as it is, it is but a fragment) has lost both extremities. The anterior extremity of each mandibular ramus is likewise present on the slab, and has a large laniary tooth in front, and several of the small teeth behind. One of the large teeth is nearly perfect, and measures two inches in length, though the extreme apex is deficient, and is nearly an inch wide at the base. The other laniary tooth has been apparently equally large, but merely its stump remains, The largest of the small teeth are about haif an inch long; they appear, however, to 394. MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY have been pretty regular in size, and are placed a little apart from each other. These two mandibular fragments are each upwards of two inches long; so that if one of them be joined to the large portion of the mandible already described, we have the dimensions raised to twelve inches; but as we have no means of determining how much of the proximal extremity is wanting, it is difficult to say what was the real length of this formidable jaw when perfect. Its massiveness, however, is suf- ficiently evident, as the bone of the anterior fragment is nearly an inch thick. The left premaxilla is also very well displayed, lying across the large mandibular fragment. It is three inches and a half long and one inch and three-quarters wide. The anterior ex- tremity is rounded; and close to the front margin there is, as in the mandible, a laniary tooth, which is small, however, in comparison with that of the latter ; it is seven-eighths of an inch in length, and is proportionately narrow. This tooth is suc- ceeded by about twenty minute teeth, one eighth of an inch long, or thereabouts, which are very regularly arranged at a little dis- tance from each other. Mixed up with the above are many other bones, belonging apparently to the skull; but they are too much broken up to admit of exact determination; the right premaxilla, however, with its anterior laniary tooth, can be discovered amidst the commingled mass. The surface of the more perfect bones exhibits the peculiar tubercular sculpture originally described; and the characters of the teeth show no variation from (indeed they are precisely si- milar to) those at first pointed out as distinguishing the species. Two gigantic jugular plates were obtained at the same time, associated with the above remains, though not on the identical slab. We do not hesitate to assign them to Archichthys, not more on account of their association than from the character of the surface-structure, which agrees with that of the other - bones of this fish, and that we know of no other species found in our coal-shales to which they can belong. The size alone would seem sufficient to determine the question. Megalichthys ON ARGHICHTHYS SULCIDENS. 895 is certainly a large species; but the largest jugular plate we have seen of that fish is scarcely more than seven inches long, not half the length of those in question. And, moreover, its form and enamelled surface are sufficient to distinguish it, though in general character it has considerable resemblance to the specimens under discussion. Except those that are altoge- ther out of the question, the only other fishes of any considera- ble size that occur in our coal-shales are the three large species of Ctenodus: in this genus, however, the mandible is too short, and the space in front between the rami too contracted to admit of there being any large jugular plates. Unfortunately, these two enormous plates are imperfect ; but what remains of each is in an excellent state of preservation, and lies flattened out, the form being completely retained: and there is no difficulty in determining the entire contour ; for whilst one has only the pos- terior extremity imperfect, this extremity in the other is entire. The right plate has the under surface exposed; the anterior portion of this is quite perfect, a small part only of the posterior extremity, as just noticed, beg wanting. In front it tapers gradually to a point, and there is a notch on the inner margin, about one inch and a quarter from the apex; at this part the surface is depressed diagonally, the depression being bounded in front by a stoutish ridge. This plate, or, rather, as much of it as remains, is twelve inches long and four inches and a half wide. Only the posterior extremity of the left plate is present; and this fragment is three inches and a half in length, and lies with the upper surface exposed, with the inner margin in con- tact with the outer margin of the other plate. The posterior border is obtusely pointed; but as the slope is shorter on the outer than on the inner margin, the acumination is towards the outer edge. By the aid of the two fragments, the form of the entire plate is easily determined. It is elliptical or widely fusiform, with the anterior extremity pretty regularly and gradually pointed, the posterior end being more abruptly and excentrically acumi- nated. When perfect, these huge jugular plates cannot have been less than fourteen or fifteen inches in length, as, judging 396 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY from the specimens, it would seem evident that the fragment (which is twelve inches long) of the right plate has lost two or three inches of its posterior extremity. A fragment of a bone lies on the outer margin of the right plate, which in all probability is the anterior central plate; but it is too imperfect to admit of any decided opinion. The bones originally supposed to be jugular plates were folded and much crumpled and distorted, so that their form and di- mensions could not be determined with certainty. We are now disposed to consider these to be certain cranial bones, of the exact nature of which we have not yet satisfied ourselves. From the size of the jugular plates a very fair estimate may be made of the magnitude of the head. In Megalichthys the large jugular plates (and in that genus these plates closely re- semble those of Archichthys) are about the length of the mandi- ble, or rather a little shorter, allowing for the projection of the rami in front. If therefore we take this as a guide, and are correct in estimating the jugulars in Archichthys at fourteen or fifteen inches, the mandible cannot have been less than fifteen or sixteen inches long. Now, as the head extends considerably backwards beyond the articulation of the mandible, in some species far more than a third of the length of the mandible, it would appear that the head of Archichthys may be estimated as about twenty inches long, including, of course, in this calcula- tion the gill-plates. That this is not an over-estimate is evident from the fact that the operculum and preoperculum together are between four and five inches wide. The width of the head can also be very correctly estimated : it could not be less than ten or twelve inches. This is evident when we recollect that the joint width of the jugulars is nine inches, that the mandibular rami are each an inch thick, and that it is not improbable that there were small external jugular plates lying between the rami and the outer margins of the large jugulars. These are formidable proportions, indicating a very powerful creature ; and when we take into account the magnitude of the oral weapons and the animal’s superior activity, Archichthys must have been no mean rival to the large Amphibians of the Nat.Hist.Trarns.N & D.VollW. PU. XI. VU fLLern \ i A Haneock del GH ord ON DIPTERUS AND CTENODUS. * mers 7 Carboniferous waters: it must have been quite able to hold its own against Loxomma, or even against the more powerful An- thracosaurus. Nothwithstanding the recent discovery of this large and for- midable fish, we are in possession of more information respect- ing it than has been attained in regard to many species that have been acknowledged for years. The characters of the dentition are perfectly determined: the mandible and premaxilla have been obtained in a good state of preservation, with the teeth at- tached. The gill and jugular plates, too, have occurred in most excellent condition, as well as several other bones, including some that apparently belong to the thoracic girdle. The body- scales have likewise been found associated with the bones. We have also good reason to conclude that the genus Arch- ichthys occurs not only in other coal-fields, but likewise consi- derably lower in the Carboniferous series. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. View of the inner surface of a portion of a mandibular ramus of Anthraco- saurus Russelli, a little reduced in size: a, alveolar border; b, infe- rior margin; c, inner or splenial plate; d, outer plate or dentary bone ; e, depression in alveolar border; f, elevated straight portion of ditto; g, impression of first tooth of the series ; 2, remains of the last ditto. XVIL.—A few Remarks on Dipterus and Ctenodus, and on their Relationship to Ceratodus Forsteri, Kreft. By Aupany Han- cock, F.L.8., anp Tuomas Arrury. (Plates XTIL., XIV.) In our papet on Ctenodus, published in a previous volume cf these Transactions,* while recognizing the close connexion be- tween this genus and Dipterus, we deemed it prudent to keep the two forms asunder, for certain reasons therein expressed ; and the time that has elapsed since then has only tended to confirm us in this opinion. Among other characters that in- fluenced us, stress was laid on the differences in the scales in the * See Natural History Transactions of Northumberland and Durham, Vol. IIL., p. 54, 398 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY two genera; and allusion was made to the fact that the Dipteri are all small fishes, and that the Ctenodi, on the contrary are, with one exception, all of considerable size. . In the paper alluded to, seven species were described, stx of which were new. Three of the seven (namely, C. cristatus, C. tuberculatus, and C. corrugatus) cannot have been less than five or six feet in length. We originally estimated the length at four or five feet; but as larger specimens have since come to hand, we now think that that estimate was too low. Three others (namely, C. obliquus, C. imbricatus, and C. ellipticus) were pro- bably upwards of three feet long. C. elegans is quite small. — The latter is the only species of which an entire specimen has occurred; and though much crushed and disturbed, its dimen- sions can be determined with sufficient accuracy; it measures only three inches in length, but, judging from the size of de- tached dental plates, it probably reaches sometimes nearly twice that length. The Diptert are usually about five or six inches long, and apparently never much exceed that length. The scales are very different in the two forms. While in Dipterus they are circular and truly cycloidal, in Ctenodus they (Pl. XIII., fig. 3) are elongated and parallelogrammatic, with the posterior end well rounded, and the sides nearly parallel or a little hollowed or concave; they are in length nearly twice their width, and, though imbricated, can scarcely be called truly cycloidal: they are delicate and large for the size of the fish, and are longitudinally ridged or grooved; the ridges, becoming curved and nodose, form a sort of rosette in the centre of the exposed imbricated portion. This is very different from the ornamentation of the scales of Dipterus, which are either irregularly tuberculated, the tubercles being elongated and scattered, or striated and punctate. The scales alone would therefore seem sufficient for generic distinction. There are other characters, however, which distinguish the two forms. When our paper on the subject was written, we had not access to Pander’s valuable ‘‘ Monograph on the Cte- nodipterini.”* Since then we have enjoyed this advantage, and * “Veber die Ctenodipterinen des Devonischen Systems,”’ Dr, G. H. Pander, 1858. ON DIPTERUS AND CTENODUS. 399 are now in a position to point out other features that separate Dipterus from Ctenodus. In the former the upper dental plates are each adherent to the anterior extremities of the two bones named by Pander respectively the palatal and inner pterygoid. These are elongated flattened bones, and lie parallel to and in close contact with each other, being apparently united by a suture. These conjoined bones form on either side of the oral roof a flattened widish plate, with the posterior extremity some- what expanded. The two plates are united in front along the longitudinal middle line, and diverge widely backwards. Now the upper dental plates of Ctenodus are usually found attached to similar plate-like bones, which incline or diverge to the right or left accordingly as they are united to the right or left dental plate. These bony supports (Pl. XIV., c, d) are expanded at the posterior extremity, and are in general configu- ration exactly like the plate composed of the palatal and pterygoid bones in Dipterus. Indeed there can be no doubt that they are homologous; but the fact to which we wish to draw attention is, that while in Ctenodus the component bones are united so as to form but one bone, the suture being entirely obliterated, they are distinctly separated in Dipterus by a well- marked sutural line. This difference would seem to be of some importance ; for it appears to be constant, as it occurs in all our species, of the whole of which, excepting C. corrugatus, these bones have been found. The sphenoid bones in the two genera are likewise very different in character. In Dipterus, according to the same high authority already quoted, as well as according to Hugh Miller*, this bone is widely lozenge-formed, and does not extend back- wards very much beyond the extremities of the palato-pterygoid bones to which the dental plates are attached, and fills up the entire space between them: this bone Pander considers the basi-sphenoid. In Ctenodus the sphenoid is a much elongated depressed bone, with a wide lozenge-formed expansion near the anterior extremity. In other words, the posterior angle of the lozenge * See ‘‘ Footprints of the Creator,” p. 58. 400 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY formed expansion is much produced, while the anterior angle is only slightly produced. The frontal portion (the pre- sphenoid) is rounded, inclining to conical at the extremity, and fits in between the divergent bones that support the dental plates. The lozenge-formed expansion lies partly behind these bones; and the elongated posterior extension (the basi- sphenoid) is continued for a considerable distance further back, in the large species for nearly five inches. It is therefore pretty clear that in Dipterus, in which the sphenoid reaches only a short way behind the extremities of the palato-pterygoids, the head is proportionately short in comparison with that of Ctenodus, in which it must be much elongated. We have in our possession numerous sphenoids, belonging to five or six species, three of which demonstrably are those of C. tuberculatus, C. obliquus, and C. elegans, respectively. They are all very similar in character, varying only a little in the proportions of the parts. ‘The largest are seven or eight inches long; the smallest, that of C. elegans, is only half an inch in length; the usual size is five or six inches. The basi- sphenoid at its junction with the lozenge-formed expansion is usually thick and nearly circular; elsewhere it is flattened. In Dipterus, too, the vertebre are ossified; but there is nothing to show that this is the case in Ctenodus. Indeed the total absence of any appearance of vertebra in the specimen of C. elegans before referred to is a pretty good proof that in this genus the central axis of the skeleton was cartilaginous. The above distinctive features will perhaps be considered sufficient to warrant the generic separation of these two forms, notwithstanding their evidently close relationship—and this without referring to the minute structure of the dental plates, which exhibits nevertheless some diversity in character. In proof of the relationship of the two genera we have only to look to the general form of the oral armature, and to the manner in which the dental plates are placed in the mouth. We have already noticed the similarity of the palato-pterygoid bones to which the upper dental plates are attached, and have pointed out that, while in the one genus the bones are distinct, they ON DIPTERUS AND CTENODUS. 401 are in the other united so that no suture is perceptible. The mandibles (Pl. XIII., fig. 1) are also very much alike in both genera, and so is their relationship to the dental plates. The cranial bones of Ctenodus, so far as we are able to compare them, also closely resemble those of Dipterus, in which the whole of them appear to have been determined. Unfortunately, only those of the posterior part of the skull are known in Ctenodus. A fragmentary specimen of the occipital region of C. tuberculatus in our possession exhibits the occipitals, with a portion of the parietals and the lateral bones, all lying in their natural positions and united into one mass, the component parts being distinguished by well-marked sutures; and the whole so closely resemble the same bones in Dipterus that they might be taken to belong to a gigantic specimen of that genus. This fragmentary skull is eight inches and a half across the occiput. The posterior portions of three other skulls have likewise been found: these belong to C. obliquus; they are nearly perfect, and one of them displays the bones up to and including the parietals. The surface is in excellent order, and is more coarsely pitted or punctate than in the former species, and exhibits throughout a semigloss; the sutures are quite distinct. The bones vary in form only specifically from those of C. tuberculatus: the occipital is the most characteristic, the frontal margin of which is deeply concave, while in the latter it projects and has a wedge-shaped process in the centre. This beautiful specimen measures seven inches across. The two other examples agree in all their characters with the above ; but some of the lateral bones of one side are wanting. As in Dipterus, the component bones in Ctenodus are com- paratively small, vary little in size, are many-sided, and fit together like a mosaic pavement or like the pieces of a Chinese puzzle. And that the anterior bones of the skull are of the same character, we have ample evidence in numerous separate bones that have occurred at Newsham, which though differing in form from those composing the fragmentary skulls, un- doubtedly belong to Ctenodus. 402 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY Another specimen, showing half of the bones of the occipital region, including the parietals, has occurred. This may per- haps belong to C. cristatus; at all events it is a portion of the skull of one of the larger species, for it is of considerable size. And that it cannot belong to either of the above two species is proved by the form of the median occipital, which differs greatly from that of both. It is strongly pointed in front, and the lateral posterior margins are remarkably sinuous; the surface- structure, too, is different. The bones that are determinable in the above fragmentary skulls are the median and external occipitals, the anterior occi- pitals, the parietals, and the lateral or ‘‘skin bones” according to Pander, of which only the three posterior are present. The arrangement of these bones is precisely similar to that given in Pander’s restored figure of the cranial shield of Dipterus (tab. 3, fig. 1), the principal difference being that they vary even less in size than those in the figure ; the median occipital in C. tuberculatus is scarcely, if at all, larger than the other bones. And the surface of the whole, which is in a good state, is devoid of ornamentation, save that it is minutely and irre- gularly granular and punctate; but the species vary a little in these respects. In Mr. Atthey’s collection of separate cranial bones there are, besides specimens of the above, the median occipital of three or four other species, all varying a little in contour and in surface-character ; so that we have here additional corro- borative evidence that our shales contain six or seven species of Ctenodus. The opercula likewise resemble those of Dipterus; they are large, stout, slightly convex, irregularly circular plates, with one side of the margin a little flattened, and slightly produced at each end of the flattened space; the surface is punctate and eranular like the cranial bones. We possess six or seven different forms of these gill-covers, two of which have been identified as belonging to C. elegans and C. obliquus respectively. But, for a particular description of the various opercula, we must refer to our paper previously quoted, merely observing ON DIPTERUS AND CTENODUS. 4038 here that the largest. are upwards of six inches in diameter ; the smallest, that of C. elegans, about five-sixteenths of an inch, though detached specimens of this species measure as much as nine-sixteenths of an inch; all the others are very much larger than this. The ribs are well ossified both in Dipterus and Ctenodus. Those of the latter are frequently found associated with other remains of this fish, many of them having been identified with the various species; they are well arched towards the proximal extremity, which is considerably enlarged; and the central channel is quite small, the cylindrical wall of bone being very thick ; the ossification of the ribs is, in fact, almost complete. The largest ribs are from six to eight inches long. The fins, so far as they can be made out in C. elegans, are arranged in the same manner as in Dipterus, The tail-fin is heterocercal and rhomboidal; and the anal and ventral can be traced, immediately before the caudal. On the whole, then, it appears quite certain that these two genera are very closely related, as generally considered ; but at the same time the several differences already pointed out would seem quite sufficient to justifiy their generic separation, at least for the present. We may remark here that a peculiar hatchet-shaped or wedge-formed bone belonging to Ctenodus has occurred, which, though we are not able to determine the fact, we believe to belong to the shoulder-girdle.* Several specimens have been found, which are divisible into five or six species by the modifi- cation in the form; they are paired bones. Their general character is that of a flattened elongated bone, with one end a little expanded, arched slightly, and gradually thinned out to a fine edge ; it narrows a little towards the other end: one of the lateral margins is slightly thickened, and is somewhat convex ; the opposite margin is a little concave. From the narrow extremity a strong wide process is given off at right angles, and extends considerably beyond the concave margin. * In Lepidosiren the shoulder-girdle seems to be reduced to a single large bone having considerable resemblance to the above. 404 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY These bones vary a good deal in size and form: some are comparatively narrow and much elongated; others are short and broad; but all have the right-angular process at the narrow extremity. The largest are four inches and three-eighths, and the smallest five-eighths of an inch in length. These hatchet-shaped bones undoubtedly belong to Ctenodus, as they frequently occur with the remains of that fish; and a right and left specimen have been found in connexion with a crushed head of C. obliquus, which fine cranial example exhi- bits three of the dental plates, both opercula, the sphenoid, the occipitals, and several other bones of the head. No jugular plates have been found; but as they are present in Dipterus, they may be expected to occur in Ctenodus. The Hon. William Forster's most interesting discovery of the extraordinary fish which Mr. Gerard Krefft has described under the name of Ceratodus Forsteri, will, no doubt, in due course throw a flood of light on these curious Devonian and Carboni- ferous genera, with which it evidently has much in common. Its relationship to Ceratodus, however, is perhaps doubtful. From Mr. Krefft’s description,* it appears that in Ceratodus Forstert the skeleton is only partially ossified, in this respect agreeing with Dipterus and Ctenodus; but from what is known of Ceratodus, the latter is probably a true cartilaginous fish, and consequently a Selachian or Placoid. If this were not the case, surely some- thing more would be known of it than the mere dental plates, which do not seem to be uncommon, but which are never found, so far as we know, in connexion with bony supports, with palatal or mandibular bones. In Ctenodus, on the contrary, which has the palatal bones and mandible ossified, the dental plates usually occur, attached to them. Mr. Atthey has in his collection nu- merous specimens of the dental plates adhering to entire rami and perfect palato-pterygoid bones. Specimens of all the species, excepting C. corrugatus, occur in this state; and, in fact, some portion of the bony support is almost always present. The en- tire absence, then, in Ceratodus of any such bony support would seem to indicate that none had ever existed. * Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, part 2, p. 221. ON DIPTERUS AND CTENODUS. 405 So long as Ctenodus and Dipterus were represented merely by the dental plates, they were placed with the Placoids; and no one would have been justified in placing them elsewhere. There- fore, until some further information is obtained respecting Cera- todus, it would seem best to allow it to remain as at present located, along with the Selachians. The form of its dental plates, too, is sufficiently characteristic to justify its separation generi- cally from this interesting Australian animal, as well as from Dipterus and Ctenodus. Certainly in the dental organs all three approximate to the Selachians; but the Ganoid characters so predominate that we apprehend no naturalist would hesitate to place them in that order, though they may be considared to a certain extent ‘‘ synthetic’’ forms, as suggested by M. Agassiz.* In the present state of knowledge respecting Ceratodus, it is, then, evidently hazardous to place Mr. Krefft’s fish in that genus; but its affinity with Dipterus and Ctenodus, more especially with the latter, is clear enough. All three are covered with large cy- cloidal scales; the fins are arranged much in the same manner ; the skeletons are nearly in the like state of partial ossification ; the dental plates are much alike, there being four ridged plates— two palatal, two mandibular. And when the so-called Ceratodus Forstert has been fully examined, there can be little doubt that this affinity will become only the more evident. Nevertheless the relationship is perhaps closest with Ctenodus. Like most of the members of that genus, the Australian fish is large, measuring from three to six feet in length. And it is only necessary to look to the mandibles (Pl. XIII., figs. 1, 2,) of the two forms to be convinced how close this relationship is. In Ctenodus the ramus (fig. 2) is a stoutish bone, flattened vertically, with the upper margin turned over towards the external surface, to give support to the large dental plate; it is therefore chan- nelled on the outer surface, and somewhat convex on the inner. The posterior extremity projects backwards beyond the dental plate a little more than half the length of the latter, and is for the greater part occupied by the glenoid surface, which extends from the upper margin, and is a deep, wide, circular notch, * “Nature,” No. 61, Vol. IIT., p. 166 (1870). 406 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY inclining backwards and downwards. In front the symphysial surface is straight, extending the whole depth of the ramus, and is grooved transversely. The dental plate is about two-thirds the entire length of the ramus, and is placed nearer the sym- physis than the posterior extremity. The ramus is upwards of three inches in length, and, including the thickness of the dental plate, is an inch deep. Such is the description of the ramus of C. obliquus, which, with very little modification, would do equally well for all the other species, as they vary only in size and slightly in the pro- portions of the parts. On comparing this description and the figure of the ramus (Pl. XIII., fig. 2), as well as that of the en- tire mandible of C. imbricatus (fig. 1), with the representation of the mandible of the so-called Ceratodus Forstert that accom- panies the paper on the subject in the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Zoo- logical Society,”’ previously quoted, it will at once be seen that these parts in this curious fish and those in Ctenodus closely re- semble each other. So similar, indeed, are they, particularly in the dentition, that, were nothing more known of the two forms, they would both assuredly be considered to belong to one and the same genus. And this likeness would be still greater if the cartilage were present that undoubtedly originally supplemented the ramus of Ctenodus. At present the outer border of the dental plate is unsupported, overhanging as it does the side of the ramus. This channel or cavity (Pl. XIII., fig. 2, d) beneath the dental plate must have been occupied by cartilage, which, passing backward to the glenoid notch, might, it can easily be seen, form here a semicircular cavity similar to that shown in the figure of the mandible of Ceratodus Forsteri. The ramus would thus assume a somewhat rotund form, instead of being a flattened, or rather, a semicylindrical plate, as it has all the appearance of having been, encasing incompletely a cartilaginous core. But, notwithstanding the similarity of the so-called Ceratodus Forstert to the Ctenodipterini, we are quite inclined to believe that it will be found to be generically distinct from all known forms. : : ~ E A 3 : : : E . : = Se 5 a am 7S) re) iS = : 2 A. Hancock del. eas a on ies Not Hist. Trans.N.& D Vol. -PUAW Mintern Bro’ amp A Hancock del. R Montern |rth ON DIPTERUS AND CTENODUS. 407 The new Australian fish is described to have two “‘incisor”’ teeth in the upper jaw, placed a little in advance of the dental plates. There is no reason for believing that such additional teeth are present in either Dipterus or Ctenodus. Several entire heads of the former have been obtained ; and we possess in the specimen before alluded to of C. elegans a crushed head of that species, and have also two crushed heads of C. obliquus; and in neither genus has there been found the least trace of any such ‘‘incisor’’ teeth. The four dental plates only are present—two palatal, two mandibular. And, again, these plates are not by any means uncommon at Newsham, where upwards of four hundred specimens have been obtained by Mr. Atthey. Had such ‘“‘incisors’’ existed, about two hundred of them might therefore have been expected to occur; not one has been found. This peculiar character alone would seem sufficient to separate generically the so-called Ceratodus Forsteri from .Dipterus and Ctenodus, and shows very clearly the relationship of the former to Lepidosiren, which is provided with two small pointed teeth in front of the upper dental plates,* which latter do not differ much from those of this interesting Australian fish. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XIII. Fig. 1. Mandible, natural size, with the dental plate attached, of Ctenodus imbricatus: a, dental plate ; 6, glenoid notch. Fig. 2. Outside view, natural size, of the right ramus, with the dental plate attached, of Ctenodus obliquus: a, dental plate; 6, sym- physial margin ; c, glenoid notch ; d, channel or cavity overhung by the dental plate. Fig. 3. Scale, much enlarged, of Ctenodus elegans: a, posterior or imbri- cated extremity. PLATE XIV. The palato-pterygoid bones, natural size, with dental plate attached, of Ctenodus tuberculatus : a, anterior extremity of the bone; d, den- tal plate; c, palatal side of the bone; d, pterygoid side of ditto. * “Description of the Lepidosiren annectens,” by Richard Owen, Esq. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XVIII., p. 341, tab. 27, fig. 2. 408 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY XVIII.—Descriptive Notes on a nearly entire specimen of Pleu- rodus Rankinii, on two new species of Platysomus and a new Amphicentrum, with Remarks on a few other Fish-remains found in the Coal-Measures at Newsham. By Aupany Hancocx, F.L.8., anD Tuomas AtTuEY. (Plates XV., XVI.) Prevropus RanxIni, sp. ined., Agassiz. SEVERAL years have elapsed since we first obtained specimens of the peculiar little tooth named by Agassiz Pleurodus Rankinii : a few only occurred; they were found at Cramlington. Since then several specimens of it have been procured at Newsham and Kenton, but never in any great abundance. The tooth is, we believe, all that has been known, up to the present time, of this reputed Selachian. In the spring of the year 1870, however, we had the good fortune to meet with the remains of an almost entire specimen of this fish at Newsham, exhibiting a crushed head containing the teeth, most of the body, with thoracic expansions, a dorsal spine, and the shagreen cover- ing or skin (Pl. XV., fig. 1). In addition to this interesting specimen, a detached head with the teeth, and a separate spine, have also occurred in the same locality. These discoveries are highly important, inasmuch as they seem to demonstrate not only that this species is a Selachian, but that it is a Cestraciont, not far removed from the curious Permian form Wodnika, Minster. This relationship is not only seen in the general characters of the teeth, but also in the similarity of the shagreen and in the form and grooving of the dorsal spine. The specimen lies apparently on its belly, and measures a little more than three inches from the front of the head to the posterior tapering extremity of the body, which has lost the tail, and is a little less than two inches wide across the thoracic ex- pansions, which are just behind the head. The contour is much obscured by the scattering of the tubercles composing the shag- reen ; and the slab has been broken away so as to remove a part of the left side of the specimen. A portion of the counter slab, however, has been saved; and on this the left thoracic expan- sion is sufficiently revealed. The head (Pl. XV., fig. 1, a) lies ON PLEURODUS RANKINII. 409 immediately in front of and in connexion with the body, but it is so much distorted that the form cannot be determined: it is about five-eighths of an inch long. No bones are distinguishable ; but the substance is here a little thickened, indicative of the car- tilaginous remains of the cranium ; nor is there anywhere in the body the least appearance of bones, the skeleton undoubtedly having been cartilaginous throughout. The teeth (b) lie within the area of the head, in a disturbed condition, some with the crown uppermost, others with it downwards. They do not seem to have been numerous, but are so obscured that the exact num- ber cannot be ascertamed. In the detached head, however, ten or a dozen can be counted; but there is no certainty that the number may not have been greater; indeed, it is probable that some have been removed with the counter slab. The body suddenly widens immediately behind the head, the width being considerably increased by the thoracic expansions (ce, c), which extend about half-way down and appear to have had their margins pointed ; thence it tapers backwards, and soon dies out, there being no definite indication of the form of this portion; and, as has been already stated, there is no trace of the tail. The spine (d) is situated a little behind the thoracic expansions; consequently it is nearer the posterior than the anterior extremity. It projects from the dorsal margin, and is inclined backwards, apparently in its natural position, marking the situation of the dorsal fin; but no traces of this remain. About two-thirds of the spine is in a good state of preservation, the other third being well and sharply defined in cast; it is straight and stout in proportion to its length, and tapers some- what abruptly to a sharp point; it is compressed laterally, with the anterior margin thicker than the posterior; the surface is coarsely and irregularly grooved and ridged longitudinally ; it measures five-eighths of an inch in length, and is at the thickest part one-eighth of an inch wide. Shagreen covers the whole of the specimen, defining its ex- tent and form, though, as already noticed, with no great preci- sion, as the margins are much blurred by the displacement of the shagreen-tubercles; but, notwithstanding this disturbance, 410 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY towards the margins in many places considerable patches of them lie in their natural order, particularly on the right thoracic expansion, on a large portion of which the shagreen is entire. The tubercles are very minute, requiring a powerful lens to ex- hibit them, and the lower powers of the microscope to display their characters. They are many sided, irregularly formed bodies, closely fitting together like mosaic work; the surface is a little raised and beset with irregular ruge. This is the appearance presented where the shagreen is undisturbed ; but it is doubtful whether it may not be the under surface that is presented to view. In places where the tubercles are scattered numerous shining bodies are observed; these are about the same size as the tubercles, and, like them, are irregular in form, but are more gibbose, and have a ridge or two on the surface, which are pro- duced into points at one of the sides. From analogy we might suppose that these bodies exhibit the upper surface of the shag- reen-tubercles ; but further observations are required to deter- mine this point. The teeth are boss-like in form, somewhat elongated and ridged or carinated along the longer axis; the sides are considerably expanded in the centre, the expansions dying out towards the ends of the tooth: usually the expansion is more produced on one side than on the other, and the ridge inclined to the opposite side. The expansions are frequently transversely ridged or plaited, and sometimes tuberculated. The central ridge or ca- rina of the crown is arched in the long axis of the tooth, follow- ing the curvature of the surface, and is frequently reduced, as if by wear. The whole surface of the tooth, as well as the la- teral expansions, is covered with a thick brownish-white enamel, and is coarsely punctate, the punctations being most conspicuous when the enamel is worn off. The tooth measures two-tenths of an inch in length: a variety, however, four or five of which have occurred at Kenton, is twice that size; but it is more ob- lique than the small form, has no coronal carina, and is broad and rounded on the upper surface ; in all other respects it agrees with the small and usual form. It is quite possible that these large teeth may belong to another species. = ON PLATYSOMUS ROTUNDUS. 411 From the above description it will be perceived that Pleurodus is a not very distant ally, as we have already stated, of Wodnika, of the Kupferschiefer of Germany, the relationship being seen in the characters of the spine and shagreen, and particularly in the form of the teeth: in both genera they have the same boss- like, carimated crown, with expanded lateral margins, more or less ridged or crenate ; in both, too, they are coarsely punctate, and covered with a stout, highly polished enamel. We are thus assured that Plewrodus is a Cestraciont ; and such being the case, its small size is very remarkable. But it must be mentioned that if the large teeth are mere varieties of the small and usual form, then our specimen may not by any means be fully grown; however, after making every allowance for in- crease in size on this account, still the species would be a very small Cestraciont, most of which are of considerable dimensions. Wodnika, which is a small species, judging from Minsteyr’s figure,* cannot have been less than a foot long. It is nevertheless quite possible that our specimen is, notwithstanding, a fully developed individual. This is rendered probable by the fact that the teeth in connexion with it are of the usual size of those found detached at Newsham; and of such we possess thirty or forty: some of these are smaller than those connected with the specimen ; scarcely any are larger; or, if so, there is a mere shade of dif- ference in this respect. In the separate head before alluded to, the teeth are likewise of the usual size; and the second or de- tached spine already mentioned is not quite so large as that in connexion with the fish. PLATYSOMUS ROTUNDUS, ND. Sp. A very distinct and beautiful species of Platysomus hag oc- curred at Newsham ; three almost perfect specimens of it have been met with, and four or five considerable portions, all of which exactly agree in character, though they vary a little in size. The largest and most perfect specimen is three inches long, measured from the clavicle to the end of the tail-fin, and is two inches and three-quarters deep at the widest part. It is * Beitrige, Heft vi., p. 48, Taf. 1, fig. 1 a to d. 412, MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY in a fine state of preservation; the contour is perfect, with the exception of that of the head, which is moderately developed in proportion to the body; the cranial bones, however, are dislo- cated and thrust a little forward ; but apparently the head would not project much were they restored to their natural positions. The dorsal margin, from the occipital crest to the root of the tail, is regularly and deeply convex; so is the ventral margin in its whole extent from the clavicle downwards; the body of the fish, including the head, is therefore almost circular. The pec- toral fins appear to have been well developed, but they are badly displayed ; the ventrals are also very indistinct, though sufficient of one of them is seen for verification :* the dorsal and anal are well preserved ; they are placed opposite to each other, termi- nating in front of the caudal peduncle, and anteriorly near the centre of the body; the anterior portion of each is considerably prolonged, and the articulations of the rays are much longer than wide. The caudal fin is well developed, with the lobes, which are nearly of equal length, only slightly recurved at the extre- mities. The scales (Pl. XV., fig. 2) are rhomboidal, long, narrow, and exceedingly delicate, the thickening of the anterior margin being very inconspicuous at the surface, so that the usual ribbed ap- pearance is scarcely observed: the upper surface is finely and regularly striated longitudinally, the striz being raised a little, undulated, and almost parallel to the margins of the scale ; they occasionally bifurcate, and, though minute, are relatively strong and few in number, there being not more than eight or ten on each scale. The length of the scale, including the peg, is five- sixteenths of an inch; the peg is long and pointed. The occi- pital crest, all the bones of the head, gill-covers, clavicle, and mandibles are striated in the same manner as the scales. The mandibular teeth are minute, conical, and pointed; those of the maxillaries are of the same character, but more minute; on the premaxillaries they seem a little larger. * As the existence of ventrals in Platysomus has been doubted, we take this opportnnity of stating that a specimen of P. parvulus in our possession displays distinctly the pectoral, ventral, and anal fins, the form of one of the ventrals being well defined: it is small and narrow. ON PLATYSOMUS FORSTERI. 413 This is a very distinct species, and is at once distinguished from P. striatus by its small size and the much greater delicacy of its parts: the scales of striatus are wide, thick, and coarse in comparison with those of P. rotundus, in which they are thinner and much narrower than in any other species with which we are acquainted ; and, moreover, the striz in P. striatus are much more numerous and more oblique. The same features equally distinguish our new species from P. gibbosus, which is apparently a close ally of P. striatus. On account of its small size, it might possibly be confounded with P. parvulus: but the scales of the latter are twice the width of those of the former, and the striz are much more numerous ; the head-bones, too, are tuberculated, while in P. rotundus they are, as we have already pointed out, striated ; the teeth of P. parvulus are likewise considerably larger. Of the inedited species P. declivis, Agassiz, we know very little, but understand that the scale is similar to that of P. striatus; the name, too, so far as it is descriptive, is certainly not spe- cially applicable to P. rotundus. Puiatysomus ForsteERI, n. sp. We have in our possession considerable portions of three specimens of another species of Platysomus that appears to be undescribed; they were all obtained at Newsham. Unfortu- nately, the general contour cannot be traced in any of them; the fins are not present; and though many of the cranial bones are well preserved, they are all scattered. We shall therefore have to rely mainly on the scales for specific characters. The scales (Pl. XV., fig. 8) however, are sufficiently marked to distinguish the species from all its congeners, and are in good condition. They are large, measuring nine-tenths of an inch in length, including the peg, and two-tenths of an inch wide; they are consequently long and comparatively narrow ; the form is rhom- boidal; the peg is long, and tapers gradually to a fine point; the smooth anterior margin of the scale is rather wide, the rest of the surface being covered with close-set, raised, longitudinal strie, which are somewhat undulated and slightly diagonal, 414 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY passing upwards a little inclined towards the front or smooth bor- der, and becoming finer as they approach it; they very rarely bifurcate ; and new strie are abruptly introduced, and do not originate in other strie. The head bones, occipital crest, gill-covers, clavicle, and man- dibles, are all striated like the scales. The mandibular teeth are large, conical, stout, and obtusely pointed; those of the maxille are small, conical, and tubercle-like, with wide bases and recurved pointed apices, and are disposed without order along the alveolar border. This fine species cannot measure less than P. striatus, and at first sight, so far as the scales are concerned, might. be con- founded with it; but on attentive examination, they are seen to be very different. They are much longer and narrower; and while these are rhomboidal, those of P. striatus can scarcely be so designated, being more nearly oblong. The striz are coarser and less oblique in P. Forsteri ; the peg is longer, more slender, and with a sharper point. Indeed, from the form and character of the scales, it would seem that this species is more nearly allied to P. rotundus than to P. striatus. P. gibbosus is distinguished by having some of the cranial bones granulated, which is not the case with our new species; and, besides, the scales of the former resemble those of P. striatus, according to the figures in Agassiz’s ‘‘ Poissons Fossiles,”’ Vol. II., Tab. 15. P. declivis would appear also to have the scales of similar proportions. This species is named after G. B. Forster, Esq., of Backworth, who has kindly granted every facility for the examination of the shale at Newsham, without which valuable privilege much of our knowledge of the paleontology of the Low Main could not have been attained. AMPHICENTRUM STRIATUM, 0. Sp. A new species of this rare and interesting genus has been found at Newsham ; seven or eight specimens have been obtained. It differs by well marked characters from the A. granulatum, Hux- ley, the only other known member of the genus, and it is much smaller. The contour of the new species is rhombic, the trunk ON AMPHICENTRUM STRIATUM. 415 being a little wider than long, measured from angle to angle ; the dorsal and ventral angles are not much produced. The head is small and conical, with the muzzle forming the anterior angle; the upper and lower margins are continuous with the dorsal and ventral lines of the trunk. The cranial bones are too much dis- turbed to admit of particular description; they are, however, covered with a lustrous enamel, and are ornamented with strong strie and tubercles, which irregularly run into each other. The fins are almost entirely wanting in our specimens; only one of them shows a little of the dorsal, which appears to be very deli- cate; and another a portion of the caudal. The scales are well preserved in three or four specimens. They are oblong, perhaps somewhat rhomboidal, and are much longer than wide; the peg is long; they become smaller towards the dorsal and ventral margins of the trunk, where they are strongly tuberculated: the large central scales, of which there are three series in depth, have their extremities also a little tu- berculated ; but their middle and greater portions are covered with strong, somewhat irregular, raised, longitudinal strie; so that the trunk of the fish has tuberculated dorsal and ventral belts, with the central portion striated. The V-like arrangement of the dental tubercles, so far as we have been able to examine it, is the same as in A. granulatum ; and the mandibular dental plates, which are frequently found detached, do not seen to differ in any important respect from those of that species, size being the chief distinguishing feature. The length of the body, including the head, is two inches, and its depth from the dorsal to the ventral angle an inch and three- quarters. This is a very beautiful species, and is at once distinguished from its congener by its small size, and particularly by the strie on the middle portion of the body, which ornamentation con- trasts well with the strong marginal tubercles, the whole being coated with brilliant enamel. 416 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY C@LACANTHUS LEPTURUS, Agassiz. We have long had in our possession certain mandibuliform bones from the Newsham shale, evidently piscine, though we could not make out to what species or even to what genus they belonged ; and it was not till some short time ago, when we for- tunately obtained a crushed head of Celacanthus, that the enigma was solved. This specimen exhibits our supposed mandible in connexion with the rather strangely formed bone figured and described in the ‘‘ Memoirs of the Geological Survey,” Decade 12, by Professor Huxley, as the mandible, and so placed in re- lationship to it that it became at once evident that the mandible of Huxley is merely the articular piece, and our supposed man- dible the dentary bone. The articular piece is well represented in the memoir referred to. We have three or four isolated specimens of it in a good state of preservation; also one or two others in connexion with the bones of the head and united to the dentary bone. The ar- ticular piece (Pl. XV., fig. 4, a) is long and narrow, with a large arched lobe rising from the upper margin and situated a little nearer to the proximal than the distal extremity ; the proximal extremity is obtusely pointed, and the upper border is occupied by a narrow longitudinal channel (the glenoid surface, 6), which widens a little backwards and is twisted or inclined to the exter- nal surface; the borders of the distal extremity are nearly parallel, and in front it thins out and is diagonally truncated forwards and upwards. Our largest specimen is about two inches and a half long, and at the widest part measures five- eighths of an inch across. The dentary bone (fig. 4, c) is as peculiar in form as the arti- cular piece: it is narrow and semicylindrical in front, the outer surface being convex, the inner channeled or concave ; the pos- terior portion, more than half the entire length, widens back- wards, and has the upper and lower borders somewhat thickened ; the proximal extremity thins out, is truncated diagonally down- wards and backwards, and has the lower border, which is the longer, produced into a point. The whole bone is strongly ON CTENODUS. 417 arched, the lower margin being regularly convex; the symphy- sial surface is not distinguishable, and was probably formed chiefly by the cartilage that undoubtedly occupied the groove _ or channel of the inner surface. The teeth (d) are placed on the upper border of the expanded portion, and extend in a close series of from six to eight from the posterior extremity almost to the junction of the border with the anterior semicylindrical portion of the bone: the dentary area is thus very limited. The teeth are small, short, stout, co- nical, and obtusely pointed, and seem to be firmly anchylosed to the bone. The dentary bone has apparently been united to the articular piece by a squamose suture; but however this may have been, it is evident that the attachment was only slight, as the two bones are frequently found detached. The maxillary teeth are well developed; they are larger than those of the mandible, are stoutish at the base, decidedly re- curved and sharply pointed; but we are unable to determine their number and arrangement, on account of the disturbed con- dition of our specimens. There are teeth on both the maxille and premaxille. In addition to these dental organs, the vomer is armed with close-set, minute, rounded tubercles or teeth. This is undoubtedly the same spatulate dentigerous bone figured and described in the 12th Decade of the Geological Survey by Professor Huxley as the parasphenoid or vomer in Macropoma: in form and position it is very similar. CrEenopus, Agassiz. The body-scales of Ctenodus are entirely unknown, with the exception of those of C. elegans and C. obliquus, which we de- scribed some time ago*—the former in a good state of preserva- tion, the latter in a less perfect condition. We have, however, obtained from time to time numerous fragments of large scales, so frequently associated with the remains of the larger Ctenodt, * Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. I., p. 77. B2 418 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY that we can have little doubt they belong to them.* Among these fragments are four or five which exhibit the greater por- tion of the contour of the scale, and one which has it almost entire. These are all parallelogramic in form, are thin and deli- cate, and apparently represent three species, though the distin- -guishing characters are slight. The first (Pl. XVI., fig. 1), the largest and most perfect speci- men, measures two inches and a half long, and upwards of two inches wide. The sides are parallel; the anterior extremity (a) is a little arched outwards, and the posterior or exposed extre- mity (b) is rounded; the angles are rounded off; the central area (e), under an ordinary hand-lens, appears quite smooth, and is bordered by a rather narrow margin (c) having several con- centric undulations or lines of growth, and marked with minute radiating strie ; no growth-lines are visible within the marginal border. On examination with the inch object-glass, the central area is found to be finely reticulated with slightly elevated bony fibres, the meshes being sunk, so that the surface is minutely and regularly punctate. This is undoubtedly the underside of the scale; the upper surface is revealed on fragments, and, at a rupture (d) near the centre of the rounded exposed extremity, is minutely granular. Of course, in the latter case, it is only the cast of the upper surface that is seen; and at this point it is evident that the granules are enlarged and become arranged so as to form imperfect and very irregular vermicular grooves. * As this paper was passing through the press, we obtained complete proof of the truth of this opinion in a fine specimen of the greater portion of a cranium and part of the trunk of a large Ctenodus with the opercular plates attached: a considerable number of the ribs are exhibited in connexion with the head, disposed in natural order; and numerous neurapo- physes and apparently interneural spines are scattered along the dorsal ridge. Everywhere mixed up with this interesting specimen these peculiar scales are found, much broken, in- deed, but occupying both sides of the body portion of the fish, in such a manner as to leave no doubt on the subject. The scales are very similar to those described in the text, differ- ing only specifically, the margin being wider; the smooth central area has the same peculiar minute surface-structure, and the upper surface is minutely granulated in the same manner. Moreover this specimen shows the hatchet-shaped bones, or clavicles, described by us on a former occasion, in connexion with the cranium, almost in their natural positions; so that here we have not only proof respecting these scales, but the true nature of the hatchet- shaped bones is also established. ON CTENODUS. 419 The second species (fig. 2) is less perfect than that just de- scribed ; the greater portion, however, of the scale is preserved ; but the border of one side is gone, as well as the posterior mar- gin and part of the anterior. The sides are slightly convex, and so is the anterior extremity, the angles being rounded; the bor- der (c) is wide, and distinguished by several concentric lines of srowth and fine minute radiating striz, as in the first species. The central area (d) is likewise similar; but the minute surface- structure is finer, and the bony net-work has the meshes drawn out in the long axis of the scale; the punctures, too, are not so large and distinct. This fragment (for fragment it is) measures two inches long, and one inch and one-eighth wide. The third species, which has lost the greater portion of the rounded posterior extremity, and is in other respects imperfect, is upwards of an inch and three-fourths long; it seems to have been more nearly square than either of the other two forms, and is characterized by a very narrow border, which shows only one or two concentric lines of growth and minute radiating strie. The bony network of the central area is fine and indistinct, with a longitudinal arrangement of the meshes, as in the second spe- cies; the punctures are numerous, rather large, and longitudi- nally oval. The last description is apparently of a mere cast of the under surface; but a small portion of the scale, exhibiting the upper surface, is adherent, and proves that it is minutely striated in an irregular broken manner, the strie for the most part having a longitudinal disposition. The peculiar rectangular form distinguishes these from all the eycloid scales with which we are acquainted ; and they are much thinner than any other of the large scales of the Coal-Measure fishes. The only scale that can be compared to them in this respect is that usually attributed to Rhizodus—the scale which we described some time ago as belonging to Archichthys.* But this scale is pretty regularly rounded, is more coarsely granu- lated on the surface, and usually exhibits concentric lines of growth over the whole surface; it is also generally found split * Ann. Naf. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol V., p. 266. 420 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY open, exposing to view the internal structure, when the concen- tric lines of growth and minute radiating strie are sharply defined over the entire surface. The scale of Ctenodus is never seen with the internal structure thus exposed ; at least we have never seen the concentric lines of growth and radiating strie pass bevond the border, the under surface being usually exposed to view. This is well shown in our second species, the specimen being preserved on one slab in relief, the cast of the underside in intaglio on the other. This specimen, too, enables us to judge of the thickness of the scale, as it is evident the entire substance of it is present, and that it is not torn open by the splitting of the shale. . The rectangular outline of these scales we have just pointed out as peculiar ; and in this respect these large scales agree with those we previously described of C. elegans and C. obliquus, the former being the smallest known species of the genus. And here we must not overlook the similarity both in form and size of these large Ctenodus-scales to those of the so-called Ceratodus Forsteri, as figured and described by Dr. A. Ginther in his va- luable memoir on this remarkable Australian fish, recently pub- lished in the ‘‘ Philosophical Transactions.’’ This resemblance is very striking in our second species, in which the sides are nearly parallel, being a little arched outwards, much in the same way as they are in the recent species. In both forms the scales are of an extraordinary size: those of Ceratodus Forsteri are two inches and three-eighths long, and one inch and six-eighths broad; the largest Ctenodus-scale measures two inches and a half in length, and an inch and a half in breadth; and that of C. elegans, which is quite a small species, is remarkably large for the’size of the fish. We have shown on a previous occasion that the dental plates of Ctenodus imbricatus are so similar to those of the Australian fish that without other aid they could not be generically sepa- rated ; and we now see that in the peculiar form and great size of the scales the similarity is equally striking. ON GYRACANTHUS TUBERCULATUS. 421 GYRACANTHUS TUBERCULATUS, Agassiz; AND CLADODUS MIRA- BILIS, Agassiz. We believe we were the first to point out that certain minute bodies found associated with the remains of these two species are dermal tubercles.* When we wrote our remarks on the subject we described two forms of these peculiar bodies—one considerably larger than the other, and having from four to seven cusps with carine on their convex surfaces, the smaller form having only two or three smooth points. And we thought both varieties belonged to Gyracanthus, having found the large scattered amidst the small form (which latter was by far the more numerous), and both associated with the spines of that fish and with the teeth of Cladodus. We have long been satisfied, however, that this was a mistake, and that, while the small form is the dermal tubercle of Gyracanthus, the large variety is that of Cladodus. This is satisfactorily proved by numerous speci- mens in our possession, in which the small variety unmixed with the other is associated in large patches with the spines and other remains of Gyracanthus; while the large form has occurred on several occasions, unaccompanied by the small variety, on the same slab with the teeth of Cladodus and the spines of Ctena- canthus hybodoides. This has so frequently happened now, that it is impossible any longer to question the fact that the two forms belong respectively to these two large Selachians. And we are also satisfied that the so-called tooth Mitrodus quadricornis of Owen is the larger form of these dermal tubercles, as we origi- nally asserted, and consequently belongs to Cladodus or Ctena- canthus, and not to Gyracanthus, as we at first thought. We have much pleasure in observing that the dermal nature of these minute spinous bodies has recently been confirmed by the researches of Mr. James Thomson, of Glasgow, who has found the large form associated with the teeth of Cladodus mirabi- lis and the spines of Ctenacanthus hybodoides.t This gentleman * See paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Remains of some Reptiles and Fishes from the Shales of the Northumberland Coal-Field,” Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. I., p. 370. + See paper entitled ‘‘On a Specimen of Acanthodes Wardit from the Lanarkshire Coal- Field, and on Ctenacanthus hybodoides,’ Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, Vol. IV., pp. 57-59. 499, EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. however, seems to confound Diplodus with these dermal tu- bercles, and to consider the remains of the semicartilaginous skeleton to be shagreen. It is to Professor Williamson that we owe the discovery of the true nature of this peculiar substance, who clearly proves it to be the remains of what he terms the chondriform bone or semicartilaginous skeleton.* In a former communicationt we described a large triangular bone associated with the spines of Gyracanthus as one of the carpals. We have now to notice a second carpal, several of which have occurred on the same slabs with the spines and triangular bones. In one instance the two spines are associated with one triangular bone and two of our second carpal. This second form is probably the inner carpal: it is a broad, flat bone, irregularly bilobed, or somewhat reniform, with one of the lobes produced and the external margin straightened ; the convex border is a little flattened, angulated, and thickened ; thence the bony fibres radiate to the opposite or lobed margin, which gradually thins out. It measures in the transverse or longest diameter eight inches and a quarter, and in length, from the thickened to the thin margin, two inches and a half. The former we take to be the proximal margin; consequently the thin opposite edge will give support to the fin. The texture of this bone is quite similar to that of the large triangular carpal ; namely, it is of a semicartilaginous appearance, with coarse ra- diating fibres extending from margin to margin. HELODUS SIMPLEX, Agassiz. We take this opportunity to announce the occurrence of this strange form of tooth at Prestwick, Northumberland. Only a single specimen has been found; and we believe this to be the first that has been obtained in the district. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XV. Fig. 1. View of Pleurodus Rankinii, natural size; a, head; 6, teeth; cc, thoracic expansions; d, dorsal spine; e, counter slab, on which * “Investigations into the Structure and Development of the Scales and Bones of Fishes,” by W. C. Williamson, Philosophical Transactions, 1851, Pt. 1, pp. 669-679. } Ann. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. I., p. 369. EA ponent ef Soap enn A Hameock del. Nat. Hist. Trans N & .D Vol. IV PU.XV | bai Mntern Bros jth. i =, Pa ae Nat.Hist: Trans. N & D VotlV.PUXV. Nanttern Bros. hth. A. Haneock. de! LIST OF THE NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 423 the left thoracic expansion is preserved, and which is represented as if seen through. Fig. 2. Outline of a scale of Platysomus rotundus, considerably enlarged. Fig. 3. Outline of a scale of Platysomus Forstert, enlarged. Fig. 4. Outline of a mandibular ramus of Celacanthus lepturus, slightly enlarged: a, articular piece ; 6, glenoid surface ; c, dentary bone; d. teeth. The articular piece and dentary bone are laid together in their natural positions, but not united; so that the form and extent of each can be distinctly traced. PLATE XVI. Fig. 1. Scale, natural size, of Ctenodus (first species) : a, anterior margin ; b, posterior or exposed ditto; c, marginal border; d, rupture exposing cast of upper surface; e, central area. Fig. 2. Scale, natural size, of Ctenodus (second species): a, anterior mar- gin; 6, posterior extremity; c, marginal border; d, central area: the dotted line indicates the form and extent of the scale. XIX.—A List of the non-parasitic marine Copepoda of the North- east coast of England. By Gro. StEwarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S. (Plates XVII.-XX1.) Tue following list, though embracing all the species at present known to me as inhabiting our district, must be taken only as an instalment of what an exhaustive survey would no doubt re- veal. The examination of these little creatures is exceedingly tedious and laborious, the points of difference being often in- distinguishable except with tolerably high microscopic powers. Thus a very small gathering, if it contain any great variety of species, will often occupy many hours in its examination. By far the greater number of species here noted, or described by foreign authors, are free-swimming animals; some have a special predilection for the fronds of fuci, and others for muddy localities or the bed of the sea, but little is yet known of the ground-inhabiting forms, and among them there remains doubt- less a rich harvest for future collectors. 494 MR. G. 8. BRADY ON Two of the species described in Baird’s “ British Entomos- traca,” it seems impossible to identify—Canthocampius Stromi and C. minuticornis. The former name probably applies to some member of the genus Thalestris, the latter perhaps to a Laophonte. Neither species is included in the following list. Fam. CALANIDA, Dana. Sus-Fam. CALANINA, Dana. Genus CALANUS, Leach. (CETOCHILUS, R. de Vauzéme, fide Boeck). 1. CaLanus FINMARCHICUS, (Gunner.) Monoculus finmarchicus, Gunner, Act. Hafn. (1765), X., 175, f, 20-28. Cetochilus septentrionalis, Goodsir, Edin. New Phil. Journ., XXXYV., 339, Pl. VI., figs. 1-11. Baird, Nat. Hist. Brit. Entom. (1850), p. 3385, T. XXX., figs. la-g. Cetochilus helgolandicus, Claus, Die frei leb. Copep. (1863), p. 171, T. XXVL., figs. 2-9. According to M. Boeck the species described first by Gunner as Monoculus finmarchicus is identical with the Cetochilus helgo- landicus of Claus, and not at all with the species called by Baird Temora finmarchica. Leach’s genus Calanus was, however, con- stituted to receive Gunner’s species, and is synomymous with the more recent name Cetochilus, applied by Roussel de Vauzéme to the same animal. Not having the opportunity of reference to the original memoirs of Gunner and Leach, I must accept as substantially correct M. Boeck’s careful account of this syno- nymy. The generic name Cetochilus will therefore give way to Calanus. The present species, C. finmarchicus, is generally distributed all around our coast, being met with in equal abundance both between tide marks and in the open sea. It is said to constitute an important part of the food of the whale. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 425 Genus CLAUSIA, Boeck. 1. Cxausia ELoNGATA, Boeck. Clausia elongata, Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copep. (1864), p. 10. Calanus Clausii, Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. & D. (1865), Vol. I., p. 83, Pl. I., figs. 1-11, 13. Often taken in abundance, by the surface net, in the open sea, and in tide-pools, all along our coast. Boeck’s C. elongata is undoubtedly the same species as that described by myself (possibly a little later, though I am not perfectly sure as to the actual date of publication of Boeck’s monograph) under the name Calanus Clausti. The differences between this and the genus Paracalanus, Boeck (Calanus, Claus) lie chiefly in the one-jointed inner branch of the first foot, and in the very small or entirely wanting fifth foot of the female. It is, I think, open to doubt whether these ought to be consi- dered of generic importance, but the separation having been made, it seems best to adhere to it. Genus DIAS, Lilljeborg. 1. Dias toneiremis, Lilljeborg. Abundant all round the British Islands, both in the open sea and between tide marks: frequent also in brackish water. Genus TEMORA, Baird. 1. Temora Lonetcornis, (Miiller.) Cyclops longicornis, Miller, Entomostraca (1785), p. 115, T. XIX., figs. 7-9. Temora finmarchica, Baird, Brit. Entom. (1850), p. 228, T. XXVIII., figs. la-g. Claus, Die frei leb. Copep., p. 195, T. XXXIV., figs. 1-11. Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. & D., Vol. 1., p. 36, Pl. I., fig. 15; and Pl. I1., figs. 1-10. Temora longicornis, Boeck, loc. cit., p. 15. 496 MR. G. S. BRADY ON Diaptomus longicaudatus, Lubbock. (Not Monoculus finmarchicus, Gunner). Common in the open sea; and between tide marks perhaps the most abundant of all British species. 2. Temora vetox, Lalljeborg. In autumn when the brackish pools of salt-marshes have become thoroughly warmed by the sun, this species occurs in such situations in immense profusion. I have only on one or two occasions met with a stray specimen amongst the weeds on the sea-shore. GeENus ISIAS, Boeck. 1. Isras cuaviees, Boeck. Isias clavipes, Boeck, loc. cit., p. 18. Superior antenne twenty-five-jointed, about equal in length to the cephalothorax, joints short and broad at the base, and gradually increasing in length to the nineteenth, which is about four times as long as broad; first fifteen joints of the male antenne bearing each a single club-shaped, ciliated, auditory seta: hinge joint of the twenty-one-jointed right male antenna situated between the eighteenth and nineteenth joints; eigh- teenth joint formed by the coalescence of the normal eighteenth and nineteenth, nineteenth by the twentieth and twenty-first, twentieth by the twenty-second, twenty-third, and twenty- fourth. Mouth organs and swimming feet as in Centropages ty- picus. Fifth pair of feet two-branched, in the female having the inner branch of one joint with two terminal sete, the outer branch of three broad laminar joints, the second of which is produced on the inner margin into a broad spinous process: in the male the feet are somewhat similar, but the central joint is destitute of the spinous process, and the terminal joint of the outer branch of one side is expanded into a very broad lamina, which is terminated by a broad ciliated seta. Abdomen of the female, four—of the male, five-jointed. Length, exclusive of tail sete, 4th of an inch. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. ‘42.7 Hab.—Bridlington Bay, several specimens taken in the towing net by Mr. H. C. Davison. On weeds in Roundstone and Clif- den Bays, Ireland (G. S. B.). The most distinguishing characters of this fine species are the auditory sete, with which the upper antenne are on their basal portions thickly clothed, and the broadly laminar construction of the fifth pair of feet, more especially in the male sex. Genus CENTROPAGES, Kroyer. (ICHTHYOPHORBA, Lilljeborg; CALANOPIA, Dana; CATOPIA (?), Dana). 1. CrenTRopaGES TyPicus, Kroyer. C. typicus, Kroyer (1849), Nat. Tidskr. Anden. Rekke andet Bind. Side 288. Boeck (1864), Oversigt over de ved Norges Kyster iagttagne Copepoder, p. 19. Ichthyophorba denticornis, Claus (1863), Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 199, Pl. XXXV., figs. 1, 3-9. Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. & D., Vol. I., p. 40, Pl. IV., figs. 1-6. This species occurs not uncommonly in surface net gatherings from the open sea, but never in very great numbers so far as my observation extends. I accept Boeck’s identification of the species with C. typicus of Kroyer, but without the opportunity of myself referring for verification to the original description. 2. CENTROPAGES HAMATUS, (Lilljeborg.) Ichthyophorba hamata, Lilljeborg (1858), De crustaceis, &e., p- 185, T. XXI., figs. 1-5, 7-9, and T. XXII., figs. 9-12; Brady, Nat Hist. Trans. N. & D. (1865), Vol. L., p- 89, Pl. IV., figs. 7-10. I. angustata, Claus (1863), Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 199, T. XXXYV., figs. 2, 10-12. Diaptomus Bateanus, Lubbock (1857), Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (2nd ser.), Vol. XX., p. 404, Pl. XI., figs. 1-3. 428 MR. G. 8S. BRADY ON Centropages hamatus, Boeck (1864), Oversigt, &c., p. 20. Of very frequent occurrence in surface net gatherings from the North Sea. I have also once taken it sparingly amongst fuci near low water-mark, between Sunderland and Ryhope. Sus-Fam. PONTELLINA. Genus ANOMALOCERA, Templeton. 1. ANnomatoorrA PatEersoni, Temp. Anomatlocera Patersonit, Temp., Trans. Ent. Soc. (1837). Baird, Brit. Entom. (1850); Boeck, loc. cit. (1864). Treneus Patersonii, Claus, Die frei leb. Copep. (1863). Of common occurrence in the open sea all round the British Islands. Genus PONTELLA, Dana. 1. PonTELLA BREVICORNIS, Lubbock. Pontella brevicornis, Lubbock, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd Ser., Vol. XX. (1857), Pl. XI., figs. 4-8. In surface-net off Grimsby, and in Bridlington Bay. Amongst weeds in tide pools near Ryhope, August, 1871. Shetland (Mr. Norman). In a gathering made by Mr. E. C. Davison in Bridlington Bay, this species occurred in great abundance, the contents of the net, which quite filled a six-ounce bottle, consisting of about equal numbers of P. brevicornis, Anomalocera Patersonu, and larval forms of the higher decapods. Fam. CYCLOPIDAL. Genus CYCLOPS, O. F. Miiller. 1. Cycrors Lussocsn, Brady. C. Lubbockii, Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. and D., Vol. IV., p. 127, Pl. IV., figs. 1-8. In pools of brackish water, Hartlepool, June, 1866. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 429 2. CycLops mquorevs, Fischer. C. e@quoreus, Fischer, Abhandl. der Akad. der Wissenschaft, Miinchen (1860), Band VIII., p.654. Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. and D., Vol. IV., p. 128, Pl. IV., figs. 9-16. In brackish pools at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland. 3. CyYcLOPS LITTORALIS, nov. sp. Plate XVII., figs. 9-14. Superior antenne twenty-two-jointed, clothed with long sete, more particularly towards the base, joints all very short, the two terminal ones, which are the longest, not being much lon- ger than broad, the twelfth and sixteenth much produced, and bearing a long seta at the external margin. Inferior antenne without a secondary branch, four-jointed. Fifth pair of feet composed of a single three-jointed branch. Caudal segments about four times as long as broad; sete four, the two central ones being alike in length and equal to the three preceding segments. Hab.—Amongst weeds in tidal pools, near Whitley and Ry- hope: scarce. 4. CycLops ovaLis, nov. sp. Plate XVIII., figs. 1, 2. Superior antenne twenty-four jointed, as long as cephalo- thorax, slender and nearly equal in width throughout, joints about equal in length and breadth at the base, gradually increas- ing in length towards the apex, the terminal joint being about thrice as long as broad; each joint bearing a single short, deli- cate hair on the external margin, the twenty-second and twenty- third one on each margin, the last having four or five apical sete. Caudal segments about four times as long as broad, sete not much longer than the caudal segments. Hab.—One specimen only taken off Sunderland in the surface net. Genus OITHONA, Baird. 1. OrrHona HELGOLANDICA, Claus. Oithona helgolandica, Claus (1863), Die frei lebenden Cope- poden, p. 105, Taf. XI., figs. 10-12. 430 MR. G. S. BRADY ON O. spinifrons ? Boeck (1864), Oversigt Norges Copep., p. 25. Taken occasionally in the surface-net. Plentifully off Sunder- land, August, 1871. Frith of Forth, Whitby, and Bridlington, in gatherings made by Mr. EH. C. Davison. Boeck’s description of O. spinifrons seems to me not to indi- cate any essential difference between it and O. helgolandica, Claus, the chief point being the presence of a minute rostrum in the Norwegian specimens, which is not noted in Claus’s definition. This, however, might be easily overlooked. I have seen it in some of my examples, but have not succeeded in bringing it into view in others, and should, in fact, have probably missed it altogether, had it not been for M. Boeck’s description. Genus BOECKIA, nov. gen. Like Cyclopina in general appearance. Superior antennz very short, six-jointed, much shorter than cephalothorax. (Mouth organs totally different from those of any of the allied genera). Swimming feet like those of Cyclops, but very short and broad. Fifth pair of feet one-jointed, laminar, spinous. Abdomen much elongated ; tail setz short, ovisacs two. 1. BokckIA ARENICOLA, nov. sp. Second joint of superior antenne the longest, three times as long as broad ; fourth and fifth joints of equal length, two-thirds | as long as the second; sixth joint scarcely as long as the pre- ceding, third the shortest of all, about one-fourth as long as the second. Inferior antenne short and thick, three-jointed, with- out any secondary branch, densely beset with rather short and stout sete. Swimming feet having the marginal angles of the inner branch much produced; margins densely and finely cili- ated; lateral spines of the outer branch lanceolate, laminar ; the basal joint fringed with a row of somewhat similar, but much smaller spines in pectinate series. Feet of fifth pair consisting of a single slightly curved, club-shaped joint, having on its outer margin one long spiniform seta with two minute ones near its NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 431 base ; at the truncate extremity two similar large sete with an intermediate smaller one; on the middle of the inner margin six sub-equal curved sete of moderate size, and at the extreme angle three of a similar kind but smaller. Abdomen elongated, swollen at the base ; caudal segments rather more than twice as long as broad; tail sete shorter than the abdomen. Length, th of an inch. One specimen dredged on a sandy bottom, at a depth of four fathoms, off Seaton Carew, September, 1871. The mouth organs of this animal are of very remarkable struc- ture, but I defer attempting any description or giving any draw- ings in the hope of being able to illustrate it completely from a better series of specimens. Genus PSEUDOCYCLOPS, zov. gen. In general conformation resembling Cyclops. Right superior antenne of male without a hinge joint, but much swollen in the middle. Inferior antenne two-branched, secondary branch nearly equal in size to the primary. Lower footjaw like that of Cyclops. Swimming feet having both branches three-jointed. Fifth pair of feet in the male very complex in structure,—the external branch of one side produced into a powerful sickle-shaped clasp- ing joint, the whole resembling very closely the male copulative organs of some ostracoda. 1. PsrUDOCYCLOPS CRASSIREMIS, nov. sp. Plate XVII., figs. 1-8. Left superior antenna of male seventeen-jointed, basal joint large and stout, those next following very short and broad, gradually decreasing in breadth to the fifteenth, which is about as long as broad; last two joints more slender, about twice as long as broad, the whole limb densely beset on the outer margin, especially towards the base, with long sete; antenna of right side ten-jointed, the central joints much enlarged, last two sud- denly contracted and similar to those of the left side, antepen- ultimate joint armed with a strong lateral subfalciform process. Both branches of inferior antenne bearing numerous long, curved 432 MR. G. S. BRADY ON terminal setz, first joint of the lower branch enlarged and trun- cate at the distal end. Maxille composed of four digitate lobes, each bearing four long terminal setew. Lower footjaw stout, with almost entire margins. Joints of swimming feet very broad, subtriangular, much produced at the external distal angle. Ab- domen slender, four jointed, tail setz slender, finely plumose, the longest equal to about twice tke length of the abdomen. Length of animal, ,4;th of an inch. Hab.—Off Seaham Harbour, dredged in a depth of twenty to thirty fathoms. One specimen only taken. The characters of this genus are very remarkable and strongly pronounced, especially as regards the fifth pair of feet of the male, which are more complex than anything of the kind hitherto known amongst the Copepoda. . Another species referable to the same genus (P. obtusatus, Brady M.S.) was taken abundantly in the surface-net by Mr. D. Robertson and myself in Roundstone Bay, Ireland, on a calm moonlight night in June of last year. Genus THORELLIA, Boeck. 1. THORELLIA BRUNNEA, Boeck. T. brunnea, Boeck (1864), Oversigt over de ved Norges Kyster iagt. Copep., p. 26. Cyclops nigricauda, Norman (1868), Last Shetland Dredging Report, p. 295. One specimen of this species occurred to me amongst fuci, in pools near low-water mark between Ryhope and Sunderland, in the autumn of 1871. Mr. Norman takes it abundantly amongst Laminarie in Shetland, and at Tobermory in Mull. The genus differs from Cyclops chiefly in the conformation of the lower footjaw, which is transformed into a four-jointed clawed foot. M. Boeck describes also in the same place another closely allied genus, Misophria, in which the maxille are formed as in the Harpactide, but with a strongly developed palp; the lower footjaws as in Calanus. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 433 Genus CYCLOPICERA, zov. gen. Superior antennz about as long as the cephalothorax, many jointed, bearing (as in the Harpactide) a sword-shaped append- age near the distal extremity. Inferior antennz three-jointed, having a minute secondary branch. Upper footjaw chelate, three-jointed, the last joint forming a doubly-curved very long claw ; lower footjaw four-jointed, last two joints forming a long claw, each joint of which bears a spine on its inner margin. Swimming feet as in Cyclops. Fifth pair of feet small, one- jointed. 1. Cyctopicrra Lata, nov. sp. Plate XVIIL., figs. 3-8. Superior antenne twenty-jointed, basal joint large, next eight very short and broad, the following six about as long as broad, sixteenth and seventeenth about twice as long as broad, last three shorter and more slender: seventeenth joint bearing a long laminated ensiform seta. Inferior antenne tri-articulate, the first joint bearing a minute bi-ciliated, one-jointed branch, second joint of about equal length with the first, third very short, and terminating in a slender claw. Maxille two-branched (?), each branch terminating in three long, slender sete. Fifth pair of feet very small, laminar, with one basal and two apical sete. First joint of abdomen very short and broad, finely ciliated in the middle of each lateral margin. Caudal joints about twice as long as broad; sete equal in length to the abdomen. One specimen only taken amongst weeds in rock-pools at Roker. Fam. CORYCAIDA. Genus MACROCHEIRON, zov. gen. Superior antenne (6-7 ?) jointed, inferior four-jointed, un- cinate. Lower footjaw very large and powerfully chelate. First three pairs of swimming feet alike, each branch being three- jointed, fourth pair with the inner branch small and two-jointed, rudimentary. Fifth jomt of cephalothorax long and greatly swollen below. Abdomen five-jointed, all the joints short. c 2 434 MR. G. S. BRADY ON 1. MacrocHErRon FUCICOLUM, nov. sp. Pl. XVIII, figs. 9-18. Rostrum short but distinctly angulated. First cephalothoracic segment very large, following three small, fifth constricted at the base, but much swollen and elongated below, equal in length to the preceding three segments: abdominal joints short, none of them longer than broad, the first the shortest. Superior an- tenne in the male seven (?), in the female six-jointed. Last joint of lower antenna very short, bearing several long sete and a long curved claw which is serrated on its inner margin. Ter- minal claw of the lower footjaw very long and strong, suddenly curved at the extremity. First three pairs of swimming feet short, springing from a large base, the joints short and broad: fourth pair having the outer branch elongated, the inner short, bi-articulate, its second joint bearing two apical sete. Fifth pair of feet rudimentary, slightly different in the two sexes. Caudal segments about thrice as long as broad, sete short, ciliated, jointed in the middle. Length, -34;th of an inch. Colour dark brown. Hab.—Amongst fuci near low water mark, between Ryhope and Sunderland: two or three specimens. This approaches very closely the genera Oncaea, Philippi, and Antaria, Dana, but does not seem strictly referable to either of them. Probably, indeed, the two are synonymous. One of my specimens differed in some minor points from the others, whence I supposed it to be of different sex, and have so described it here. The species, however, requires further examination. Fam. HARPACTIDA. Genus LONGIPEDIA, Claus. 1. Loneipepia coronata, Claus. This beautiful species occurred abundantly on a sandy bottom off Seaton Carew, in a depth of four fathoms, also off Seaham Harbour (twenty to thirty fathoms), and among weeds near the Bell Rock Lighthouse. Mr. Norman finds it in Shetland, and I have myself taken it on the West Coast of Ireland. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 435 Genus ECTINOSOMA, Boeck. 1. Eorrnosoma MELANICEPS, Boeck. Pl. XX., figs. 1-12. Off Seaton Carew and Seaham Harbour in company with the foregoing species, but less abundantly. The characters of this remarkable species are so distinct that I cannot doubt its identity with that described by Boeck, though I have not noticed anything in my specimens which warrants the term melaniceps. Moreover the fifth foot consists of two branches, and not of one only as stated by that author, unless indeed, the Norwegian animal be a different but closely allied member of the same genus. Genus TACHIDIUS, Lilljeborg. 1. Tacuiprus BREvicornis (Miiller). Cyclops brevicornis, Miller, Entomostraca, p. 118. Tachidius brevicornis, Lillj., De crustaceis. Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. and D., Vol. IV., p. 180, Pl. V., figs. 1-9. In pools of brackish water at Hartlepool, Hylton Dene, and Seaton Sluice. Genus IDYA, Philippi. 1. Ipya rurcara (Baird). Canthocamptus furcatus, Baird, Brit. Entom. (1850). Tisbe furcata, Lilljeborg, De crustaceis (1853). Tisbe ensifer, Fischer, Beitr. zur Kennt. der. Kntom. (1860). Iyda barbigera (?) Phil., Weigmann’s Archiv. (1843). Very common amongst weeds in tide pools. Genus WESTWOODIA, Dana. 1. Westwoop1a nopiuis (Baird). Harpacticus nobilis, Baird, Brit. Entom. One specimen on Laminaria saccharina at Roker (1871). Ber- wick Bay (Dr. Baird). 436 MR. G. §. BRADY ON Genus DELAVALIA, Brady. 1. Denavatia paLustris, Brady. D. palustris, Brady, Nat. Hist. Trans. N. and D., Vol. IV., p. 184, Pl. V., figs. 10-15. In pools of brackish water at the side of the Seaton Burn, above Seaton Sluice. Genus CANTHOCAMPTUS, Westwood. 1. CaNTHOCAMPTUS IMUS, nov. sp. Pl. XIX., figs. 1-5. Animal slender, sublinear. Superior antenne of the female eight-jointed, the fourth, seventh, and eighth joints bearing several long sete, the second and third each three of moderate length, the last joint having also five or six smaller marginal setz arranged in a pectinate series; rostrum long and slender, curvate. Lower foot-jaw simple, chelate, inner margin of hand bearing in the middle one seta of moderate length. First joint of inner branch of first swimming foot equal in length to the entire outer branch, second joint very short, third about half as long as first, bearing three terminal sete, the middle one being very long and minutely pectinate at the extremity. Outer branch of fifth pair oblong, having two long apical set, three shorter ones on outer and one on inner margin; inner branch ciliate on outer, and armed with five long sete, the last of which is excessively slender, on inner margin. Ovisac single, curvate, containing but few (six to nine) ova, ranged in a single plane, and very large in proportion to the size of the animal. Length, oth of an inch. Hab.—About ten miles off Seaham Harbour, in a depth of thirty fathoms on a muddy bottom : a few specimens only taken. Gexus LAOPHONTE, Philippi. 1. LaopHontE simiuis ? (Claus). Cleta similis, Cls., Die Copepoden Fauna von Nizza, p. 28, Pl. V., figs. 138-16. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 437 Amongst weeds in tide pools at Whitley, Cullercoats, and Sunderland, and in brackish water at Seaton Sluice. My specimens do not entirely agree with the figures and des- criptions given by Claus, but I am unwilling, without a more extended examination, to describe them as belonging to a distinet species. 2. LaopHoNTE LAMELLIFERA (Claus). Cleta lamellifera, Cls., Die frei lebend. Copep., p. 128, Pl. XV., figs. 21-24. One specimen on frond of Laminaria saccharina at Roker. 3. LaopHontEe Hope, nov. sp. Pl. XXI., figs. 1-9. Upper antenne six or seven-jointed, those of the male (?) shorter and thicker than of the female, rather densely setose. Lower footjaw of moderate size, with a very long and slender, slightly curved claw. Outer branch of first foot three-jointed, short. Fifth pair of feet foliaceous, larger in the male, the outer branch elongated, having four or six long set on the apex and outer margin, the inner wider, and bearing internally four or five marginal sete, those situated near the apex being very long. Caudal segments in the female at least four times as long as broad. Hab,—Off Seaham, dredged in twenty to thirty fathoms. Several specimens were taken. I have a mournful pleasure in naming this species after my late friend, Mr. George Hodge, it having been taken during one of the last dredging excursions in which I had the pleasure of his company. Genus CLETODES, nov. gen. Animal resembling Laophonte in general appearance. Upper antenne six-jointed. All the four pairs of swimming feet alike, and having the outer branch three, the inner two - jointed. Lower footjaw chelate. Lower antenne without a secondary branch. 438 MR. G. S. BRADY ON 1. CLETODES LimicoLa, nov. sp. Pl. XXI.. figs. 10-17. Animal, when seen from above, elongated, distinctly indented at each ring of the body. First segment of cephalothorax short, about equal in length to the two following ; second and third ab- dominal segments produced into spinous processes at the lower lateral angles. Upper antenne in the female much shorter than the first cephalothoracic segment; first three jomts short, and nearly equal, fourth about half as long as the third, fifth as long as the third, but much more slender; in the male forming at the third joint a large vesiculiform swelling, last jomt elongated and uncinate. Swimming feet elongated, slender ; the outer branch ciliated on the margins, bearing at the apex of each joint, on the external margin, a long slender spine, terminal spines long and slender; the middle joint has also a long apical seta at the inner margin: inner branch two-jointed, the first joint very small, the second long, almost filiform, and dividing at the extremity into one short and two very long lash-like branches. Fifth foot in the female foliaceous, the outer branch rather the longer, bearing one long seta at the apex and three shorter ones on the outer margin, inner branch with two long apical sete; in the male the two branches are of nearly equal length, very narrow, simple, one branch bearing one, the other two long sete at the apex. The caudal segments short, but longer in the male than in the female, sete one on each segment, scarcely longer than the seg- ment itself. Length, 4;rd of an inch. Hab.—Off Seaham Harbour in a depth of twenty to thirty fathoms, on a soft muddy bottom. ‘Two specimens only taken. On account of the peculiar structure of the swimming feet, which were identical in both examples, I think I am justified in refer- ring these to the male and female of the same species. The genus approaches Lalljeborgia of Claus, but the characters given by that author, ‘‘ Pedwm sequentium (2, 8, 4), rami interni rudi- mentari, rami externt triarticulatt, uncinati,” do not apply here. Genus HARPACTICUS, I. Edwards. 1. Harpacticus cHeLirer (O. I’. Miiller). Cyclops chelifer, Miller, Entomostraca (1798). NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 439 Harpacticus chelifer, Claus, Die frei lebend. Copep. (1863). Harpacticus chelifer, Boeck, Oversigt Norges. Copep. (1864). (Not H. chelifer of Lilljeborg). Not uncommon amongst weeds between tide marks. Roker, Whitley, &c. In the open sea off Seaton Carew. 2. Harpacticus eraciuis, Claus. H. gracilis, Cls., Die frei lebend. Copep. (1868) H. elongatus, Boeck, Oversigt Norges. Copep. (1864). This occurs in the same situations, though not so frequently as the foregoing species. M. Boeck doubts the identity of his H, elongatus with Claus’s gracilis on account of a difference in the lengths of the antennal joints. This character, however, seems to me to be often subject to considerable variation, and I should not, without some divergence in other respects, be dis- posed to separate the two forms. Indeed, both approach so closely to H. chelifer that it seems questionable whether they might not be more fitly regarded as varieties of that species. 3. Harpacticus FuLvus, Fischer. H. fulvus, Fisch., Beitrag. zur Kenntniss der Entom. (1860) ; G. O. Sars, Som. 1862, Zool. Reise. H. curticornis, Boeck, loc. cit., p. 88 (1864). H. chelifer, Lilljeborg, De crustaceis ex. ord. trib. Tigriopus Lilljeborgii, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Re- port, p. 296. In pools at or above high water mark ; Bambro’, Cullercoats, Marsden. Boeck and Sars both describe this species as inha- biting chiefly pools at or above high water mark, which are liable to get warmed by the sun. In such situations it is often extremely abundant in our district. 4. Harpacricus NIc@ENSIS ? Claus. Harpacticus niceensis, Claus, Die Copep.-fauna von Nizza, p. 31, Pl. II., figs. 12-14. 44.0, MR. G. §. BRADY ON A few specimens which I doubtfully refer to this species have occurred to me on the fronds of Laminaria saccharina and other fuci at Sunderland and Ryhope. GENUS ZAUS, Goodsir. 1. Zaus sprnosus, Goodsir. Z. spinosus, Goodsir, HKdinbro’ New Phil. Journ. (1842) ; Claus, die frei lebend. Copep. (1863). Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copep. (1864). Common on fuci, and especially on the fronds of Laminaria, in tidal pools and beyond low water mark. Roker, Ryhope, Sunderland, Cullercoats, &e. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman). Genus THALESTRIS, Claus. 1. Tuanesrris Loncrmana, Claus. Frequent on the smaller weeds and on Laminarie in tidal pools; Roker, Sunderland, Ryhope, &. Also in the open sea, but more rarely. 9. THALESTRIS HELGOLANDICA ? Claus. On Laminaria in tide pools at Roker. Not common. 3. THALESTRIS HARPACTOIDES, Claus. In the surface-net off Grimsby and Teesmouth. 4, Tuatestris Cuausi, Norman. T. Clausti, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Report. Frequent on Laminaria saccharina and other weeds in tide pools. Ryhope, Sunderland, Roker, Whitley, &c. Genus DACTYLOPUS, Claus. 1. Dactytopus tisBorpEs, Claus. On Laminaria saccharina at Roker and Ryhope; searce. Abun- dant in brackish pools at Seaton Sluice. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. 441 2. DacryLopus simitis, Claus. One specimen dredged in a depth of four fathoms off Seaton Carew. 3. DACTYLOPUS BREVICORNIS, Claus. On Laminaria saccharina, at Roker; not common. 4. Dactytopus Normant, nov. sp. Pl. XX., figs. 13-17. Closely approaching D. tisboides, from which it differs, how- ever, in the following particulars :—The superior antennez are eight-jointed, and not so densely setose, the proportionate lengths of the various joints being as follows :—4, 2, 3, 4, $, $, 4, 2. The secondary branch of the lower antennz bi-articulate, each joint bearing two moderately long sete. Lower footjaw (gnatho- pod) simply chelate, the inner margin of the hand fringed with short sete. Longer branch of the first foot slender, bearing almost at the extremity of the outer margin a short ciliated seta. Fifth pair of feet large, outer branch subovate, bearing three long sete, one at the apex, one on each lateral margin, and three shorter ones on the outer margin between the apical and lateral sete ; inner branch very much smaller, subquadrate, ex- tending only half the length of the outer, bearing four primary setz, two of them long and two of moderate length, the inter- spaces being densely ciliated. Hab.—Roker, on Laminaria saccharina ; rare. GeNxus SCUTELLIDIUM, Claus. 1. ScuTELLIpIum TisBorpEs, Claus. Pl. XIX., figs. 6-10. One specimen on the frond of Laminaria saccharina at Roker. Genus ALTEUTHA, Baird. 1. ALTEUTHA BoPyROIDES, Claus. Often taken abundantly in the surface-net, all round the British Islands. 2. ALTEUTHA PURPUROCINGTA, Norman. A. purpurocincta, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Report. 449, MR. G. S. BRADY ON Peltidium purpureum, White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust. On Laminaria saccharina at Roker and Cullercoats ; frequent. Shetland (Rev. A. M. Norman). 3. ALTEUTHA DEPRESSA, Baird. This species, described by Dr. Baird in his ‘‘ Natural History of the British Entomostraca,” is unknown to me, and appears not to have been recognized by any other author. It was taken by Dr. Baird in Berwick Bay. Genus ASPIDISCUS, Norman. 1. Aspipiscus Frascratus, Norman, Last Shetland Dredging Re- port, p. 298. Abundant on the fronds of Laminaria saccharina at Roker, Sunderland, and Cullercoats. Shetland (ev. A. M. Norman). EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE XVIL. PSEUDOCYCLOPS CRASSIREMIS (male). Fig. 1. Animal, seen from right side, x 84. Fig. 2. Superior antenna of right side, x 210. Fig. 3. 90 », Of left side, x 210. Fig. 4. Inferior antenna, x 210. Fig. 5. Maxilla, x 210. Fig. 6. Lower footjaw, x 210. Fig. 7. Fifth pair of feet, x 120. Fig.. 8. Last abdominal segments and tail, x 84. CYCLOPS LITTORALIS. Fig. 9. Superior antenna, x 210. Fig. 10. Inferior antenna, x 210. Fig. 11. Mandible, x 210. Fig. 12. Upper footjaw (?), x 210. Fig. 13. Lower footjaw, x 210. Fig. 14. Abdomen and tail: () foot of fifth pair, x 210. Bigs. Le Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Bios Te Fig. 8. Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 11 Fig. 12 Fig. 13 Fig. 14 Fig. 15 Fig. 16 Fig. 17 Fig. 18 Tree, ah His, 2. ios Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Hise 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. PLATE XVIII. CYOLOPS OVALIS Superior antenna, x 120. Abdomen and tail, x 120. CYCLOPICERA LATA. Superior antenna, x 210. Inferior antenna, x 210. Maxilla, x 210. Upper footjaw, x 210. Lower footjaw, x 210. Abdomen and tail: (a) foot of fifth pair, x 120. MACROCHEIRON FUCICOLUM. Male (?), seen from right side, x 100. Upper antenna of male, x 220. be », of female, x 220. Lower antenna, x 220. Mandible, x 220. Lower footjaw, x 220. Foot of fourth pair, x 220. 5, fifth pair (male), x 220. <9 . (female), x 220. Caudal segment and sete, x 220. PLATE XIX. CANTHOCAMPTUS Imus (female). Animal, seen from left side, x 100. Superior antenna, x 250. Lower footjaw, x 250. Foot of first pair, x 250. Foot of fifth pair, x 250. SCUTELLIDIUM TISBOIDES (female) . Upper antenna, x 210. Mandible and maxilla, x 210. Foot of first pair, x 210. Lower footjaw, x 210. Foot of fifth pair, x 210. 443 A eS 3 ee 444 Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Rig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17. Rios all: Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 12. Fig, 18. ON NON-PARASITIC MARINE COPEPODA. PLATE XX. ECTINOSOMA MELANICEPS. Female (?), seen from right side, x 84. Superior antenna, x 210. Lower antenna, x 210. Mandible: (a) origin of palp, x 300. Mandible-palp, x 300. Maxilla, x 300. Upper footjaw, x 300. Lower footjaw, x 3800. Foot of first pair, x 210. Posterior abdominal segments and sete, x 120. Maxillary appendage (?). DAOTYLOPUS NORMANI. Superior antenna, x 210. Lower footjaw, x 210. Foot of first pair, x 210. Secondary branch of lower antenna, x 210. Fifth pair of feet, x 210. PLATE XXI. LAOPHONTE HODGII. Upper antenna of female, x 210. 3 46 male, x 210. Lower footjaw, x 210. Foot of first pair, x 210. », fourth pair, x 210. Fifth foot of female, x 250. es male, -x 250. Caudal segment of female, x 250. om 6 male, x 210. CLETODES LIMICOLA. Female, seen from above, x 100. Upper antenna of female, x 250. 5 a male, x 250. Lower footjaw, x 250. ~ N < i ms = 3} Ss ie < Ri 1S a Rit = 9 ro) “IN fol pad SHOT OE ALSO OCEAN oral irae ama "G.S. Brady del! LWest se. y 2. OyCuD PSs FOveEt. | 38. CYCLOPICERA LATA 9-18. MACRO CHEIRON FUCICOLUM. Nat. Hist. Trans N&D Vol. PU.XEX. 3. y G.S.Brady dealt T West se : Www ae C? imy 1=5, CANTHOCAMP Se iepen ph EM ey co). ‘ia 6-10, SCUTELLIDIUM TISBOIDE Sr be Was Fae Pons OL EL. XX. 112. ECTINOSOMA MELANICEPS payee ACTY LOPS. NORMAN L Nae Hist toe IV eee ee WWest & C? amp 1+ 9S. LAOPHONTE HODGIL. 10-17. CLETODES: LIMICOLA. G. tS} Brady delt LWest ec. ~ i ee METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871. A445 Fig. 14. Foot of first pair, x 250. Fig. 15. » fifth pair, female, x 250. Fig. 16. Pa 4 male, x 250. Fig. 17. Caudal segment of female, x 250. XX.— Meteorological Report for 1871. Edited by the Rev. R. F. _ WHEELER, M.A., and Rev. R. EK. Hooprrut, LL.D. NOTES ON THE MONTHS. January.— ‘¢ When Candlemas day is come and gone The snow lies on a hot stone.” —Old Proverb. Greenwich.—The very cold weather which occurred at the close of 1870 continued until January the 5th, then somewhat moderated, but continued cold until the 13th. A few days of temperature above the average followed. On the 19th the cold weather returned and continued until February the 2nd. The mean temperature of January was 33°2°, being 3:1° lower than the average of 100 years, and lower than any year back to 1842, when 32.9° was recorded. The mean high day tempera- tures of January were 5°8° lower than the average. The mean low night temperatures of January were 4:2° lower than the average. The fall of rain was 0:2 inch in excess. The mean readings of the barometer oscillated above and below the average several times during the first few days of January, but on the 13th a rapid fall commenced, and reached its minimum, 28°73°, on the 16th; a steady increase was re- corded after this, and, with few exceptions, continued until the end of the month. The range of reading for January was 1:36 inches. North Sunderland.—The storm which began on December the 20th continued all through January, except on the 14th and 446 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE 15th, when the frost gave way for a time. The snow never disappeared, and at the end of the month there were no signs of the frost leaving. Wallington.—The year began with a sharp frost, being a con- tinuance of the previous severe weather of December. On the 1st, 2nd, 4th, and 27th, the thermometer fell to 5°, 10°, 8°, and 7°. On twenty-eight mornings frost was registered during the month. The lowest minimum temperature was on the Ist, 5°, and the _ highest maximum on the 14th, 44°6°.. The minimum mean for the month was 23°8°, and the maximum mean 35°8°. Snow and hail fell on fourteen days; rain and sleet on four days. Frost remained in the ground, with a covering of snow, during the whole month, with the exception of a temporary thaw on the 6th, 7th, 14th, and 15th. The 19th and 20th were two re- markable days, very bright and clear during the day-time, with severe frost each night. Owing to the long continuance of frost and snow upon the ground in this locality, birds of all kinds suffered severely for want of food. Rooks were seen in num- bers striving one against another round a dead wood-pigeon, picking its bones in great fury, or any such like thing that came in their way. They were quite tamed for the time, as well as other birds about homesteads. Pheasants were also seen upon the thorn trees feeding on the haws. Meldon, near Morpeth.—A very severe month; the minimum temperature was only three nights above the freezing point. On the 1st and 2nd the reading of the minimum thermometer was 8° each night, or 29° of frost. The brocoli were all destroyed by the severe frost, also about half of the Brussels sprouts and Savoys. Wylam.—A cold, fine, dull month, with more skating than there has been for many years. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°780; highest, 30-360 on the 27th; lowest, 28-470 on the 16th. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 447 Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 38°42° Meantof minimum 2a -opeece- 25°78° DiMeTeENC el hssovcs occas eee 12-64° Mean for month (ae22) == Boek O? Mean for sixteen years, includ- TOUT 1 HAGEL. ok Rete eee 36°92° Woficren cy, Of LST ase peeeeeas 4-82° Highest reading, 50° on the 15th; lowest, 7° on the 1st. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 29°66°; of dry bulb, 31,41°; dif- ference, 1°75°. Fall—Rain, 0°63 inch, snow (melted), 0°63, = 1-26 inches; ereatest fall, 0°39 inch on the 16th; days of fall, eleven. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 3°46 feet ; high- est, 14 feet on the 7th. Wind—W., 5° S. Whitley.—A fine meteor was seen on the Ist. Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 21st; at Sun- derland on the 6th; at Gainford on the 20th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 9th, 10th, and 11th; at Sunder- land on the 1st and 8th; at Darlington on the 6th. Licurnine was seen, but THunpDER was not heard, at Wallington on the 15th. Haz. fell at North Sunderland on the 29th and 30th; at Wallington on the 22nd—24th, 28th-81st; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 28rd—25th, and 28th. Snow or Suzer fell at Saughtree on the 9th; at North Sunderland on the 2nd, 9th, lith, 25th, and 28th; at Rothbury on the 14th, 15th, 24th, 26th, and 28th ; at Wallington on the 2nd, 9th—-12th, 16th, 17th, and 28rd; at Meldon on the 25th, 28th, 29th, and 31st; at Whitley on the 8th, 9th, 25th, 27th, and 28th; at Darlington on the 9th and 25th; at Gainford on the 1st-10th, 22nd, 28rd, and 25th; at Greta Bridge on the Ist, 8th, and 11th; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 9th, 11th, 14th, 22nd, 25th, 26th, and 29th. Auror® Boreass were seen at Sunderland on the 18th; at Cresswell on the 15th; at Sunderland on the 9th and 11th. 448 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE February.— ‘February makes a bridge and March breaks it.”’ —Old Proverb. Greenwich.—From February the 3rd to March the 14th the ' weather was mostly mild and spring-like ; the average excess of those forty days was 43° daily. The mean temperature of Feb- ruary was 42°4°, being 3-9° higher than the average of 100 years, and higher than in 1870 by 6-2°, but lower than in 1869 by 2°9°. The mean high day temperatures of February were 2°9° higher than the average. The mean low night temperatures were 3°5° higher than the average. The fall of rain was 0°5 inch in defect. The mean daily readings of the barometer were generally above the average. The minimum for the month (29-06°) occurred on the 10th. The range amounted to 1:20 inches. North Sunderland.—The first part of the month was wet and cold, the latter half dry and seasonable. The barometrical dis- turbance was great throughout. Wallington.—Severe weather prevailed up to the 13th. On the 14th the wind veered to the west, andathawsetin. The frost and snow soon disappeared. The lowest reading of the thermo- meter was 25° onthe 12th. The highest reading 50°, on the 14th, 18th, and 19th. The mean minimum reading for the month was 83°5°, and the maximum 42°5°. Frost was registered on eleven mornings. Snow, rain, or sleet fell on nineteen days, accompanied by gales of severe cold wind. Wylam.—Cold, wet, and windy till the 18th; then fine, with a good deal of wind, till the end of the month. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°889; highest, 30-173 on the 22nd ; lowest, 29°308 on the 20th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 46-89° Mean of minimum ............... 35°60° Ditkerencer cen aye chee eee eee 11-29° REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 449 Mean for month (=F mis.) _ 41-24° Mean for sixteen years ......... 39°27° HEX CE SSGO bellies, comer eee 8:97° Highest reading, 56° on the 19th; lowest, 26° on the 12th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.a., 88°82°; of dry bulb, 40-70°; dif- ference, 1:88°. Fall—Rain, 1:22 inches; snow (melted), 0°32 inch — 1°54 inches ; greatest fall, 0°39 inch on the 8th; days of fall, eight. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 3:24 feet ; high- est, 10 feet on the 6th. Wind—W., 15° S. Sonar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the 15th, 17th, and 23rd. Lunar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the 7th. Har fell at Wallington on the Ist and 11th; at Whitley on the Ist. Snow or Steer fell at Saughtree on the 8rd and 11th; at North Sunderland on the 12th; at Rothbury on the 10th; at Walling- ton on the 10th; at Cresswell on the 14th, 15th, and 16th; at Meldon on the Ist, 10th, and 11th; at Gainford on the 10th and 12th; at Greta Bridge on the 10th and 12th; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’ on the 10th and 12th. Avrora Borzanis was seen at Durham on the 22nd. Mareh.— * March wind and May sun make clothes white and maids dun.” —Old Proverb. Greenwich.—From the 14th to the end of the month the weather was very changeable, the temperature being for two or three days considerably in excess, and then for two or three days much below the average. Taking the whole seventeen days together the excess averaged 1°5° daily. The mean temperature of March was 44°9°, being 4° higher than the average of 100 years, and higher than in the correspond- ing month in any year back to 1859, when 46°4° was recorded. The mean high day temperature was 5°4° above the average. The mean low night temperature was 1-6° higher than the average. D2 450 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE The mean temperature of the air for the three winter months of December, 1870, and February and March, 1871, was 36°4°, © being 1:6° lower than the average of 100 years. The principal movements of the barometer were as follows :— A decrease from 80°35 inches on the 1st to 29°42 inches on the 6th, an increase to 80:00 inches on the 10th, a decrease to 29°12 inches on the 16th, an increase to 80°15 inches on the 18th; a decrease to 29°59 inches on the 24th, and an increase to 80°28 inches on the 28th. The range of reading amounted to 1-24 inches. North Sunderland.—A very cold month, with some very hot days. Great variation of temperature in shade. Barometer very unsteady. Lowest temperature in shade, 24° on the 15th; high- est temperature, 64° in shade on the 25th. Wark.—On the 14th and 15th the mercury in a thermometer, facing N. about four feet from ground, and eighteen inches from a wall covered with ivy, fell to 5°. Wallington.—March came in like a lamb—the first four days were remarkably fine and warm with bright sunshine. The weather was more like June than March. The maximum tem- perature on the 8rd was 64°. On the 5th a change took place, and extremely cold and stormy weather set in, with frequent gales of wind and showers of snow. ‘This continued till the 18th. Mock sun seen on the 5th and 7th. Minimum temperature on the 15th 12°, and the lowest for the month. From the 19th again another extreme of fine and clear weather, which continued to the 25th. On that day the maximum temperature was 67°, accompanied with thunder and lightning. Afterwards followed cold and stormy weather to end of the month. The minimum mean temperature for the month 33°, and the maximum mean 48°6°. Rain and snow fell on fourteen days to the amount of 1:07 of an inch. Mock suns were observed on the 5th and 7th. Meldon, near Morpeth.—From the 5th the weather was favour- able to vegetation, until the 26th, except one severe frost on the REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 451 15th, which destroyed all the apricot blossoms which were out. There were 17° of frost on the 26th. The 25th was a very hot day for the time of year—the thermometer rose to 70° in the shade. There was a change in the weather from the 26th; it was much colder, and vegetation made little progress. Wylam.— Very warm and fine from the 2nd to the 8th, with wind from W. and 8.W. ; and again from the 18th to the 22nd, when exceedingly chill winds set in from KH. till the end of the month. On the whole, a changeable fine month; coming in like a lamb, and going out like a lion. On the 17th the shock of an earthquake was felt a little after 11 p.m., in the N. and W. of England, but was unobserved by any one in my house; indeed, its power seemed to vary much withm short distances; the household of a friend of mine (G. C. A.), seven miles W. of this, were all roused out of their sleep, and rushed from their beds in great consternation. Near Whitehaven it was also plainly felt ; a favourite parrot in a house there screamed out in a great fright, and tumbled off its perch, clinging to the side of its cage and flapping its wings with fear. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°980; highest, 80°543 on the 28th; lowest, 29°371 on the 13th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 52-32° Mean of mininum ............... 35°29° DMT. Ena gnadoanoooocsedeasdce 17:08° Mean for month (ase) == 43°81° Mean of sixteen years ......... 40-70° TB pos mat ILS WAL Gobsoncconboone on. BP Ie Highest reading, 69° on the 26th ; lowest, 19° on the 15th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 37°64°; of dry bulb, 40°29°; dif- ference, 2°65°. Fall—Rain, 0°56 inch; snow (melted), 0°32 inch, = 0°88 inch; greatest fall, 0°30 inch on the 10th; days of fall, twelve, River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 2°25 feet; high- est, 4 feet on the 10th. Wind—W., 28°.5. 452 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE North Shields.—A shock, which is said to have been an earth- quake, was noticed about 11:10 p.m. on the 17th. We were moving about at the time, and thus did not notice the oscillation, but the windows rattled very clearly. My sister, living in New- castle, was roused from sleep by the shaking of the bed. A friend, living in Gateshead, was awakened by all his bells ring- ing; a small glass ornament was thrown down and broken in one of his rooms.—Rh. Spence. Gainford.—An earthquake occurred on the 17th a little after 11 o'clock p.m. ‘‘I was awakened by my daughter coming to enquire the cause of the shaking of the house and the noise on the roof. The shock was felt in different parts of the village by seven persons, all of whom agreed as to the time and the fact.” — A. Atkinson. The estimated population of the largest towns in Durham and Northumberland, and the death-rate in the first quarter of 1871 were as follows :— Estimated | Persons to ee Population. } an Acre. Deaths. antes o, INewjGastlepieisct incecseeuasecatecten 136,293 | 25°5 899 26°5 Sunderland eeseeccececeeee tease eeenee 103,037 32 685 26°7 So. Shields (Municipal boundary)| 71,178 fue 671 374 Gateshead ditto 45,933 a 284 24-7 Tynemouth ditto 41,205 Be 246 23°9 The Registrar General reports that four hundred and sixty- three deaths from smallpox took place in the Northern Counties, two hundred and thirty-eight in South Shields, seventy-eight in Stockton, thirty-seven in Hartlepool, seventeen in Durham, fifteen in Auckland, thirteen in Gateshead, twenty-five in New- castle-on-Tyne, and twenty-three in the Borough of Tynemouth. He states that the epidemic was almost confined to four great centres of infection—London, Liverpool, and the mining districts of Durham and South Wales. All the smaller outbreaks may be more or less directly traced to one of these centres. There is distinct evidence in many cases of the introduction of the disease REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 453 into sea-side towns by sailors; and, considering its fatal pre- valance in Holland, Belgium, and many parts of France, it is not a matter of great surprise that the ports should have suffered from the epidemic. That the epidemic may, to a great extent, be traced to foreign communication is beyond doubt. In the first quarter of 1870 the mean temperature of January was considerably above the average, while February and March were, comparatively speaking, cold; the mean temperature of the quarter being 38°. In the first quarter of 1871 the weather of January was re- markably severe, February and March were warmer than the average, and the mean of the quarter was 40°2°. This difference between the two winters did not materially affect the propor- tions of deaths among infants and elderly persons. Sorar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 14th and 15th; at Sunderland on the Ist, 5th, 7th, 9th, 10th-12th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, and 25th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Allenheads on the 24th; at North Shields on the Ist and 4th; at Sunder- land on the Ist, 6th, 7th, and 8lst; at Durham on the 7th. LigHTNING was seen, but THUNDER was not heard, at Allenheads on the 25th. THUNDERSTORM occurred at Wallington on the 25th; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 25th, Har. fell at North Sunderland on the 16th and 28th; at Cresswell on the 13th, 16th, 26th, 27th, 28th, and 29th; at Whitley on the 16th ; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 15th, 16th, and 28th. Snow fell at Saughtree on the 14th and 15th; at Wallington on the 8th, 12th, 18th, and 14th; at Cresswell on the 8th and 15th; at Meldon on the 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, and 27th; at Whitley on the 14th; at Sunderland on the 28th; at Dar- lington on the 28th ; at Greta Bridge on the 16th and 27th; at Gainford on the 9th, 16th, and 27th; at Acklam, near Middles- bro’, on the 15th, 16th, 28th, and 31st. Auvrorm BorEaEs were seen at Rothbury on the 8th and 22nd; at Cresswell on the 31st; at Sunderland on the Ist, 12th, 17th, and 27th; at Greta Bridge on the 17th and 27th; at Durham on the 23rd. 454 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE aA prul.— ‘* April and May are the keys of the year.” Greenwich.—The mean temperature of April was 47:7°, being 1:7° higher than the average of 100 years, but lower than the corresponding value in any year back to 1861, when 44°3° was recorded. The result would have been different but for a warm period between April the 12th and 29th, when the daily excess was 4°. The mean high day temperature of April was its average. The mean low night temperature of April was higher than its average. The daily range of temperature was less than the average by 2°. The fall of rain was 1°3 inches in excess. The atmospheric pressure increased from 29°59 inches on April the 3rd to its maximum reading for the month, 380-:050 inches, on the 6th, and continued generally about 29-8 inches till the 18th; on the 14th it decreased, and continued, with slight ex- ceptions, to the 19th, when the minimum for the month, 29-08, occurs. From the 20th there were increasing readings till the 25th, to a maximum of 29:90 inches, and this was followed by readings decreasing to 29°34 inches on the 29th. The range for the month was 1:042 inches. North Sunderland.—A wet, dull, cold month throughout. Wallington.—Like the previous months of the year this was marked by a continuance of severe cold. Rain fell on twenty- four days to the amount of 4:78 inches. The highest reading of the thermometer was on the Vth, 58°, and the lowest on the 11th, when the thermometer fell to 18°. The low temperature destroyed nearly all the plums and pears upon the wall-trees; also retarded vegetation considerably several days. The minimum mean temperature for the month was 33°8°, and the maximum mean 49°4°, and the minimum and maximum mean 41°3°. Meldon, near Morpeth.—The first eleven days of April were very ungenial. Vegetation was nearly at a standstill until the rain of the 11th, which did much good. There were only two oa) Scaalen REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 455 days on which rain did not fall, namely the 21st and 29th. On the night of the 17th 1:07 inches of rain fell. Wylam.—A cold, raw, changeable month, with a good deal of EK. wind and a good deal of rain. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°819; highest, 30-261 on the 6th; lowest, 29:078 on the 19th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 52-30° Mean of minimum ............... 35°17° Diterencere eee eee eae 16°58° Mean for month (Gu — 44,08° Mean for sixteen years ......... 46:°06° Deficreney: of US TAN tec. si 5 «ea 2°08° Highest reading, 63° on the 29th; lowest, 26° on the 7th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 39°30°; of dry bulb, 41:14°; dif- ference, 1°84°. Fall—Rain, 8°61 inches; greatest fall, 1-00 inch on the 19th ; days of fall, sixteen. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 2°4 feet ; highest, 8 feet on the 14th. Wind—E., 12°N. Sotar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 10th; at Sun- derland on the 1st, 29th, and 80th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 26th; at Sunderland on the 1st and 7th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Sunderland on the 27th; at Ack- lam, near Middlesbro’, on the 19th. Ligurnine was seen, but THUNDER was not heard, at Wallington on the 21st, 22nd, and 28th; at Greta Bridge on the 21st. THunprer was heard, but LicHTNING was not seen, at Saughtree on the 29th; at Walling- ton on the 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, and 29th; at Allenheads on the 29th ; at Meldon on the 29th ; at North Shields on the 27th and 28th. Har. fell at Meldon on the 28th; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 3rd. Swow fell at Saughtree on the 4th and 18th ; at North Sunderland on the 8rd ; at Meldon on the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th. Aurorm Borraues were seen at Rothbury 456 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE on the 10th and 27th; at Wallington on the 9th; at Cresswell on the 9th; at Whitley on the 1st ; at North Shields on the Ist and 9th; at Sunderland on the Ist, 9th, and 15th. May.— ‘¢ When rain comes before wind Halyard sheets and braces mend ; But— When wind comes before rain Soon you may set sail again.” —Fitzroy. Greenwich.—The mean temperature of May was 51°9°, being 0:7° below the average of 100 years, lower than in 1870 by 1°5°, but higher than in 1869 by 1°4°.. The mean high day temperature of May was lower than the average. The mean low night temperature of May was also lower than the average. The daily range of temperature was 1°8° greater than the average. The fall of rain was 1°3 inches in defect. During the month of May the readings of the barometer, with six exceptions, were above the average. The range of readings was from 30°214 inches on the 7th, to 29°636 inches on the 25th, or 0°578 inch only. Saughtree, North Tyne.—Severe frost on the 16th. Wark.—On the 16th the mercury in a thermometer, on a stand facing east, about four feet from the ground, and eighteen inches from a wall, fell to 20°. In one facing north, eighteen inches from a wall covered with ivy, it fell to 18°. All the potatoes were cut down to the ground. The goose- berries, except those sheltered by leaves, were killed. Many of the bushes lost their leaves. Apple blossom and cherry wholly destroyed. The young leaves of ‘‘ horse knots’ (Plantago lan- ceolata), and coltsfoot (Tussilgo farfara), turned black. The trees in a beech wood by river side, at Chipchase, a _ quarter of a mile in length, turned as red as in autumn and lost their leaves. Yeast in a pantry within the rectory was frozen ; as was milk in an underground pantry. . fond REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND. DR. HOOPPELL. 457 North Sunderland.—First part of month dry and cold, last ten days hot. Wallington.—A continuance of low night temperatures, with north-east and northerly winds, characterised the month. Frost was registered on seven nights. The lowest reading of the ther- mometer recorded was 23° on the 17th, which nearly destroyed the fruit crops. The highest maximum temperature was 73°5° on the 22nd. The mean maximum temperature for the month was 58°7°, the mean minimum 36°. Rain fell on ten days. Meldon, near Morpeth.—Vegetation progressed favourably up to the 9th; from that date to the 25th the weather was very ungenial. On the night of the 17th there were 8° of frost, which was very destructive to the fruit crops. The peaches which were set upon the wall trees nearly all fell off, and about three-fourths of the apricots, which were as large as marbles, dropped; goose- berries also suffered greatly. The earlier blossoms of the pear and apple trees and strawberries were entirely destroyed. All potatoes above the ground were cut down. ‘The peas also were much damaged with the severe frost of the 17th. The 17th was a remarkable cold windy day from the N.W. After the rain of the 25th vegetation advanced rapidly to the end of the month. Cresswell.—The hills in the distance were covered with snow, and there was ice here a quarter of an inch thick on the 18th. Wylam.—Very cold and raw, with N.E. wind till the 16th, when the wind changed to N.W., and the thermometer, which on the 17th was down to 27°, began to rise; and on the 19th the weather was much milder, and continued so till nearly the end of the month. Much damage was done to the gardens by the severe frost of the 17th. The blossoms of most of the wall fruit trees, and that of many of the standards, being killed by this unusually late and severe frost. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 30°047; highest, 30°357 on the 7th; lowest, 29°5783 on the 4th. 458 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Thermometer—Mean of maximum ..............- 59-49° Mean of minimum) 292.,20eeee8 39°61° IDMGSIINYS ) Sobkcbonscesacaecncounee 19-88° Mean for month ( max. “P min.) __ 49°55° Mean of sixteen years ......... 50°95° Deficiency of 1871 ...........-..-+. 1-40° Highest reading, 77° on the 25th ; lowest, 27° on the 17th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 44°4°; of dry bulb, 47°8°; dif- ference, 3°4°. Fall—Rain, 0°88 inch; greatest fall, 0°38 inch on the 26th ; days of fall, seven. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 1-7 feet ; highest, 2°2 feet on the Ist. Wind—N., 12° E. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—On the 23rd the currant and gooseberry leaves were falling, having been damaged by the frost. The plum trees were also much hurt. Sonar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the 2nd, 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 20th, and 24th. THuNDERSTOoRMS oceurred at Sunderland on the 26th ; at Acklam on the 26th; at Darlington on the 26th; at Gainford on the 26th. THuNDER was heard, but LigHtnine was not seen, at Wallington on the 26th; at Allen- heads on the 29th ; at Meldon on the 25th; at Cresswell on the 2nd ; at North Shields on the 26th ; at Greta Bridge on the 8th. Snow or Suet fell at Sunderland on the 16th; at Seaham on the 16th. Harn fell at Gainford on the 26th. June.— “A bright yellow sky at sunset Presages wind. A pale yellow, wet.” —Fitzroy. Greenwich.—The low temperature was most severe at the beginning and end of June, and the deficiency of temperature from the average of the preceding thirty years exceeded 4° daily. The month of June, 1860, was of the same low temperature, but e —— REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 459 previous to that we must go as far back as the year 1821 for one of lower temperature. The unseasonable, cold weather which, for the most part, pre- vailed during April, May, and June, together with the north winds, cloudy sky, and scanty sunshine, caused vegetation to be very backward. The mean temperature of June was 54°8°, being 3°4° lower than the average of 100 years. The only instances in that period in which the temperatures were the same, or of lower value, were as follows :— WT ek 5.8 54:0° DOWAR AY pat 54:0° GS Dea sctecstre ns 54°8° TGA, cctges eeicttes 53°4° OD ase science 54°4° DSUG ye ccecton-tcee 53°1° UO Os sateracie cron « 537° 1S )74] Ean ee ee 54:1° WTO Cacsescnae si 2 54°8° TSG n ocojsmnsn 54°8° PSOGsscrecde. <0 54°5° The mean high day temperature was lower than the average, - as was also the mean low night temperature. The daily range of temperature was less than the average by 2°8°. The fall of rain was 1°71 inches in excess. ‘ The barometrical oscillations were small, and there were no large departures from the average. The readings varied from 30°097 in the maximum on the 26th to 29-337, the minimum, on the 17th. The range was 0°760 inch. Wark.—On the night of the 25th water in a pail at a door in the village of Wark was frozen over. The following temperatures were registered :—June the 2nd, 28°; 4th, 26°; 21st and 23rd, 29°; 24th, 32°; 25th, 28°; 26th, 30°. North Sunderland.—Weather much overcast and misty ; cold winds generally from north. Wallington.—A cold month throughout, wind chiefly from the north-east; and frost was registered on four mornings of the month, which retarded the growth of fruit trees and the smaller 460 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE fruit bushes very much, and which appeared to be favourable to the growth and production of aphides. They covered the under- side of the leaves of fruit trees and bushes in myriads. The colours varied with the trees on which the insects fed. The aphis on the peach was a pale colour: the cherry black. The plum a large dark green: the pear and beech yellow. Farm and garden crops otherwise promised well and were very luxuriant. The minimum temperature recorded was 29° on the 25th; the maximum 72° on the 2nd. The mean minimum for the month was 41°; the mean maximum 62°2°. Rain fell on four- teen days. Meldon, near Morpeth.—This month commenced with a fine day, but the wind changed to the north on the 2nd, and it con- tinued cold from that date to the 10th, except the 6th, which ‘was a fine day. On the 7th there was a strong gale of wind from the N.H., which strewed the ground with green leaves. After the rain on the 14th, which was much wanted, vegetation advanced rapidly to the end of the month. There were thunderstorms at imtervals on the 18th, from 11°50 a.m. to 7.0 p.m., in which time 0°45 inch of rain fell. Wylam.—A cold ungenial month, with chill E. winds. A few warm days occurred from the 14th to the 18th, when there was a thunderstorm, and cold weather ensued till very nearly the end of the month. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°625; highest, 30-290 on the 26th; lowest, 29°343 on the 18th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ..............- 61-10° Meanotanimimiuny seeaeeeeeee cece 44-10° DittevenCeumereeee eee ene 17-00° Mean for month (shot me) = 52-60° Mean of sixteen years............ 56°63° Deficiency, ile ile eceeee nee 4:038° Highest reading, 76° on the 17th ; lowest, 35° on the 5th. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 461 Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 48°83°; of dry bulb, 50°97°; dif- ference, 2°14°. Fall—Rain, 3-18 inches; greatest fall, 1:40 inches on the 16th; days of fall, eleven. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 1°6 feet; cay 2:2 feet on the 19th and 29th. Wind—kE., 24°N. The population of the largest towns in Northumberland and Durham, with their respective death rates, for the second quarter of 1871, was as follows :— Annual uauel Estimated Death Rate per 1000 Population| Persons to Deaths per 1000 aan SETS middle of | an acre. . from all rincipal 1871*. classes, Pea diseases. Newcastle-on-Tyne ...... 128°677 | 24-1 1,040 32-4 93 Sunderland ............... 98°797 | 29°9 7174 314 IP E7/ Gateshead ......... AS 226) oe 347 28°8 oe Tynemouth ... ..| 40°800 we 244 23°9 South Shields 75°390 iG 586 311 ane Total of 17 large Towns a Be 24-4 5°9 Smallpox was very prevalent during this quarter, not only in Northumberland and Durham, but elsewhere. In London the death rate from this cause was 4:0 persons per 1000, 1°5 in Lan- cashire, 4°3 in Durham, 2:9 in Northumberland ; Liverpool 6, Neweastle-on-Tyne 7, and Sunderland 9 per 1000. In South Shields the number who died from this disease was 148, and in Gateshead 67. Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 11th and 29th ; at Sunderland on the 8rd, 4th, 6th, 14th, 19th, 29th, and 80th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the Ist. THunpEr- storms occurred at Wallington on the 18th; at Allenheads on the 17th; at Meldon on the 18th; at Cresswell on the 18th; at Whitley on the 30th; at North Shields on the 18th and 80th; * The figures in this column are the unrevised mumbers enumerated at the census in April, 1871, raised to the middle of the year by adding one-fortieth of the rate of increase which prevailed between 1861 and 1871. 462 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE at Darlington on the 18th and 80th; at Acklam, near Middles- bro’, on the 18th and 20th. LicutTnine was seen, but THUNDER was not heard, at Acklam on the 15th and 19th. THunpErR was heard, but Liaurnine was not seen, at Allenheads on the 18th and 25th; at Meldon on the 19th; at Cresswell on the 12th and 19th; at North Shields on the 17th, 19th, and 28th; at Bywell on the 19th. Harm fell at Saughtree on the 25th; at Darlington on the 16th. Avrora Borgauis was seen at North Sunderland on the 4th. July.— ‘* Rainbow to windward, foul fall the day ; Rainbow to leeward, damp runs away.” —Old Nautical Saw. Greenwich.—The cold weather which had been generally pre- valent throughout the preceding quarter continued, with the slight exception of the few days, July 14th to 21st, till August the 5th. The mean temperature of July was 61:7°, being 0-1° higher than the average of 100 years, but lower than the corresponding values in 1870, 1869, and 1868. The mean high day temperatures of July were lower than the average. The mean low night temperatures were above the average. The daily range of temperature was less than the average by 2°5°. The changes of atmospheric pressure were small but frequent, the tendency being higher in the middle than at the beginning and end of the month. The maximum, 80:06 inches occurred on the 16th, and the minimum, 29°24 inches on the 24th. The range was 0°82 inch. The fall of rain was 0°7 inch in defect. North Sunderland.—Damp, wet month. Prevailing winds W. and 8.W. Wallington.—The weather was fine and warm. Brilliant sun- shine and frequent showers of rain made the crops both in field and garden advance very rapidly. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 463 The lowest temperature was 38°5°, the only day during the month when it fell below 41°. The highest temperature was 75° on the 14th. The maximum temperature was never below - 60°. The mean minimum for the month was 46°5°, the mean maximum 65°5°. Rain fell on twenty-five days. Meldon, near Morpeth.—A remarkable month from the absence of sunshine, and rain on almost every day. Rain fell on twenty- four days, either more or less, to the amount of 2°90 inches. The 14th was the warmest day of this month—minimum tem- perature 59°, maximum 79°. As the weather was dull and moist the turnips grew rapidly, and pastures were exceedingly good. From the crops of hay being large and the weather unsuitable, hay-making was a tedious operation, but on the whole the hay was got in good condition. Wylam.—Fine, with occasional rain and thunder. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29-701; highest, 30-019 on the 16th; lowest, 29:148 on the 25th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 68°51° Mean of minimum ............... 50:07° Dittenemee: erauntesce sac. teens es 18-44° Mean for month ( mae ee) == 59202 Mean of sixteen years ......... 59°28° BERGE SHO TS Tila, wsconticnectraceaee 00:01° Highest reading, 75° on the 15th and 17th; lowest,48° on the 30th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 55°48°; of dry bulb, 59-94°; dif- ference, 4°51°. Fall—Rain, 2°85 inches; greatest fall, 0°50 inch on the 5th ; days of fall, twenty-one. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge.—Mean height, 1-9 feet; high- est, 8°5 feet on the 5th. Wind—W., 4° 8. 464 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE’ Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 4th and 30th ; at Sunderland on the 2nd, 5th, 14th, 18th, and 23rd. Lunar Hato was seen at Sunderland on the 27th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Saughtree on the Ist, 2nd, 5th, 23rd, and 30th; at North Sunderland on the Ist, 4th, 28rd, and 24th; at Rothbury on the 4th, 9th, 16th, and 29th ; at Wallington on the 1st, 8th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, and 30th; at Allenheads on the 4th, 10th, and 380th ; at Cresswell on the Ist, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 17th, 26th, and 29th; at Bywell on the 1st, Ath, 10th, and 30th; at Whitley on the 1st, 5th, 8th, 14th, and 23rd; at North Shields on the Ist, 10th, 14th, 23rd, 26th, and 29th; at Sunderland on the Ist, 5th, 8th, 10th, 14th, 23rd, 28th, and 30th; at Darlington on the 1st, 6th, 8th, 14th, 28rd, 28th, 29th, and 30th; at Gainford on the Ist, 3rd, 5th, 8th, 10th, 14th, 23rd, 29th, and 80th; at Seaham on the 5th; at Greta Bridge on the 1st and 14th; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the Ist, 4th, 8th, 14th, 16th, 23rd, 26th, and 27th. Har fell at Meldon on the 5th, 10th, 28rd, 26th, and 30th; at Cress- well on the 5th; at North Shields on the 28rd; at Sunderland on the 5th and 23rd; at Seaham on the 5th; at Acklam on the 5th. August.— * At St. Bartholomew There comes cold dew.”— Old Proverb. Greenwich.—The mean temperature of August was 64:8°, being 4° higher than the average of 100 years ; and in the period, 1771-1870, the only instances in which the corresponding values have been the same as, or in excess of, this value, are 1780, 65°7°; 1802, 64°8°; 1842, 65-4°; and 1857, 65-8° The mean high day and low night temperatures of August were higher than the average. The daily range of temperature was greater than the average by 4°7°. The oscillations of the barometer in August were larger than in July, the principal movements being an increase to 30:02 inches on the 10th, a decrease to 29:26 inches on the 18th, an increase to 29°80 inches on the 21st, a decrease to 29°56 inches REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 465 on the 24th, an increase to 30°31 inches on the 28th, and a decrease to 29°82 inches on the 30th. The range was 1:05 inches. The fall of rain was 1°5 inches in defect. North Sunderland.—A fine, hot month. Harvest began about the 20th, and corn was generally cut by the end of the month, Wallington.—August was a continuance of hot and fine wea- ther similar to last month, but the temperature was hotter and the air dryer. No rain fell from July the 30th to August the 16th; after that light showers fell on ten days, except on the 20th, when there was a heavy fall of nearly one inch, accompanied with a thunderstorm, which was favourable to the growth of all kinds of crops. Corn progressed wonderfully, and at the end of the month harvest was progressing well in nearly every county, and was earlier than could have been expected considering the lateness of the spring, but July and August fully made up for the lateness. The highest maximum temperatures and hottest days of the year were 855° on the 9th, and 81° on the 10th. The lowest minimum 35°8° on the 22nd. The maximum mean for the month 69-5°, the minimum mean 46°. The temperature on twelve days was between 70° and 80°, and on fifteen days between 60° and 70°. Meldon, near Morpeth.—From the close of July to August the 16th the weather was very favourable for the making of hay, as there was not any rainfall during that time. From the 1st of the month to the 6th the maximum temperature varied from 68° to 75°, but on the 7th there was a great change, the maxi- mum temperature reaching to 84°, and the range was from 79° to 86° up to the 13th. The 10th was the warmest day of the year, when the thermometer reached 86°. On the 24th, 25th, and 26th, the weather was dull and the temperature low, and very violent gales of wind prevailed during that period, more especially on the 24th and 26th, when a great quantity of corn in this neighbourhood was shaken out. The minimum tempera- ture on the 22nd was 37°. B2 466 METEOROLOGIOAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Wylam.—A very fine month; very warm from 8th to 12th. A good deal of thunder and lightning all over England, and several deaths from lightning. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°923; highest, 30°431 on the 28th; lowest, 29-168 on the 25th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 71:90° Mean of minimum ...... ........ 49°81° IDMIETRETNC@® shosooocosoooveconaconae 2209° Mean for ara (SS = 60:85° Mean for sixteen years ......... 57°74° Ioxroersret ont AUST Sonicdacenoocoucooc 3°11° Highest reading, 84° on the 11th; lowest, 38° on the 22nd. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.u., 54°22°; of dry bulb, 57°81°; dif- ference, 3°59°. Fall—Rain, 0°87 inch; greatest fall, 0-44 inch on the 21st; days of fall, eight. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 1:64 feet; high- est, 3°7 feet on the 21st. Wind—W., 28° 8. Sonar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the 28rd, 27th, and dist. Lunar Hatos were seen at North Sunderland on the 27th; at Sunderland on the 27th. THUNDER was heard, but LigHtnine was not seen, at Rothbury on the 16th; at Allenheads on the Ist and 9th; at Wallington on the 20th; at Bywell on the 16th, 23rd, and 29th; at North Shields on the 2nd, 8th, and 24th. LIGHTNING was seen, but THUNDER was not heard, at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 18th. THunpERSToRMs occurred at Allenheads on the 18th; at Darlington on the 18th; at Gainford on the 18th; at Acklam on the 18th. Aurorm BorEaLEs were seen at Wallington on the 21st; at North Shields on the 24th; at Whitley on the 23rd, 24th, and 25th; at Sunderland on the 21st, 28rd, 24th, and 25th; at Durham on the 21st and 24th. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 467 September.— “¢St. Michael’s rain does not stay long in the sky.” —French Proverb. Greenwich.—The mean temperature of September was 57°4°, being 09° higher than the average of 100 years, and higher than in 1870 by 1:°7°. The mean high day temperatures of September were lower, and the mean low night temperatures were higher than the average. The daily ranges of temperature were less than the average by 1-22; The mean daily readings of the barometer were generally below the average from the 1st to the 11th and from the 20th to the end of the month, the means for the remaining days being in excess. The minimum reading for the month was 28°85 inches on the 27th, the highest reading was 30°12 on the 14th, and the range 1-27 inches. The fall of rain was 1:7 inches in excess. The mean temperature of the air in the three months ending August was 60°4°, being 0-2° higher than the average of 100 years. The population of the largest towns in Northumberland and Durham, with their respective death rates, for the third quarter of 1871, were as follows :— Annual Death Rate é : Annual Estimated] Persons to to 1000 Death Rate Population} an Acre. Deaths. living oe to 1000 7 principe ake zymotic | LEVINE. diseases. Neweastle-on-Tyne...... 128677} 24:1 1,208 15°3 387-7 Sunderland ............... 98°797} 29:9 1,132 26°4 46:0 South Shields ............ 75°390 be 610 et 32°4 Gateshead). <-..---c0-+--2+c 48°226 ee 455 sis 477 Tynemouth .............+. 40-800 sie 305 oe 29°9 The highest death rates in the seventeen largest English towns during the quarter ending September 380th were as follows :— Manchester, 34; Salford, 35; Neweastle-upon-Tyne, 38 ; 468 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Sunderland, 46. Diarrhea was more or less fatal in each of the towns, and smallpox showed especial fatality in Newcastle and Sunderland, while it was also prevalent in London, Liverpool, Manchester, and Salford. North Sunderland.—In the early part of the month the wea- ther was good for harvest work, but the latter part was wet and cold. Wallington.—The rainfall this month was excessive ; upwards of 5 inches fell. This was very unfavourable for harvest work. Indeed only some ten days (11th to 21st) could be said to be suitable for getting the corn in. From September the 22nd to October the 6th heavy showers of rain fell every day. The highest temperature recorded was 70° on the 11th, the lowest 31° on the 29th. The mean maximum for the month was 59:1°, the mean mini- mum 41°1°. Lunar rainbow seen on the 28th. Meldon, near Morpeth.—This has been a very wet month. From the 19th to the end of it rain fell on every day except the 21st. The 24th and 27th were excessively wet days; 1:21 and 1:01 inches of rain fell respectively. With the long continuance of wet weather the harvest work has been very much retarded, and a great quantity of corn remained in the fields and was much damaged. Wylam.—aA fine month, the temperature falling with singu- lar regularity from a mean of 68° at the beginning to about 45° at the end of the month. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°892; highest, 30°392 on the 14th; lowest. 29:244 on the 28th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 62°08° Mean of minimum ............:.. 44°38° IDMIETASTNVEE gh oooncoceconohansansenr We FO: REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 469 Mean for month (22see) == Horse Mean for sixteen years ......... 54°75° Deficiency of 1871 ...... Cee ony Highest reading, 75° on the 2nd and 3rd; lowest, 35° on the - 29th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 48°28°; of dry bulb, 50:48°; dif- ference, 2°20°. Fall—Rain, 5°28 inches; greatest fall, 1°56 inches on the 25th; days of fall, thirteen. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 2:06 feet; high- est, 7 feet on the 28th. Wind—N., 24° E. Whitley.—On September the 4th, 1871, about 11 p.m., a fine _ Lunar Rainbow of considerable permanence was seen. The are was complete and very clearly defined. On September the 5th a very vivid meteor was seen about 9.45 p.m., which emerged near Polaris and passed close by Dubhe. It was visible about two and a half seconds, and left a trail of brilliant violet which faded into faint bluish white. Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 26th; at Sun- derland on the 2nd, 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 28rd, and 29th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 26th and 30th; at Sun- derland on the 2nd, 25th, 26th, and 30th. Licutnine was seen, but Taunper was not heard, at Wallington on the 38rd, 7th, 21st, and 80th; at Rothbury on the 18th; at Whitley on the 9th; at Sunderland on the 21st and 22nd; at Acklam on the 9th. THUNDER was heard, but Licurnine was not seen, at Wallington on the 20th and 21st; at Acklam on the 6th. THuNDERSTORMS occurred at Sunderland on the 7th; at North Shields on the 6th. Hart fell at Sunderland on the 30th; at Darlington on the 8th; at Acklam on the 30th. 470 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE October.— “When Cheviot ye see put on his cap, Of rain ye’ll have a wee bit drap.” —Old Proverb. Greenwich.—Till the 16th of October the temperature was constantly below the average. This was followed by five warm days, then by six cold, and the month closed with a second period of five days of warm weather. Upon the whole month the temperature was nearly a degree below the average as found - from the previous thirty Ootobers. The mean temperature of October was 49°4°, being 0:2° lower than the average of 100 years, 0°4° lower than the corresponding value of 1870, but higher than in 1869, 1868, and 1867, when 48-9°, 47-9°, and 48-7° were recorded. The mean high day temperatures of October were higher, and the mean low night temperatures were lower than the average. On the 1st of October the reading of the barometer, at a height of 159 feet above the sea level, was 28°9 inches. An increase then set in and lasted till the 18th, when the maximum, 30°3 inches, for the month was reached. A decrease in the reading till the 19th was then registered, the value at 9 p.m. of that day being 25°5 inches. Another high wave then ensued reaching its maximum, 80°18 inches, on the 25th, followed by decreasing readings till the 29th. The range was 1°4 inches. The rainfall was 1:4 inches in defect. North Sunderland.—Dull, damp month. Great want of sun. Much mist and fog, and very light winds. Wallington.—The long continued wet weather of this and last month has caused great delay in the harvest work. Corn was much injured by the wet. The only favourable days for harvest work were the 7th-13th. It was close on the end of the month before all was stacked. Rain fell on eighteen days. Highest temperature recorded, 60° on the 18th; lowest, 23° on the 10th. REV. R, F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 471 Mean minimum for month, 37°6°, mean maximum, 52°7°. Meldon, near Morpeth.—Rain fell every day from the 1st to the 6th; the weather from the 6th to the 14th was fine. By the middle of the month the corn was all carried and stacked. On the 10th and 11th there were 8° and 7° of frost respectively. Wylam.—Fine calm month ; temperature pretty even. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29-819; highest, 80:406 on the 10th; lowest, 29°129 on the 2nd. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............06 56°45° Mean of minimum ..............- 39°19° ADUeLEMCe ne newacaeNa sacs setae E202 Mean for month (ees) = 47-82° Mean of sixteen years ......... 48-02° Deticrency, of NSW cscs: ose seems 0-20° Highest reading, 66° on the 19th; lowest, 26° on the 10th. Mean of wet bulb, 43°10°; of dry bulb, 44:90°; difference, 1°80°. Fall—Rain, 2°78 inches; greatest fall, 0°84 inch on the 20th; days of fall, fifteen. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 3-08 feet ; high- est, 7°5 feet on the 19th. Wind—W., 10° S. Sonar Hatos were seen at Sunderland on the 9th, 10th, 25th, and 27th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 25th, 26th, and 29th; at Sunderland on the Ist, 26th, and 28th; at Durham on the 26th. Ligurnine was seen, but THUNDER was not heard, at Saughtree on the 4th; at Allenheads on the 4th ; at Wallington .on the 4th; at North Shields on the 2nd; at Acklam on the 4th. THunpER was heard, but Ligutnine was not seen, at Wallington on the 8th; at Allenheads on the 8th; at Cresswell on the 19th; at North Shields on the 8th. Tuun- DERSTORMS occurred at Whitley on the 8th; at Sunderland on the 8th; at Acklam on the 8th. Avrorm BorEALEs were seen at Cresswell on the 8rd; at Durham on the 4th; at Rothbury on. 472 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE the 13th; at Sunderland on the 17th. Har fell at Sunderland on the 8th; at Acklam on the 8th. November.— ‘‘Tf the wind be in the south-west at Martinmas, it will keep there till after Candlemas.”—Midland Counties Proverb. Greenwich.—On the 2nd of November a period of cold wea- ther. set in of unprecedented length, continuing throughout the whole month. The mean temperature of the month was 87:°6°, being 43° below the average of 100 years, 54° below the mean temperature of the fifty years ending 1863, and 63° below the ~ average of the last thirty Novembers. Since the year 1771 the following are the instances of Novem- bers: with mean temperatures below 40°:— Leena 39-2° SO Ae ee 39-5° T1OPMa la os noose 39-2° TI ae eee 38:92 T7SO Slee 39-5° TSIG a tere 39-3° CQ y. ae: 34:72 1B9GK ae ee 39-9° LPOG ee oe. 36:7° NEW) cencpnenos: 39-3° i AGH Ae Sona nee 39-6° USble cuter ae 37-9° AG SQ eee 88°7° LOC s ee ee 39-6° ASW beeen ey, 39-9° 1862.0 ee 39°8° SOT ee: 38-7° So that in two instances only, viz., in the years 1782 and 1786 has the mean temperature been lower than 387°6° since the year 1771, and since the year 1786 (85 years), there has not been any instance of such a cold November. The mean temperature of October and November, taken toge- ther, was 48°5°, and we must travel back to 1829 for a mean temperature for these two months of so low a value, when it was 43°4°. In the year 1818 it was 43°7°, and in 1808, 43:69, and there were no other instances in the century of similar tempera- ture. The mean high day temperatures and the mean low night temperatures of November were lower than the average. The range of temperature was less than the average. The rainfall was 1:8 inches in defect. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 473 During November, few movements of the barometric column of any magnitude were experienced, the principal being a steady fall from 29:97 inches on the 5th to 29°30 inches on the 8th, followed by arise of 36-2 inches on the 138th. During the remainder of the month the variations were of small amount. The range of reading was 0-99 inch. North Sunderland.—An exceedingly cold, raw, ungenial month. Wallington.—A cold, dull, and frosty month. The minimum temperature was 19° and 17° on the 18th and 19th; the maxi- mum, 47°8° on the 2nd. The maximum mean for the month was 40°3° ; the minimum mean, 30°4°; the mean of the two preced- ing, 35°3°. The first fall of snow and sleet was on the 10th, to nearly the amount of one-fourth of an inch. During the month rain, sleet, snow, and hail fell on twenty days, but only to 24 inches. On the morning of the 13th, be- tween 8 and 9 a.m., a Solar Halo was observed at a considerable distance from the sun, and three mock suns in the centre of the ring—one on each side and one above the sun. Meldon, near Morpeth.—This has been a very changeable month, with frost almost every night, or the thermometer near the freezing point. On the 13th and 19th there were 13° and 14° of frost respectively. Owing to the weather being so showery it has been difficult for the farmers to get their turnips off the strong lands. Wylam.—A very cold, raw month; not much wind, and that chiefly from N.W. and N.E. Barometer—Mean height at 8 a.m., 29°938; highest, 80-323 on the 19th ; lowest, 29:871 on the 14th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ............... 45-40° Mean of minimum ............... 31:90° DitferenceN eee eee 13-50° Mean for month (dieser = 88°65° Mean of sixteen years ......... 40.86° Deficiency of UST oe ca a-ecaen 2°21° ¢ 474 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Highest reading, 61° on the 1st; lowest, 19° on the 19th. Mean of wet bulb, 34°15°; of dry bulb, 35°83°; difference, a-68e: Fall—Rain, 2°11 inches; greatest fall, 0°42 inch on the 26th; days of fall, sixteen. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 2-4 feet; high- est, 4°5 feet on the 15th. Wind—N., 18° W. Seaham Harbour.—The lowest barometrical pressure recorded was 29°32 on the 8th, and the highest 30°24 on the 19th; on the 20th, 21st, and 22nd it fell 0°50, and rose again to the same level between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. each day. The lowest tempera- ture recorded was 28° on the 18th, and the highest 52° on the 6th—generally a very cold month. On the evening of the 2nd, at 7.30 p.m., a brilliant Aurora was seen; on the 4th, at 8.20 a.m., a Solar Rainbow was seen; on the 9th, after a very fine, clear day, a splendid double Auroral arch was seen, one stretcting from N.E. to N.W. and the other from N.E.to §8.W. After this four days of sharp frost. On the 16th a light covering of snow at night; the 30th very stormy and a very high sea. Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 18th; at Sun- derland on the 10th and 13th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the Ist, 4th, 19th, 25rd, 27th, 28th, and 29th ; at Allenheads on the 28rd ; at Sunderland on the 23rd. Licur- NING was seen, but THunpER was not heard, at Saughtree on the 8th; at Wallington on the 10th. Harn fell at North Sunderland on the 80th; at Wallington on the 29th; at Cresswell on the 27th; at Meldon on the 27th and 29th ; at Acklam on the 8th. Snow fell at Saughtree on the 8th, 16th, 21st, 29th, and 30th ; at North Sunderland on the 29th and 30th; at Wallington on the 10th, 21st, 22nd, and 80th; at Cresswell on the 10th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, and 28rd; at Meldon on the 10th, 16th, 21st, 22nd, and 29th; at Whitley on the 18th, 28th, and 30th; at Sunderland on the 16th ; at Greta Bridge on the 17th; at Acklam on the 8th. Aurorm Borrauzs were seen at North Sunderland REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 475 on the 9th; at Wallington on the 9th; at Cresswell on the 9th and 13th; at Whitley on the 6th and 9th; at Sunderland on the 2nd and 9th: at Gainford on the 9th and 10th; at Greta Bridge on the 9th and 10th; at Acklam on the 16th. December.— “¢Thunder in December presages fine weather.” —Old Saying. Greenwich.—The mean temperature of December was 38°3°, being 0:8° below the average of 100 years, and 4°7° higher than in 1870. The cold which marked the end of November con- tinued till December the 12th. From the 1st to the 12th the average deficiency of mean daily temperature was 94°. The difference from the average on the 7th, 8th, and 9th of December was more than 14°; on the 8th it was as large as 19°3°, the mean temperature of the day being 186°. The following table gives the lowest readings at various places on those days :— MINIMUM TEMPERATURE ON THE 7th. 8th. 9th. Guernsey, (e-usemscrsusessteess 34:0° 30°5° 25°5° IEVElStOMoke nectenecoeeaueee nee 27:0° 28°0° 29°0° Bio tone pesetenecsotesseesere 28°4° 22°0° 21-0° Tilbury (Essex)...........0008 16:0° 19°5° 29:2° arb vase cet Ouse seitaaeeeeces 22°2° 20°8° 2a10> Greenwich .......-...sseseseees 26°0° 18°6° Piles Heamin fone eee ede-ceaece 28°5° 23°0° 22°3° INIGHIELN coocnnedadbdosaccnosbede 24-0° 9:0° 13:0° Olin aimee sesatseessesenscect 27°2° 76° 16°4° AVEE POO! verte neds e)-e nc ess 31°6° 229° 25°0° Malian Sac sist ccocven set 26°0° 16-0° 25-0° INNGHNOGACRocanosoococooscaueada LAE Ole 28°8° @arlislemeemcrcnccacchasicosees 26°8° Siti 33°5° Bijwiellllgaesteeapincis sk snacoceiese 31°0° 30°0° 33°0° North Shields.................- 30°0° 25°0° 202 It will be remarked that the cold was most severe in Norfolk (Holkham and Norwich). The temperatures were not particu- larly low at Guernsey, in Cornwall, and Northumberland. The 476 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE cold was generally severely felt at a little distance from the South Coast and throughout the Midland Counties, but not ex- tending to the far north. The quarter has been remarkable for the longest continuance of low temperatures in November and the first half of December in this century. The rainfall was 0°8 inch in defect. From the Ist to the 18th high readings of the barometer were recorded; the daily means, without exception, being in excess of the average; but on the 18th a fall set in which reached its minimnm, 29°2 inches on the 20th. Increasing readings were then registered till 9 p.m. on the 23rd, the value then being 30 inches. Another decrease was then experienced, arriving at its minimum, 29-2 inches on the 28th. This was again followed by ‘an increase till the end of the month, when the reading was 30°0 inches. The range of readings was 1-1 inch. North Sunderland.—A cold, dull, variable month. Wallington.— The weather this month was very cold and stormy from the Ist to the 24th. Snow, rain, or sleet fell on twenty-three days. Frost was registered on twenty days. Lowest temperature recorded, 19° on the 28rd; highest tem- perature, 46° on the 18th; mean temperature for month, 34:7’. There was a very violent gale of wind on the 18th. Meldon, near Morpeth.—From the Ist to the 12th frost was registered on every night, and snow was on the ground to the depth of 8 inches. The severest frost was on the 5th, when the minimum thermometer fell to 15°. On the 18th a strong gale of wind prevailed, which uprooted large trees and divested others of their large branches. On seventeen days either rain, sleet, or snow fell. Wylam.—A fine month, with a good deal of wind ; the baro- meter very steady till the 16th, at about 30°200; then falling, REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. ‘A477 and more unsteady, till the end of the month. The thermome- ‘ter rather rising from the beginning to the end of the month. Barometer—Mean height at 3 a.m., 29°883; highest, 30°405 on the 8th; lowest, 29-117 on the 28th. Thermometer—Mean of maximum ..............5 44-81° Mean of minimum ............... 82°58° DitterenCer nee eee eee 12-23° Mean for month (ue nin) == aletosy Mean of sixteen years ......... 39°47° Wefievency/ of NS(e ns... case 0-78° Highest reading, 58° on the 19th ; lowest, 22° on the 5th. Mean of wet bulb at 8 a.m., 35°84°; of dry bulb, 37°82°; dif- ference, 1:98". Fall—Rain, 1-14 inches, snow (melted), 0°36 inch, = 1:50. inch ; greatest fall, 0°34 inch on the 28rd ; days of fall, thirteen. River Tyne at Wylam Bridge—Mean height, 3°75 feet; high- est, 8°5 feet on the 1ith. Wind—W., 22°5° N. Seaham Harbour.—The lowest reading of the barometer was 29°12 inches on the 28th; the highest 30°35 inches on the 138th. Heavy showers of snow fell on the 3rd. December on the whole was a milder month than November. There was a violent gale of wind on the 18th. The prevailing winds were 8. and 8.W. Sunderland.—On the 8rd, about 9.40 p.m., while it was snow- ing, a brilliant flash of lighting was seen, followed quickly by a very loud peal of thunder. Many persons who witnessed it described it as the brightest flash and loudest thunder they had ever witnessed. There is no reason to suppose that it was a meteor. Dinsdale, near Darlington.—The closing year has been on the whole a most ungenial one. Both vegetables and fruit suffered from want of sunshine. The fruit crop was both scarce and lacking in flavour. 478 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Salmon were more plentiful than usual in the Tees, owing to frequent freshes in the river. The fish were thus tempted to leave the sea, and the fishermen had more than an average season. It was a grand season for young plantations, and seldom have the young trees made such rapid and healthy growth. Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 12th, 25th, and 30th; at Sunderland on the 25th. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 6th, 22nd, 24th, and 29th; at North Shields on the 28rd; at Sunderland on the 24th and 27th. THuNDER- storms occurred at Saughtree on the 20th; at North Sunderland on the 1st and 8rd; at Rothbury on the 4th; at North Shields on the 8rd; at Greta Bridge on the 4th and 20th. Snow fell at Wallington on the Ist, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 20th, and 92nd; at Cresswell on the Ist-7th; at Meldon on the 2nd—4th, 6th-8th, 20th, and 22nd; at Darlington on the 8rd, 4th, 20th, and 27th; at Acklam on the Ist and 4th. Avrorm BorratEs were seen at Wallington on the 9th; at Allenheads on the 9th ; at Sunderland on the 9th and 30th. Harn fell at Whitley on the 1st and 18th; at Acklam on the Ist. Smallpox continued very prevalent during the last quarter of 1871. The Registrar General remarks that ‘‘The mining dis- tricts of the Northern Counties have been one of the most fatal smallpox fields since the outbreak of the epidemic; during the four quarters of 1871 the deaths from this cause were respec- tively 463, 1069, 1566, 1546, or 4644 for the whole year. The number showed a slight decline during the last quarter of the year in Durham, but the considerable decrease both in Sunder- land and Neweastle was more than balanced by a large increase in Auckland, Easington, and Tynemouth. It is well known that among the lower classes in Holland a very strong prejudice exists against vaccination. It may be useful to enquire what might be the result in London if preju- dice against vaccination should ever become as widely spread as in Holland. If the same death-rate from small pox had iv $} oe Wa es a tat othe hat a es . speak (a + im t> PeRNEO esa $ ms Wes By gig Tobidy Fyre y wie! {Gr e: TIE oe IG A Meter nts. Hi Epa Pf ok ae rea F REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 479 prevailed in London during the last quarter of 1871 as existed in the Hague during January and February, the deaths would have been 38-828 instead of 2-400. Greenwich.—The population of the largest towns in Northum- berland and Durham, and their respective death rates, for the last quarter of 1871, were as follows :— Death Ra SEN Ee Death Rate Estimated | Persons to Deaths. Lee per 1000 Population.| an Acre. 7 principal from zymotic all causes. diseases. Newcastle-on-Tyne...... 128°677 | 24-1 993 9.4 31:0 Sunderland §...2.5......00 98°757 | 29:9 | 1,01 18°9 41°3 South Shields ............ 75390 Se 646 zAd 34:3 Gateshead ........c.seseeee. 48-296 ae 453 ee 37°6 Tynemouth ............... 40-800 Ao 254 vis) 24:9 WIND. The editors have to acknowledge the receipt of many valuable records of observations of the wind for the year 1871. As many as admitted of it they have analysed, and arranged in such a form, as to show at a glance, both the general anemometrical character of the climate of the North Eastern Counties, and the particular variations observable in different districts of them. It may, perhaps, be advisable for them to take the present op- portunity of saying that they have analysed, and arranged, in a similar way, the records they have received of temperature, humidity, and pressure. So that the general tables under these heads, together with the very copious returns of rainfall, exhibit a conspectus of the climate of the district more full and perfect than has hitherto been produced, and one which cannot fail to be both interesting and valuable, in a high degree, to all students of Meteorology. They hope that it may be possible in future years to make these general tables still more complete, by the kindness of the numerous correspondents of the Club sup- plying, im all cases where it is possible, those particulars which are needed for embodiment in them. SS rere nen ee i a ce caine in ee RELATIVE PREVALENCE, DIRECTION, AND AMOUNT OF WIND IN THE SEVERAL MONTHS OF 1871. ; JANUARY. FEBRUARY. MARCH. APRIL. MAY, JUNE. STATIONS. N. 4E.-E, | E.48,-S. |S. 4 W.-W.|W. 3 N.-NN. 4 E.-E.| B.4S.-S. |S. } W.-W.|W. 3} N.-NJN. 3 E.E.| B.35S.-S. |S. 4 W.-W./W. 4 N.-NIN. 4 EE. | E. 4S.-S. |S. 3 W.-W.|W. 3 N-NJN. 2 5.-2.] 5. 3 S.-S. |S. 2 W.-W. Ww. 4N-NJN. 3 E-E.| E. 3 5.-S. |S. 4 W.-W./W. § N-N, STATIONS ‘Days | Force} Days| Force Days|Force| Days Force} Days|Force Days|Force} Days| Force] Days|Force} Days|Force, Days| Force] Days|Force| Days|Force} Days Force} DayslF orce Days Force Days|Force} Days|Force Days|Force! Dayulneree Days|Force} Days|Force DagulRoiee Days|Force| Days|Fore North Sunderland......... 81 1:0] 12 1-6) 14 11:2] 212°0)°2)1:3| 8/26] 16/199] 2/)2:8) 38) 2:3) 111/16) 15}1:8| 2/20] 7/16) 10/12) 6108) 7 )/I1] 3) 1:0)° 618) 8 15]} 19/18} 6/11) S| 14} 21] 05) 14 | 2:0} North Sunderland. AUN WICK. .0..sseeseeeeeeeeeee 3/06] 8|/o9/17|09| 3/12] 3/07] 5|1:2]17]14] 2/13] 2/09] 41/09] 18]15] 5/10] 8/06) 11}0'8) 4}11) 6/08/11 1}05) 7)0-7) 7 log] 3]1-:2111 106] 9106] £106] 3 10:9] Alnwick. TOA OEE? .osunsonvbocdnbese KO) |] an ‘So lieae i Moro IE IONE 5 7 fallecer, 6a lees OF Fee Gl cos St)|Were MMe Ss ieee | ae SW ecery, |) | abil Ones By tere halides |) 4 Paleo alas || — Dalene A) Mell sss Guiles Slices 9 |... | Rothbury. (Cressy clliincvsmrsrsscevere cea | ES Pies | ey oneal] COE ec | eee LON coo | IBF 00 Lf Neca || AE ono |) GPM ssa HUB oe Gales 9 Oya eeecnlcedalecco seco AWC N ras IP Ba |) Releerre MLSE seen |e |p 16°4 J NTI fgsoncoenodceoo0s0046- 8:9 March} natscanencpecesense 13°5 September ............+5 12°3 JNjomll -ceaacoooeceosseoneded 16°2 Octobery ences vasessseec 15°3 Mayencsas-cccestesessesest + 16:0 November ...........2++- 11°4 JUNC rs aes csceseesseseeee sees IES December ..........0000 15-0 Mean for Whole Year.................. 13°4. Similar errors occurred in the last three months of the preced- ing year, 1869. Mr. George Clayton Atkinson, of Wylam, has kindly furnished the percentage of wind from each quarter, and the mean direc- tion of the wind in each month, at Wylam. These interesting results are appended below. The percentage of wind from each quarter at Wylam may be compared with the percentage of wind 484. METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE from each quarter at Durham given on a preceding page. The differences will be seen to be very striking. QUARTERS. Percentage. INTE, peereauadasspareemane 4°6 North-East ............... 19°7 BAS ber erctoer ehh ocicamecesan 82 South-East ..........0.0.. 9°4 QUARTERS. South. tesa ceecne South-West .....-...++- WICSE eoaceetete tees: aid North-West ............ Percentage of Wind from Different Quarters, at Wylam, in 1871. Percentage, Mean Direction of the Wind, at Wylam, in the several Months of 1871. HUOISU LETS Daetae MICE Direction § VaMMINENAY soosoaaasdocueaned Wie sb oSiy Ab eillyy Weseesemnsncseneetenes W. 4°S. February ....-.-.--.-.+0.. \We TUS? tS, || ZAMIGATISH, consnocsoana05o06e W. 23° S. Mearchiseccte.ieccabineese nt W. 23° S. | September............... N. 24° BE. pACritell iia errs ini voce cl 0) EZ INS | OGIO ETE Goamenicnoeconanson W. 10°8. Miaiy tunocccserienensesaneecs N. 12° B. | November............ .. N. 18° W, SUMO Pe ecelecicescerceeences EK. 24° N. | December ..............- W. 22°N, Mean for Whole Year.............0060 W. 20° N. The following table, contributed by Mr. T. W. Backhouse, of West Hendon House, Sunderland, gives the result of observa- tions made daily at frequent intervals. It will be seen from it that, as far as observed, the greatest proportion of rain fell with the wind from §8.E., at Hendon, in 1871, which, Mr. Backhouse remarks, is unusual. Duration, in hours, of Wind, from each Quarter, at Hendon, in 1871, with the amount of Rain which fell with each, and the Yearly Ratio of the same. QUARTERS. ele Fours) Raine Leary INOrtieecerccmcateeee Waciisieste niles ames 669 1°35 WZ INGOTS DANI IA | gdopaddooesbeadsbrtoousdaoseer 892 1:39 811 1 DENG Rit enno cance ses Sb or DH TOs aaeeCHaoteeERee ee 686 Seis 43°0 Somth-Wasteececccecouscncccmencdesec neces 922 5°10 48°5 SOrmbh eee eis cholo hemersemer memes 917 1:91 87 SouthWest. ccecccthacsccunce cose neccne 1497 1°88 5.1 WIGS ae eA ee ES ascncedet Gane Ree Rage 1776 2°25 111 IN ORTI= WiOSUE Jebus ce eeceeiietnecsensnactaes 546 1°34 21°5 Wn Certain itoscsk Saaccsetcn cee ose cane 1855 4°71 | 80:4 ee er eae Ze g& $a a 30°8 |... | 21-5 | 432 45:9 SEPTEMBER. 1,4| 46:5 | 80 | 16:0 | 53:8 1 | 44:5 | 30 | 18:0 | 52:5 1 | 415 |29,30] 20:0 | 51:5 1 | 4075 | 29 | 18:0 | 506 11 | 41:0 | 29 | 225 | 52°3 11 | 39:8 | 27 | 21-9 | 50-1 1 | 46:0 | 29 | 19°5 | 54:2 1,2| 49:0 |? 19-0 | 49:1 11 | 42:0 | 27 | 16:5 | 51°8 1 | 441 | 29 | 21:0 | 58-0 1 | 42:0 | 29 | 205 | 53-5 wm CO COO KH Or Soro or ort STATIONS. North Sunderland. Alnwick. Rothbury. Cresswell (9 A.M.). Meldon. Wallington. North Shields (1.). South Shields. St. John’s, Weardale (9 A.M.). Seaham Hall. Sedgefield. Darlington. Gainford. Average. Greenwich. North Sunderland. Alnwick. Rothbury. Cresswell (9 A.M.). Meldon. Wallington. North Shields (1.) St. John’s, Weardale (9 A.M.). Seaham Hall. Sedgefield. Darlington, Gainford. Average. Greenwich. [S OF 1871.. 4 sea te 2 Soe ee al ee eas 4 [se |] 5 | 3 | 41:1 | 16:2 } 72 | 30 5 | 41:7 | 12°8 | 69 | 16 9 | 37°9 | 22:0 | 71 | 27 8 | 37:2 | 28:6 | 76 | 16 7 | 86:0 | 92:7 | 72 2 3 | 41:0 | 15:8 8 | 43°8 | 10:0 | 66 | 30 3] 48-9 | 15:4 | 72 | 30 5 | 39:6 | 19:9 | 71 | 17 py |i ceitoay TUBS) || oun | dee 5 | 392 | 183]... Pe 19-3072 2) 37-4 | 21:8 ee 7 \ 40:7 |,16-0 } 70 | 16 44-3 al ee i Raye ol ala: 3 | 366 | 19:7 | 75 | 56 7k || Dir 3 | 40°3 | 18-4 |71:9 4 | 49:1 | 29°3 2| 34:7 | 95 | 54 | 18 5 | 3541 71 | 52 | 18 0 | 30:2 | 12:8 | 52 | 18 18 8 | 29°3 | 12°5 | 48] 3° 3| 304) 9:9 | 46 | 18 6 | 84:8] 9:8 1| 365 | .5°6 | 52 | 18 5 | 35:4 | 9-1 | 52 | 18 4} 31:9 | 13:5 | 58 | 19 2| 34:3 | 10:9] .. TA\SOs5 alo alee ee 85 | 52 4 | 32:5 | 10°9 | 53 | 18 8 | 33:71 81152] 18 33° Lowest Minimum. e oo Oo oD co) ny bo (ie) Mean Daily Minimum. Mean Daily Range. } Average. / Greenwich. STATIONS. | North Sunderland. ) Alnwick. Rothbury. | Meldon. Wallington. | North Shields (S.). | North Shields (1.). | South Shields. Wylam. | Bywell. Allenheads. ! Durham. | Seaham Hall. | Sedgefield. | Acklam. 1 Darlington. | Gainford. North Sunderland. Alnwick. Rothbury. Meldon. Wallington. North Shields (S.). North Shields (1). South Shields. Wylam. Bywell. Allenheads. Durham. Seaham Hall. Sedgefield. Acklam. Darlington. Gainford. SS ee ee 8 ——— ———————EE SS SO OE Oe ee Oe SS JUNE Ee Manes e|ze| 2s A las) sa 5 | 35 | 60:2 5 | 82 | 56-0 5 | 88 | 61:0 5 | 45 | 67-1 B43) |) 162-2 56'8 5 | 23 | 561 5 ; 97 | 29 | 636 5 | 86 | 611 Bi sl| sata GO) ee dlloeeen 1 5988 eeepc |hocd 2 | BNL yet DOF lly nae 27 | 42 | 65:4 5 | 40 | 64-4 35°8] 61-0 66'3 DECEMBER. 5 | 29 | 44-7 5 | 26 | 42-7 5 | 80] 42°6 5 | 33 | 40°7 23 | 26 | 38° 385 |[eooo || led 5 | 26 | 42°3 5 | 27 | 43°8 5 | 36 | 44°8 io SO w. | 89°6 29 |) ae 7 | 34 | 42°8 8 | 34 | 42:0 8 8 | 35 | 39-4 8 | 33 | 42°8 30°6] 42-4 42°2 Greenwich. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 485 TEMPERATURE. The principal results furnished to the Club, under the head of temperature, have been arranged in two general tables. One of these is concerned entirely with absolute temperatures, that is to say, with the temperatures actually reached and recorded at definite points of time, the other is concerned with daily tem- peratures, that is to say, with temperatures representing the means of those which actually occurred during successive periods of twenty-four hours. The construction of the tables will be readily understood. The first gives for each station, and each month in the year, the highest maximum indicated by the thermometer, together with the day on which it occurred, the lowest minimum indicated, to- . gether with the day, the difference between the two, or monthly range, the mean of all the daily maxima, the mean of all the daily minima, and the difference between these latter, or mean daily range. The second table gives for each station, and each month, the mean temperature of the warmest day, that is, of the warmest period of twenty-four hours, reckoned from midnight to midnight, the mean temperature of the coldest day, the differ- ence between them, or monthly range of daily temperature, to- gether with the mean daily temperature throughout the month. Tn each table the average of each column of figures relating to temperature is given for the whole district, and similar particu- lars for Greenwich are given in juxtaposition in order to facili- tate comparison. In computing the average of each column in the second table, the figures for Cresswell and St. John’s, Wear- dale, are not included, as they are obtained in a different way from the rest. At all the other stations half the sum of the maximum and minimum temperatures of the day is taken as the mean temperature of the day. At Cresswell and St. John’s, Weardale, the actual temperatures observed at 9 a.m. are taken. These are purposely given uncorrected ‘‘ for diurnal range,”’ be- cause it does not appear certain that the Greenwich tables of diurnal range are applicable to observations made in a district so differently situated and so distant. ABSOLUTE AND AVERAGE EXTREMES AND RANGE OF TEMPERATURE IN THE SEVERAL MONTHS OF 1871. JANUARY. ATLEIOUNEING MARCH. ‘APRIL, Ree : a eee F : = Le ee} 6 g 2g] 23/2 d F 2g | Be | 2 : Se etn aS = = % ee STATIONS. ae of Bedliae Ai | As | 38 ae >;| 42 | 62 | &8 188 of ».| 28 | FE | Bs [es ef as | 38 | 5 |e g ae | as | 3 ; : Ba [eos 62 nas 26 i=) A 2 © il Ag | [=| 2 D a3 % [os a ; 5 S a I s [Bs | | 3 es| . /£2| . (28| ee | 22 | aa (£2| aJ62) = [22] 2 | a2 | ez [a] »|22] 2 £8] ee | i | ce (ee! | 22] . (28) 22 | 28 | SE 122) . 22] . |2e] Ge | G2 | 2122] |G:| |eg| a2 | 28 | de | smamons mS) | Se 53| 3 ou | & HS) Sass] = 1s 2S | sa] es s/s )/3s| ¢/ss| 88 | so |] sm le] F/ SS] 18s] ss | $8 | sa fa4|] B | ee] Blea] & aa | as P| p Ea] . 1S 8) ag c= a c Bal 4 |78| 4 |e#| 24 | ee | BPR] ate) 6 (as) as | Bs | ao [Pal 4 [Pa] 6 |e Se | ee |e” [Ral 4 [Aa] 4 [ee] 22 | 28 | S Ma| 4 [78] 4 [ee] ee | $2 | 2° Fe] 8 (5g) 2 (3a) gg | 28 | as AeA. 18 Pea elias ; : —|—|--|— ae cella Medes pee uadetland ss. 48 | 14) 15) 1| 88 | 876] 27-5 | 101] 54] 9 | 28) 12 | 31 | 45-7 | 35:8 | 9-9 | G4 | 25 | 24 | 15 | 40 | 508 | 36-2 | 14-6 | 61] 12] 26] 11 | 35 | 49.4 | B60 | 134] 70 | 22 | 82] 17 | 38! 573 | 411 | 162] 72|30| a7! 6 | as Gmetad ee A eee 46 | 14 | 13 | 27 | 38 aT | BT | 2) 19 PS | Te | 26 | 20 | 86:7 | 88 | 60) 8) 25 | 15) 82 | 49:0) S78) er | Br | 2B | ar] TL | 80] Ark | Bere | tore 6b | 22) 82) ara mm escarole eee era le Rothbury .......e eee 48 | 15 | 10 | 27 | 38 | 37:3 | 24:2 | 18:1 | 56 1g 23 | 13 | 88 | 45:3 | 332 |) 121] 67 | 4/19 | 15 | 48 | 516 | 335 | 181 | 59 | 28] 24] 2 | 35| 503] 33-6] 16-7] 75 | 22 | 25/17) 50| 599] 37-9 | 22-0] 71] 27133) 5 | 98 61:0} 422 | 18:8 saris oul 2. 5 O lor | is 5: 7 “Bp 9K 5 : : -s e Fa gre hbury. Hi ar ca ree ee aS Sil tee 23-2 BA | 19 | 25 | 12 | 29 | 452 | B47 | 105 | 70 | 25 | 15 | 15 | 55 | 533 | 84-2 | 19-1 | 68 | 29 | 22) 11 | 46] 546 | 34-2 | 20-4] 76 | 22 | 24 | 17] 52 | G58 | 372| 286] 76|16| 31) 5 | 45 | or1| 429) o4g Meldon. RYH IOn csscieses 45 | 14) 5| 1] 40) 85°8 | 238 | 12°0 | 50] 18 | 25 | 12 | 25 | 425 | 33:5) 9:0] 68] 25 | 12 | 15 | 56) 486 | 330] 156 | 60 | 29] 18 | 11 | 42) 49-4) 333] 161} 74 | 22 | 23 | 17 | 51 72| 2| 29] 5| 43] 622] 41-0] 21-2 | Wallington, : : 37-9) 29:5 | S4 fcr |av lieee | oer | s. | 44° 7 3 7 5 . f North Shields (S.) ...] «++ | es | e+ | ee | | 8779 | 295 | 8r4 -: £0 |} 366) 74 34 £9°1 | 37°6 | 11 48°7 | 875 | 112 56'S | 48°3 |- 8:5 | North Shields (S.), ~ 5 BY Me “6 . 4 nf 5 . 5 yA mr. a 22 id North Shields (I.) ...| 45 | 14] 12 | 2] 38] 35:2] 29:2) 60] 52] 35] 27/12 | 25 | 441 | 38:0) 61 | 55 & 26 | 15 | 29] 48:0) 386] 94] 56/12] 33] 7) 23| 47:0) 39-6] 74) 63 | 2° | 33 | 17 | 30 66 | 80) 43) 5 | 23} 561) 484) 77} North Shields (1), ele ae aees ee ee ealeeaal sults ; a | Seen Kee ail el ane ie ‘ South Shields ......... 4g | 14| 11 | 1|37| 37-9| 303] 76] 55 | 19 | 29 | 12| 26 | 47:3 | 39-2] 81] 58| 5° | 25] 15 | 33 | 51:3) 401] 11-2 | 59 | 26 | 82] 11 | 27 | 531) 40-1 | 13:0] 70 | 80 | 33 | 17 | a7 72 | 30 | 48 ae 29 | 63:6 | 48:3 | 15°3 | South Shiclas, phim 50115 | 7 | 1/43 | 38-4 | 25°8| 12:6] 56] 19 | 26 | 12] 30] 46-9 | 35:6 | 11:3 | 69 | 26 | 19 | 15 | 50 | 52:3] 35:3] 17-0 | 63 | 29| 26] 7| 37] 52:3 | 35-7 | 16:6] 77 | 25 | 27 | 17 | 50 71) 17) 85.) 5| 86} 611 | 441] 17-0 | w. ae etl 38°7 | 296 | 9° Bel ese | AmB] 87-7 | 96 | ee | cen | wee | cca | cco | 58200] GBrOMIMMUS/OMI ss, Mecca 2s 31 2,e0liera Wes 00 eee) Tete ees ee ea va ets "| 629 | 483 | 1461 Bowell Allenheads.......-+.0+++ : 34-2 | 93-4 | 10°8 . BBG | B22 [ste | a | ove | eck [iene | ABe4 lle BED MSDE ss es ecal| cen era) eT Roe e 2 50's | 48:0: 166 | Acted, ce aralse|i 16 Wal or styllleweres see 281 bod 24 30 .. | 88] 66 93 | ve | 43.) sce | cess MAe6 | GBe | 5 [a7 i) cc | BBs gecn | eee | eeliezel acer eed [eo er eae Pt 72 37 86... | a! | 15:6] Duvham, Seaham Hall..........+- 44 if 10 | 7 [st] 348 | 252] 9:6] 54] 25] 25 | 12] 29 | 46-0 | 35:3 | 10-7 | 61 | 19 | 22 | 15 | 39) 502 | 35°6 | 146] 65) 4 | 22 | 11 | 43 | 50-4 | 355 | 149] 69 | 30 | 28 | 17 | 41 Aa lies bane cv hace A Seahanaiiere Sedgefield ..........000++ 44/13! 3| 11|41| 356) 271} 985453 | 25 | 21 | 12) 32) 447] 364] 83] 70] 18| 25 | 15 | 45) 51-4} 370} 144] 61 | 27] 28| 7 | 33] 50:3| 372) 18:1 | 75 | 24 | 80 17 | 45 70 | 16/39 | 22] 81! 57-4} 45-4 | 12:0 | Sedgefield. vee eee AE ea ete SSA ear RON ese | fell cee || ZBI Ref pene Weyl be enrra |ae 3 ashe wa | SEMI coo. [lc Pao | BO OY on BO | ee | ern lees |S0e eral eee F 40) (902! sca | sen | ATO es AIST Darlington... 4g| 7| 0| 1/48] 33:8 | 23:9] 9:9] 55 | 18 |22 | 12 | 33] 44-4] 35:0) 94] 66 | 55 | 21 | 15 | 45 | 518 | 33-4 | 184 | 64 | 27 | 23) 8 | 41 | 52°6 | 84-9 | 17-7 | 80 | 24 | 25 | 17 | 55 75 | iq | 93 | 27 | 42 | 6b-4] 412] 242 | Darlington, GiNEOLd .ces-seen-s--- 46| 6|-3| 11|49| 30-9] 21:3 | 146] 54| 27] 231121 31 | 45:1 | 382] 11:9] 68| 3] 22) 15 | 46] 526) 832] 194]... | | | | oe | ae | ne | ae | SL] 25 | 28 | 17 | 58 77 | 27| 87] 6 | 40| 644] 45:2 | 19:2 | Gainford, eee 46-6| ... |7-6| ... (392 36-4 | 26-2 | 10-0 [53:8] ... |a4-4) ... [29-2] 45-0 | 35-7 a1-7| ... 143-41 50:8 | 36:0 | 14°9 161-3] ... | 26-0] ... [85-6] 50:5 | 36-4 | 14:3 |73-2| ... |28-8 35°8| 61:0 | 45:1 | 17-4 | Average, Greenwich.......10-+ Sa eee een ee err eos ee ee eee des ar [|= | 550 | 367 | 182 578 | 412 | 16 ea | 4a | 223 663 | 479 | 184 | Greenwich, AUGUST. SEPTEMBER. OCTOBER. NOVEMBER. DECEMBER. 1 ¥ 7. . 13 cf . . € ~ fi 4 5 9 . 33° iy , . North Sunderland...... 78 | 14| 46 | 1 | 82) 685 | 51:3 | 17:2] 79 | 10 | 42 | 22 | 37 | 69-2 | 52-0 a2 | 22 | a4 | oo | 476 | 12-4] 60/97 | a2 | 11 | 28) 549] 441 | 108} 51) 6) 24/19] 27) deo’) Be7| 95] 54) 18 | 25) 6 | 29 44-7 | B50 | 11-7) North Sunderland, a mi | ae | 48 | 193 | 644 | soe | 18) ze laeites | on | ar| e59-| 523 41 ie 09 | a7-4| 476 | 9:8] 61 | 27] 30 | 10| 31 | 5385 | 42°7 | 108 | 49 | 14 | 25 | 19 | 24] 495] 35-4] 71] 52/18] 26] 6] 26| 427] 343] 8-4] Alnwick, PAITIWWACKues | G21 | 49°8 | 12°37... GhCsner 2 ri | 33130 | 58-0 | 503) 77 | 60] 19| 34| 10] 26] 522] 445] 77] 50] 1| 28] 19| 22] 491] 365] 56} 52) 18| 26] 6 | 26 | 42°38) B51) 7-2 | North Shields (I). North Shields (I.) ...| 71] 15 | 51} 1) 20) 64:8 | 54:2) 106} 78 | 11 | 49 | 22 | 29 | 665 | 55°6 ele a - | 62/19] 33] 10] 29] ... ae .. [51] 1/27/19] 96] 44:5 | 35-4] 9:1] 52] 18] 25) 5 | 27} 43°8 | 34:3 | 9:5 | South Shields. wa 2 is, VARA a ee egies a 5 = 35 |99 | 40 | 620 | 443) 17-7 | 66 | 19 | 27 | 10] 39 | ses] 392] 17-2] 61] 1) 19) 19| 42} 454] 31-9] 195 | 58) 19 | 22 | 5 | 86) 448) 826 | 12-2) Wylam. peccwaseneatiesan== a oe 57 3] 14°6 45:2 | 343 | 10°9 ve 45°0 35°0 10:0 | Bywell. Bywell ......s.s0.--+++- ie 56D | 428 | 13.7 Fo. | oe | one | vee | vee | SLA | AOD | 113 J oe | oe | ace | cee | ees 89-7 | 305 | 92 | wes 39°6 | 30°5 | 91 | Allenheads. Allenheads Ke 38 we {dB [62 | sc 128 | ce | BA) ae [nee | 122 | 400) 1820 ccna eel Seb | 62 28 Boe \ vac haecaes|eeeonas easter MgSO ss csaveneesen-o= 3 urham aulsagell aonleors 433 | 170 | 65 | 19 | 31 | 11 | 34| 54:8] 39°9 | 149] 50] 2] 28] 18] 27] 434] 325 | 10:9 563118]19] 7] 34] 42°8] 80°9 | 11:9 }| Seaham Hall. as | 09 | 36 | 589) 471) 118 | 63 | 18 | 30] 10 | 33 | 536) 424 | 112) 49 | 15 | 23 | 19) 26) ars} sa-7) 81 | 52 18 | 18 34 | 42:0 | 84:0 | 8-0 | Sedgefield. £0 \ ae Be ec) ore | eee OSGI erra|| acca .. | 19 | 19 .. | 930 Acelams eas 9 | 49 | 8-7 | 433] 204] 72) 5 | 26 | 10 | 46 | 565 | 385 | 180 | 50 17 | 15] 19 | 35 | 495 | 300 Darlington. 12 | 36 | 22 | 54) 72.9 | 49°71 31 | 2 areas si lten |iaa. eo eas 50 | 15 | 19 | 19 | 81 | 41-3 | 314 x ainford. i 2 0 51-4 a e eee SS SS ee ee Gainford 12 | 40 | 22 | 42) 73 5 ws 50-4] ... |21-4! ... |29-0' 4o.g | 32° Average. ° PP ee 8 ho 2B |e aDlltees ' ‘ z : z 9 -6 | 50°9 *O] ... | dt) --- | | | |} J] | ——_ J — | —_ |—_|—_/-_|__|_—_. =F oH == lg nan ieee =| SS i E ee eee cane | ee ede ene : ; TY vee [eee | ase | aoe | cee | 4819 | 82°7 73:1 53°8 asia see on eee aoe | Greenwich 486 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE It may be as well to state that, in these tables, minimum temperatures are always assigned to the day on which they are read, and maximum temperatures to the same day when the reading is taken in the evening, but to the day before when the reading is taken in the morning. Appended are some subsidiary tables, for the most part sum- marising, in a separate form, a portion of the results embodied in the general tables; but, in the case of the last, including ad- ditional results from several stations, which could not conve- niently be introduced directly in the general tables. The remarks made above, respecting the averages in the second general table, apply equally to those in the subsidiary tables. ip Average of Results, given in the two general Tables of Temperature for the different Stations, FOR WHOLE DISTRICT, in the several Months of 1871. @ Ga ie | Re a a Om os | ge] Bas Ea See Pea ee Ssies|| Ss: Be|"s| 3 |s2|S2 le [ee eo les] "2 JAMWANY ars mcreeeed os 46°6| 7-6 39:2] 36°4| 26-2| 10-0] 40°9| 15-5 25-4 February «..---....-- 53°8| 24-4] 29-2] 45-0] 35°7| 9-4} 49-2) 30-4) 18-8 Maren! OW wc sccssss 64:8] 21-7] 43-4] 50°8| 36:0) 14-9] 52°3) 30-8, 21°5 Attain eseece scene 61°3| 26:0] 35-6] 50°5| 36°4| 14:3] 51°1| 36-9] 14-2 MAY oc ae 73°2| 28-8] 44-9] 58-3] 40-3] 18°41 57-5) 40:8) 16-7 Fume ee, As eeackid oe 71°9| 36°5| 35°8| 610] 45°1| 17-4] 61-0| 46-0) 15-0 ulyuseee eee: 74:8| 44:5) 80°5] 66°7| 50-0| 17-1] 66-4| 53-6, 12°8 JNU uabowoonopeasoce 82°2) 40-6] 42:2} 69-6] 50°9| 19°2] 69-4) 533] 16°6 September...........- 74:0| 34°5| 38°31 59°7| 45°2| 14-6] 62-7| 43-0] 19°7 Ociohen eee 63°0| 28-8] 344] 54-4] 41-0 13-4] 55°7| 39-2) 16-4 November.........+- 5074| 21-4) 29-0} 42-8] 32-8] 10:0} 46°6| 29-2) 17-4 December .......-.++- 51°8| 21-2) 30-6] 42-4] 32-6] 9-9) 45-6| 27-7| 17-9 Average for Whole Meat eet sceeyceeers 559 || coo |) Goo || PIU SIR Tz! | ooo The figures in the columns headed ‘“‘ Range,” in the above, differ slightly from those obtained by subtraction of the figures in the preceding columns, in consequence of their having been obtained independently, from a number of stations not always coincident with the stations from which the figures in the pre- ceding columns were obtained. 487 REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. tile Fe ee ee Summary of Results, given in the two general Tables of Temperature for the several Months of 1871 FOR WHOLE YEAR, at the different Stations | ) 6s 6. oa | » | a8 ae a ie STATIONS. 2f ef 3 By é = EE AES ne < Se < gies =| $8 ei Ql ake mis a me A mh Se A go A s & North Sunderland ................ 79 | Aug. 10 | 15 | Jan. 1 | 64 |68°5) Aug. 11 | 19:0) Jan. 1 | 49:5] 47-0 IAN nC sae cecesteaenine erin | 75 | Aug. 11 | 18 | Jan. 27 | 62 | 67.0) Aug. 11 |18°5) Jan. 1 |48°5) 46-1 ROtHDUEY ceceeceseeereesseaeeeeee| OO) Aug. 7 | 104 Jan. 27 | 75 | 700) Aug. 11 | 20:5] Jan. 1 | 49:5] 45:3 Wrevsyell @ Mem)e ee eavecloee |) sete 2) i] SOR ia SI sans] 6820 ae: 1 [12:5] Jan. 1,2 | 58-5] 44-5 NVIGNG ovo) Gooapesnocenronpunaecoouuancud) CG || esuerer at Bit) denne Wes) Ces MUO fess 21) oe aseats ope Hamas Wallington ............se0+e--| 83 | Aug. 9 | 5] Jan. 1 | 78 | 67:1) Aug. 12 | 16:2] Jan. 1 |50°9] 44:0 North Shields (1.) ..............., 78 | Aug. 11 | 12] Jan. 2 | 66 | 71:0) Aug. 11 |19°0) Jan. 2 | 52°0) 46°8 South Shields .........s.ssccseesee| one sete Tat |} dayne il Wee |)’ 600 Soecon et ieal | Gens SL ssa5 | 1= ope Wylam ...s.ssccsscresccevsessseeseee| O49 Aug. 11 | 7] Jan. 1 | 77 | 70°0) Aug. 11 | 20°5] Jan. 1 | 49:5] 46°8 St. John’s, Weardale (9 A.M.)...| «. hea aire ... |68°0) Aug. 12 | 14:0] Jan. 2 | 54:0) 43°5 ID Tue WeNsocconnonsenadoconsoonadoooad) 3) facie 6 WH || 000 senate ae aeler we | 46°5 Seaham Hall...............:0e.0e.-| 80 | Aug. 9,11] 10 | Jan. 2,4 | 70 | 69-0} Aug. 11 | 14:5] Jan. 1 | 54-5] ... Sedgefield ...........c:.6 severseeee-| O1 | Aug. 11 | 8] Jan. 1 | 78 |69°5) Aug. 11 | 11-5) Jan. 1 | 58:0} 46°3 ANGIE Tan aatoncantncenactoaccrnidstm ta anne stasis 14] Jan. 4]... |... wewehe ae saeces Pca, lieernes IDewibiiet@F) Gooncnessoendeooo0 0] Jan. 1 | 90 |77°5) Aug. 12 | 7:5) Jan. 1 | 70°0] 45°5 GuIMtOuG saretieee sie CCR ANE Ole —oal dn lel Gonlog-2 Aue. 12a) tO aatinels 2 | Oral bela Average for Whole District ...|82°2) ...... 76 cocoon |) BY GSUO). — Gacaec 16. appoOS joe 45°8 488 "IVa VOM IO} VoVIOAY “raquieoeq. III. Snes bk © 19 H HSH SH = HSH SH Dw HAAN DDO 19 HR DD CO 6D CD CD CD CD CD GD OD Sma” THEO 2 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE O OINID a1 | cp 09 c> ScO15 : SH OHHH OHH Sot eorecoeoeD DSO 1919 = OOH GD SH OD OD CD CD CD CD CS *IOC{UIOAO NT “1090790, “qsnsny SIO DO SSS Go DP D0 191919 DAS ~ OHO OO S 00 CO H DOwOArDK OS OD 6D CO cD GD CD ED COD CD OD CO GD CO CD OD CO CO =H PASRA MOH S> BD CS =H 19 19 GD CO SH OSH BD a =H OSH OSH SHO SH SH HH 1 HK sH SH “duray, Ae Wea | cd =H . ‘ na . > = TST CMUUEXe NL SHONK NOB AASo : » ‘> qSolcly, Hid OO ee DEO HO x im 5 . Rech een eo. Ou oS Moke ee eis |S Ss SUE eS Sut) AVES esas sea Ss g Sac ake Saeecmec vor lei 3 SN : ; SMES See acer | 2 34 iS : ache os Seca oo est 3 S s 5 Sh unet iste a) tS! aPengarsl hte : aS = ce ee ege es ee ae S aire OS) 16 1:89:38 | os 2 Ss = ASS 8g) ee 2,525] WS SS a aS Dob tee oes | SE = 8 ena Zou Ee) = rm ip o PS6SCVSD o oS SBSH nhs Romp SES bo & ROSES SHEERS OS|a4 Seat 5HAnROAA Mr. G. C. Atkinson has kindly furnished a similar comparison of the mean daily temperature for each month of 1871, with the average mean daily temperature for each month of the last six- teen years, at Wylam. He has also represented the same gra- phically in the diagram annexed. REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 491 Mean Daily Temperature at Wylam, for each month of 1871, together with the Mean of the same FOR SIXTEEN YEARS, from 1856 to 1871 inclusive. ae ule. os >o >o se.| 385] Se seal ie montus. |2SS/57| 8 montHs. |f& 85/884) 8 aa | @ a5 5 Sam | & Sco a £8) 28) 2 HE iets) ey ae Qa = = =| an 4a January......| 82°10 | 36°92 |—4°82] July............ 59°29 | 59:28 |+-0.01 February ...| 41°24 | 39°27 |4+-1:97] August ...... 60°85 | 57°74 |+3-11 March ...... 43°81 | 40°70 |+3°11] September ...| 53°18 | 54°75 |—1°57 April .........| 44°03 | 46°06 |—2°08] October ...... 47°82 | 48°02 |—0°20 Maiyicste tee 49°55 | 50°95 |—1°40} November ...| 38°65 | 40°86 |—2°21 SITIOS certascient 52°60 | 56°63 |—4:03} December ...| 88°69 | 89°47 |—0°78 Mean Daily Temperature of 1871, 46°81. Mean Daily Tempera- ture of 1856-1871, 47°55. Difference, —0°74. H September. January February. March. April May. June. July August. f October. | November. || December. 492 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Mr. Atkinson has also supplied a table of the yearly maxima and minima, and of the warmest and coldest days, in each of the eighteen years, from 1854 to 1871, inclusive, together with other information of an important and interesting character. Extremes of Temperature at Wylam, in each of the EIGHTEEN YEARS, 1854-1871. Gy os Chey S mm) Fe os 2A d : eles a5 Ee f) Age bs be fos 2 G2 oH eee ae ER ge eee ee ees S| A = a pm |S A a A H 11854] 82-0] Sept. 3| 4:0] Jan. 3 | 78-0] 72-0] July 22 [14:5] Jan. 3 |57°5 1855] 85°0] June 28 | 1°5/Feb. 16, 17/83°5]69°0| July 13 | 11-3] Feb. 17 | 57-7 11856) 92:0} Aug. 1] 7:0] Dec. 4 |85°0)79-0) Aug. 2|16°5| Dec. 4 | 645 1857| 84-0| June 25 | 12°0| Feb. 4 | 72-0] 68-0] June 25 |24°5| Feb. 4 |43°5 11858] 84°5| June 15 | 14:0] Mar. 8 | 70°5} 72°5| June 14 | 2475] Feb. 3 | 48°0 11859] 84-0] Aug. 24 | 10°0} Dec. 17 | 74-0] 73-0} June 12 | 19°5| Dee. 17 | 53°5 11860] 74:0] July 5] 3:0|Dec. 25, 29| 71°0] 62-Ojsuly 14, 16| 15°5| Dec. 29 | 46°5 11861] 80-0|June 13, 21] 4°0] Jan. 8 | 76:0) 67-0] June 21 | 8°0} Jan. 18-|59°0 May 17 11869] 73-0| june 2 |13°0] Mar. 4 | 60-0] 63-0 Aug. 12, 1426-0] Mar. 4 | 87-0 Aug. 18 8 Feb. 16 11863] 82:0] July 10 |23°0 Mar 12 |59°0}67°5| July 10 |30°5| Dee 28 | 37-0 ec: 28 }1864| 81:5) July 18 |15-O\Jan. 5, 7| 66°5)66°5| July 18 |22°5| Jan. 6 | 44:0 11865] 83°5| June 20 | 10:0} Feb. 15 | 73°5] 68°5| Sept. 8 | 22°5| Feb. 15 | 46-0 11866) 86°0| July 12 | 17-0) Mar. 2 | 69:0) 71-0) July 12 | 27-0) Mar. 2 | 44-0 11867] 83-0/Aug. 13, 14] 7:O|Jan. 2, 5) 760] 70°5| Aug. 13|17-0| Jan 2 |53°5 1868} 88°5| July 15 | 22:0} Jan. 4 | 665) 74-3] July 16 | 29-0| Jan. 4 |45°3) 11869] 91:0) Aug. 28 | 13-0} Dec. 28 | 78:0] 71:0] July 21 | 24:0} Dec. 28 | 47:0 1870) 88:0] July 23} 8:0) Dec. 23 | 80:0] 73:0} July 23 | 16-0] Dec. 24 |57°0 1871) 84:0} Aug. 10} 7:0) Jan. 177-0) 70-0) Aug. 11 }20°5| Jan. 1 |49°5 | Av. | 82°5| July 16] 11-0) Jan. 20) 71:5) 68-9] July 21 | 20-5] Jan. 15 | 48-4) Mr. Atkinson has added to his other claims upon the gratitude of the Club by sending, in addition to the foregoing, an exceed- ingly important and comprehensive table, printed below, the compilation of which must have involved great labour, and the contents of which represent many thousands of observations. It gives the mean daily maximum, mean daily minimum, mean daily range, and mean daily temperature, at Wylam, for every month, in each of the eighteen years from 1854 to 1871. It gives also the average of the same for the whole period. From it, REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 493 and from the table just given, the following, among many other interesting facts, may be deduced. In the eighteen years, 1854 to 1871, at Wylam :— The warmest years were 1857 and 1868, with mean daily temperature 49-2. The coldest year was 1860, with mean daily temperature 44:9. The warmest month was July, 1870, with mean daily tempe- rature 62:2. The coldest month was February, 1855, with mean daily tem- perature 27°6. The warmest day was August 2nd, 1856, with mean tempera- ture 79. The coldest day was January 18th, 1861, with mean tempe- rature 8. The highest point reached was 92:0, on August 1st, 1856. The lowest point fallen to was 1°5, on February 17th, 1855. The average date of warmest day was July 21st, with average mean temperature 68°9. The average date of coldest day was January 15th, with aver- age mean temperature 20°5. The average date of yearly maximum was July 16th, and average yearly maximum 82:5. The average date of yearly minimum was January 20th, and average yearly minimum 11:0. The greatest yearly range of absolute temperature was 85, in 1856 ; the least, 59, in 1868. The greatest yearly range of mean daily temperature was 64°5, in 1856; the least, 37, in 1862 and 1863. The extreme range of absolute temperature, in the whole eighteen years, was 90°5; the extreme range of mean daily temperature, in the same period, 71. The year with the greatest mean daily range was 1855, the mean daily range being 18:2; the year with the least mean daily range was 1867, the mean daily range being 14°38. METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE 494 SS SSS SS SSS SS SS SS SS So ‘duet, | -APNPWEDHSH HONS DWH | w MAARANWAWHDOOGCOWNNOHAA 2 Ss & ATIVd UBIW | ID OSOSCMIDADBDMIDERDOHHDOM | oO be 6 OD r= CON OS OD OD CY SH © OD 19 © 6 10 oD Sas SSH Cf SH =H SH SH CD Aye uv SHSM wWOHATAONHAH DOH OH | co SEeHADOHHDADMMreAAHEeDD ID = : id W | HNO 63 HOO SHH Ho OD OO HH HOH | 08 B19 19 © 19 6 19 19 19 19 19 19 61919 S| 20 = |B] ety [PSS HODAEDAROHDOATOHD [SD |. | CoMHSSHHROSHHSOHE SHE |S Sh ES. 4 | Aieq ur | OBR HIMANDANDMA HNO OH | mn DODMDMIOHArOODAHOMOAWDDSON | © SDs iS) 4 En hc. cen Oc oe | Bc hc ho hc re i=) Sse aN DA AN RD TANNA Loma! =s ° i umMOTY |] SHAHN DOHA DNDNMAM~O | A S SK ECAONAWNDHDORASNY WO | 3 | Ajreq uve NHMHOAHKL HOWL ONL SDDS 1] AQ HAAHASOSONDDHARORAALDAR |S FS el Ima WW] G3 65 05 1 8 oD OD LD 9 09 00 OD OCD oO 4 10 SH 16 10 =H ID SHAG SH SH SH SH 1D =H 19 (o) IDIDIDIDIDIDDOODOSOSDOOSOKRY | > = SUVEX | DHHDDHOOHOHONOHONHNDMODO | | = | DDODDODOMODHDMOMOHODMH | a A bn ce FF cn Fc Dc Oe FF (= ee I cee eo OF Fc OF Fe FD 495 REY. R. F, WHEELER, M,.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. OCTOBER. 5 H1IDOS=DADHANADHIODO~ ORION : ° ‘SHVTA | 12991919 19 1D SOHSOGGCSSSOORL | b - = s DD DODDANDNNDDDDDNNDNDDH | a s ial Se ee ee ee eee = ‘dwoy, GP GO) Sr! 2) Ne) GIS GP Ep HONS QA Ie) USS) || I S Ayieg uray | Oh SCMOHAKRDEHOIDDr~OMDHHA | O = 1D 10 19.19) 69 15 19 19 19 3D 19 19 19.19 19.19.1919 | 10 = ‘osuvy GUE GUIS SS) Ge) TS GO). thee) tel Ss en Sy |S "S a | Aled ue, | COOH NHEDOSOKHDAWDIDAHDAALK | © = A MAIN NAN Tt An eA NNN Nn re = P| smn | CODANHWOO-PMOMSHO-NT | # ~ Ayieg uvayy | OMe DDID DOr OMDDDOM HOH | & ‘Ss “SH OSH SH OSH SH OSH SH SH OSH OSH OSH OSH OSH SH SH SHH HO OH = OTTER, || SONS Seo) C9 ES ie GY © GUI tl Gals Guin 1 = ATwg uvsy, | Sr. DMM DHODMDIDHDNDOHDO OMe | O a BSOOOOMOODOODODOSDOOOD | 06 > “due MAA OHADBOAMDOYOIODHAOOSO | & Ne | eS oe teal ss GP eel ee eS ee ee ee ee 5 Ss Areg uvayt | BHA MADWDAHMDOHNAKLAHIOAD!]S > 1Q “SH 10 20 1D SH 19 19 19 19 19 19 SH SH 19 SH 10 SH 19 ~ __ osuBy © 69 RI Gd |S GS GIS] GO EOE ls) Sot sy S ~ | (requrvy | SHE DDODDEDEANDSCHARHDOA | wo S ° 2 Nets NN SAA eH AANA AA in! oie, Yat Beecreerarge HNSSCHNOHDNDASHDIDHOOMS | 10 Sai si 3 SALT AL = J} St SSW) ee Sr ERIS Sm SD) CC OED) tS SSS E = @ APed UB. | MH ONDHONANDANHE AHR |] GA Bees HCO SH SH =H CO ATVeg uwow | NHONTATTHANDHSLEONATS | D oS! 4 $10 DD 6 6D 69 19 69 19 © © 19 19 619 10 _| 19 Eo dug, | SHO WHOA ASDPOSSOO | 4 Ayre uve Boge HHADHH OO DHOOM GOH | oO aaa Ted WON | SHAH HHH SSS I = s _ | suey | A ONP SAHA HHSMHASAS |O Ss 9 4 | srequwy | PHOOSRAKRSODOHDEDAMDODOSOS |] & Q nm a z: ANANNMA AA AAA AA ANT NN YT rc “> | & [comma [SSOP SE HSeSSSHST BEBE | x Gos < | seq ure | Ot OHH MSL ORAL HHDHEH15 | Ss : OD 6M GD 6D 6D OD 6D 6D 6D 60 GO CO CD HOD OD CD GD 1 OD sos ‘unuxty, | PNSTP POSH SH HODHAROH OD |S SS PY ATIeg uray DOAONAHADWAOr~OmMNAHHODA 19 . WG 16} 1D 1D 1G 1D SH 1D 19 19 19 19 19 19 WO 19 19 19 1d gee SS DECEMBER. NOVEMBER. 4 8 0 1 8 0 8 7 2 0 2 6 3 8 1 8 7 2 SS oe Cel CINE 6D OD 6D GO CII GD on 00 cd od OD OD od OD ND 3 “9 ‘1 8 3°3 9 0 8 2 6 4 7 3 9 8 0 6 6 ONDAHALHLHDHDDOLHOH HSH SH 10 =H G9 Cd =H =H =H HOH SH SH SH SH SH 7 a 1 9 1 9 8 5 4 6 |e 6 3 |e 6 |: 7 9 8 3 8 BS es) oy ORR RISE anes SHH SH SH HSH OO 69 0D =H SH SH HH OD HOD Se Se Res | ‘1 iS 2 2 3 3 i 3 |e 9 § 4} 2-1 a7 | 2°4 1 6 34 5 7 WOAAAN OC HIN NN OOD AN OO SH OD ee ne re es es ee Ee he ee eee ee ee ee Hoa AHA ANDH OMiDoHHAG OD OD 6D OD OD CD GD GD AI OD GD 6D 6D 69 CO GD GD OO pe Gp Rete co) roma ees eranres gaia ke cons HSH HI SH OH SH SH HOD =H SH SHH HSH HH 47-7 |34°3 |13°4|41-0 [45-2 132-9 |12°3 39-0) Av. Coe CN SC EAI NED Bo Rais Roker Ba heel mH HD SHH HH SH SH SHH SH HSH SHH 9 *2 3/4 i 6 9 0} 3) 9:0 “4 9 7 3 2 3 4 3 8 CAHKOK ML OHDANOADHOMOLK Oe I ee ee i oo ee a HIDOAOCMOAMDMIARADDDNDOATADGSAN SAHHRARDSOHSOSHRMDAMIHOD HCO =H SH 69.09 SH SH SH =H =H 69 =H 60 of =H G0 79 9 “4 8 5 2 2 0} ale 3 1 9-9 |: 2 (at 2 8 6 8 2 1K 6 0 D0 10 19 15 G & 19 H 15 © 15 +H 19 1 © 1B) XB 10 19 19 20 19 10 19 19 16 19 19 19 1 19 19 19 56°4 |40°4 |16°0 |48°4 3 9 7 b) 7 Ble 5 0 2 9 0 8 6 3 d 2 ct 4. 496 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE The following are the means of the preceding for each year. Yearly Means of Temperature, at Wylam, for Eighteen Years, Jrom 1854 to 1871. ; oe 2 » = Bs Se 3 Bs f YEARS ae al Ae ag YEARS. $s oi Be am an an 2 2 NSARM aecmtscccenceses 577 309 17°8 48°8 1854 PSD oy eiistaciie’s Marciesleiees 55:0 386°8 18:2 45°9 1855 US Gre sacar anions 56°9 389°7 17-2 48°3 1856 TUSIN/ adoobocodabyooenon 571 41°3 15°8 49°2 1857 MBH Sy emelscencesescesiee 5673 389°2 17-1 ATT 1858 INS)” peengbaonoodadsooe 64 39°3 171 47°8 1859 TEXBO) Ssoodscanceénq00de 52°6 37:2 15:4 44-9 1860 MS Gili etcee cilnteteisieiss 55'8 401 157 47-9 1861 NOG2mesesetaeecsesese 54°8 40°1 14:7 ATA 1862 MS OSimaneciceisereilasiceee 56°6 41:3 15°3 48°9 1863 THESES, Aopodacdagoooondan 54°6 38°9 15°7 46°8 1864 WEES) doosdacossadooe8be 56°3 40:0. 16°3 48-1 1865 IEXBS. sosooaonooongs0ens 55°1 40-4 14°7 47-7 1866 SG Ateaiste scnswiecetrcicsete 54:3 40:0 14:3 47°2 1867 INKS} conbeooareconseada 57:3 A+] 16°2 49°2 1868 USGS) :-caoesebonsaoonada 55°4 40:2 15:2 47°8 1869 ISTO. cokeseoonsoono050e 5b°7 39°1 16°6 ATA 1870 US iMlrractseceescnuselstt 55:0 38°7 16°3 46°8 1871 ANGIE puabecneGe0000> 557 39°6 161 477 Average, To the above may be added the following table of highest and lowest mean He DER EIU of each Sevewed spill Highest and Lowest Mean Temper atures of eaeh several Month, a at Wylam, in the Eighteen Years, 1854 to 1871. WARMEST. | g CoLpEsT. v 5 oO - MONTHS. 2 g a : g zt) MONTHS. >» |ae8|[sa] 8] ° At aa ik ey a Sa hoe et ae Ei at PLR eke dig 14 yi 4 \ , Oy ey pI | Amery [og ean aia Gl REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 497 HUMIDITY. It is a matter for regret that there are so few observers of humidity, considered as a separate branch of meteorology from rainfall, in the district. The receipt of a greater number of trustworthy observations of simultaneous readings of dry and wet bulb thermometers would be highly esteemed. The obser- vations require care in making, as errors in reading are very apt to arise, and, though apparently small at the time, produce grave discrepancies in the results. The instrument also requires fre- quent attention. At the same time care and attention are all that is required. The observations entail the expenditure of but little time and labour, and are amongst the most valuable for personal use at the time, as well as amongst the most useful for scientific discussion at the year’s end. The stations, from which the editors are able to give results for the year 1871, are five :—North Sunderland, Rothbury, North Shields, Durham, and Sedgefield. They have embodied them in a general table. In this they have given the station, and hour, at which the observations, upon which the results are based, were made, the mean monthly reading of the dry bulb, the mean monthly reading of the wet bulb, and the mean relative humidity. By this latter term is meant the proportion of moisture, present in the air, to the whole amount of moisture the air could have contained, at its existing temperature, had it been saturated. Those who are interested in this department of meteorology can, from the data given, work out, by the aid of Glaisher’s excellent hygrometrical tables, all other hygrometrical results which they may desire. . Subjoined is a subsidiary table, summarising the results em- bodied in the general table, first, for the whole district, secondly, for the whole year. a2 STATIONS. North Sunderland (10 A.M.) ... Rothbury (9 A.M.) North Shields (I., 8 A.M.) ...... Durham (10 A.m. and 10 P.M.).. Sedgefield (9 A.M.) ..+...seese+++ Mean Temp. Dry Bulb AV EVES Oh anetsanrecsstavessacteraasan nee North Sunderland (10 A.M.). ...} 63°0 Rothbury (9 A.M.). ..s.ssseeeeeree 60°5 North Shields (1., 8 A.M.)....... 59°5 Durham (10 A.M. and 10 p.M.)..|58'3 Sedgefield (9 A.DM.)....cecceseeeee 59'9 BNGNALO! fen eseasaccusesses creer ieee Wet Bulb. Mean Relative Mean Temp. Humidity. SOR OO SO ch ed: Oe aa SOO ae. FEB RUARY. MARCH. APRIL, Mean Temp. _ Dry Bulb. = | Mean Temp. S 62°3 617 60°4) 61° 62°5) Wet Bulb. ean Relative Humidity. | M AUGUST. Mean Temp. Dry Bulb 45°0 42°3 42°0 43°0 42°9 Mean Temp. Wet Bulb. Mean Relative Humidity. Oo me Sa SS © © 40°5 40-4 SEPTEMBER. 60°7| 91 58°5| 82 5674) 76 57°2) 76 58°3| 76 55°6 52°5 530 52°4 53°3 542) 91 50°7 50°5 49°6 50°2 Mean Temp. Wet Bulb. Mean Relative Humidity. eye} ey (8) non -» S&S Ww ee) i=) OCTOBER. 49°6 Mean Temp. Dry Bulb. Mean Temp. Mean Relative Humidity. Wet Bulb. i Or ss o 50°6] 87 52°7|49°5! 80 49°4| 45:9) 76 81 48°8) 46°1 51°9) 48:0) 75 NOVEMBER. Mean Temp. Dry Bulb. Mean Temp. Wet Bulb. | We} | Mean Relative =) 53°8] 52°3 53:1) 50°7 51°8) 48°5 51°2) 484 52°5| 49°3 a MEAN AMOUNT OF HUMIDITY IN THE SEVERAL MONTHS OF 1871. Humidity. ao red DECEMBER. 48°6| 93 40:3] 39°0) 90 37-4) 36°6) 93 38°7| 3679) 86 37-3) 35°9| 88 36°5| 34°8] 86 39°3] 38°2 36°5| 35°8 3971] 38°1 38'8) 37°0 36°6| 35°5 91 94 92 85 498 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Mean Relative Humidity in 1871. FOR WHOLE DISTRICT. FOR WHOLE YEAR. MONTHS. ae MONTHS. hie STATIONS. reas Januarys..s..6/ 80) | duly cstvee.e 80 | North Sunderland] 90-2 February ...... 90 | August ......... 80 | Rothbury ......... 877 Marchitesncsessn. 85 | September...... 83 | North Shields (I.)| 84: ; Nora teeters sees 86 | October......... 90° |) Durham.....- 72. 82" INTE so8on0. cao6e 80 } November ...... 89 | Sedgefield.....,...| 82 3 Ute weeeneee eee 82 | December ...... 91 Average for Whole Average for Whole Year...... 85'5 District, 85°5. Mr. J. J. Plummer, of Durham Observatory, has kindly fur- nished also the following record of the mean estimated amount of cloud. The scale is from 0 to 10. Mean estimated amount of CLOUD, at Durham Observatory, in the several Months of 1871. MONTHS. Cloud. MONTHS. Cloud. PANU ALY os sccciccnesiecdagestecncse G2) W dullyss cntesineetacancomeonee sees 7:03 lebrWarryih acsaseensedes cose HERD. || DAWLEY: GcossacsnonsooonsocedeK0 3°92 Man Ghit ys semsges sce ac steoeneeses 5 Sepsemleherececscesseeesceente 7°23 INL Wes wiee niece deaestane tees’ MDZ MW OCTODEReaewecsectesceenecemoeres 5°85 Ia d eae sossetcidos-deacocehites 5190) |) Novembet-..--..--ce-e-0 n-ne 5°61 JME! eaiesaerewsicssemuceoosseees 7:23 |) December’ <....-....s.--tt-csre 6°59 Average for Whole Year.....,.......0.++ 6°38. PRESSURE, The general table of Pressure is formed on a similar plan to those of Wind, Temperature, and Humidity, which have preceded it. It gives, in addition to the names of the stations, their height, as far as has been ascertained, above the level of the sea, the greatest and least pressures in each month, with the dates, the monthly range of pressure, and the mean daily pres- sure. Where the height of the barometer has been corrected for temperature the fact is indicated by the letter ¢ annexed to Heidire ¥/.0o0 hes 710% JANUARY. STATIONS. 2 a S SS] #56 2 a | ae E 2 ms On | A Sipe = North Sunderland ............... 69 [80°15 | 24 | 28°34) 16 | 1:81 24, 27 WAIIWACK 2 savcsee oeoiven ten eanaaanee ... | 80°10 er" | 28°25 | 16 | 1°85 Gresswell’..caccasecncecsuecneonners 96 | 80°35 |27, 28) 28°63 | 16 | 1-72 Wallington .......cecsceeeeeeeee ees 398°5}] 29°88 | 24 | 28°26] 16 | 1°62 Cullencoatsmesracecnccetercrete ... | 30°30 | 30 | 28°52 | 15 | 1°78 North Shields (S. ¢. d.) ......... 125 Pees ecco LFS North Shields (I.) ............ ve.[ se. [80°30] 24 | 28°51 | 16} 1°79 South Shields ................0200- 88 | 80°32 | 24 | 28°57) 16] 1°75 AWA EWN (Gage? Yano. Seedecbasoncuacso 60 | 30°36] 27 | 28°47] 16 | 1-89 Byrweellt(¢: G2.) oo sceece sees seen ceees SEBP cee [lone || ene eee ean Alllenheads{(z:td.)) ienseestr esate 1860 J...) soe Seem een a Durhana-y..civonceotanccseaeeemeers 852°4 woe) |) seen, deoeeam mole Slerlrerimn) 8 EY Se ccatpsoauseccuse! dado 80 | 80°22 [59° s1| 28°51 [16,17) 1-71 Sealnamis ssi scnccestarseee cece ... | 80°24] 27 | 28°58] 16 | 1°66 Sedgefield wshisidcadseceacweissesnese 360 | 80°31 | 30 | 28°59) 16 | 1°72 BVEVAGE sais Saveburcwncuce meses nueene ... | 30°22] ... | 28°48]... | 1°74 Greenywach (105) eeecseccesenosces SS reer ieee | oan) LBS JULY. North Sunderland ............... 69 | 29°86 |16, 31) 29°00 | 26 | 0°86 Allies. secscecesewosteenereesces .. | 29°78] 16 | 28°85 | 26 | 0°93 Cresswell .ceesacnr ces eee 96 | 30°10 |g {| 29°30 |. 26) 0-80 Wallim'otoniieeccceeneessercrere tet 3985] 29°70 | 16 | 28°86 | 26 | 0°84 Cullercoatisne i cccecose deste: ... | 80°09] 17 | 29°31] 26 | 0°78 North Shields (S. ¢. d.) ......... 125 Ppee eee paces ee || cco ||. O%8 North Shields C1.) «.....0+..--.+0 ..- | 80°08 | 16 | 29°15] 26 | 0°93 South Shields ...........::.c0ec0e 38 SPAM eRe eccyes |b coo || koe Weylama (Gi: fit) parece ceeneereene ce 60 | 80°02 | 16 | 29°15] 25 | 0°87 Bywellu(t. d.) <5. Viwecingaeeeeee {soi Meson eee ufroae! ll aca || OPS) Alllenheads ((¢.,d)).-narses-sseeceens 1860. | ses. |) cect] ese 0 {eee Darbamise: ostciss consanseeweseeere 352°4 ese) | tiene. tefl arene OBO) Seaham alley seeenscnesterncens 80 | 29°99 | 5,6} 29°22} 26 | 0:77 Sealvaiay, «is etwssgevetsoemecurecteres ... | 80°12 | 16 | 29°29] 26 | 0°83 Sedgefield .tnssccsucmeaseceen cence 360 | 30°08 | 16 | 29°15} 26 | 0°93 Lanny AR Are RET AIC! aes ae IAVET ADC. snacdsaceaeeunisk temeaants wwe) 29598)! 22 | 2971S) Osan Greenwich (¢ad>).ccness-senenemees eee wives tL till te shia Des * At Wylam, the correction is applied to the last column only (mean daily press REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 499 the name of the station, where it has been corrected for diurnal range by the letter d, where it has been corrected for height above the sea-level by the letter h. This latter correction ap- pears to have been made only in the case of Wylam. In com- puting the averages, given in the line above Greenwich, Wylam has, for this reason, been omitted, and the averages may there- fore be compared with the results exhibited for Wylam, as well as with those shown for Greenwich. Two subsidiary tables are given below, summarising some of the principal results embodied in the general table. The absence of complete details respecting some of the stations, and in particular respecting Allenheads, makes these subsidiary tables less perfect than the editors could have wished. In addition to the subsidiary tables, a third is given, contain- ing the mean monthly pressure, and the mean monthly range of pressure, at Durham Observatory, for the twenty-two years, 1850-1871. These interesting particulars have been supplied by Mr. J. J. Plummer, and are printed side by side with the same results for 1871, as embodied in the general table, for com- parison. Average Extremes and Range of Pressure, and Mean Pressure, FoR WHOLE DISTRICT, in the several Months of 1871. 2 Bs as b>. 53 MONTHS. 23 a © & C3 ae RE 5 5 Ee OA, & am a PADUUNY wo. cestensescwanencdslosoiens 30°22 28°48 1:74 29°52 HEDNU ALY «cc .sdesncttaqeecerw sees 30°17 29°18 0-98 29°64 IGRI es eepecasocuaoonbocuoapanase 30°42 29°20 1:22 29°72 A Oy) popppospencoadocceboncoceconge 30°13 28°95 Heil¢/ 29°54 WIEN? | Gocdbneqgeecdonzustcodanedaore 30°30 29°51 0°78 29°85 CITIES ‘MeostnsnbogodonocecooubBoconne 30°23 29°37 0°85 29°73 duly’ Seadedape, SeScscuscoosousasooe 29°98 29°13 0°87 29°50 JATTVDTEE Lp eegebbeoc cobenacbeuepodanos 80°35 29°26 ST 29°72 Mepfemel....cencesmessneee te. 30°34 29°19 116 29°68 CHO CIP... cent eceatemeneties s/s 30°34 28°97 1°38 29°65 IN(@nyEI00 BYP ogandoodéens cobccauoqSRe 30°22 29°26 0:97 29°77 December’.....0s-.crecressees. 30°29 29°15 116 29°71 Average for Whole Year ...... 30°25 29°14 1°12 29°67 ee ———— oe eee ea STE a eee EES EXTREMES AND RANGE OF PRESSURE, AND MEAN PRESSURE, IN THE SEVERAL MONTHS OF 1871. JANUARY. FEBRUARY. JUNE. M p 5 $ 3 3 3 3 & $ é 3 é ve 2s Z FA b q & 2 3 2. 3 5 2. a g i. Z g > |ee SHEL AOSTEE oe g ie 3 Be) As | os g | ae 2 ee ee 3 el Niece lees 8 B® | ds | ok STATIONS. eee ac “ 2) 4e| 3: : a | oe | a2 : ener : a | oe | ce é e | AG] gE é » | af | asg eee| #2 )5| 3 |e] | ee) €2) es] 2 |e] = | dB) e212) 2 | Fi 2 ge e|-2 |e] # | BEL 88/8] 2] 8] 2 | BE] e816) @ |e] & | ge eae eee a | Sel eee ea |e | 8 | al sa | of | A a) = s ey et hie | a ers) Wey | Si a ||) Eo} & Sy sy eh ae oe oe me = ——} —_— [Nr nl a —— ll —— | | | | | North Sunderland ........-.0+++- 69 | 30°15 | 24 | 28-34 | 16 | 1:81 | 29°56 | 30°18 | 28 | 29°08 |%20| 1-10 | 29°67 | 30°35 | 28 | 29°05 12 | 1:30 | 29:76 | 30:02 | 6, 7| 28°89 | 19 | 1:18 | 29°60 | 30-21 | 28 | 29°36] 3 | 0°85 | 29°90} 80°12 | 26 | 29:29 | 18 | 0°83 | 29°79] 69 | North Sunderland. Alnwick 80:10 38,30] 28°25 | 16 | 1:85 | 29°49] 29°90| 1 | 28:98] 20 | 0°92 | 29°60] 80°30 | 28 | 29°00 | 13 | 1°30 | 29°69} 30°00 | 6, 7| 28°80 | 19 1:20 | 29:51 | 30-15 | 7,28] 29°35 | 4 | 0:80 | 29:84 26 | 29°15 | 18 | 0:95 | 29°71 Alnwick. Ree ey Smetiic e § (Tepswellaseestenrcissssevescesesis 96 | 30°35 |27,28| 28-63 | 16 | 1:72 | 29°79 | 80°35 |21, 28| 29°43 | 20 | 0-92 | 29°95 | 30°55 1,28 | 99:35 | 18 | 1:20 | 30:02] 80°30] 7 | 29°10] 19 | 1:20 | 29°84) 80-45] 7 | 29°55) 4 | 0°90 | 30°16 26 | 29°50] 18 | 0:85 | 30:03] 96 | Cresswell. Wallington ...cscessseeeeeeseees 39851 29°88 | 24 | 28:26 | 16 | 1°62 | 29°35 | 29:94 | 28 | 28°80) 20 | 1°14 | 29°46] 30°10 | 28 | 28°90 | 12 | 1°20 | 29°55 29:82} 6 | 28-69] 19 | 1°13 | 29°39 } 29:98 | 29 | 29:23} 4 | 0°75 | 29°67 1 | 29:08 | 18 | 0°84 | 29°58} 398:5] Wallington. Giller Goatscsiecsessestscherteore 1 30:30 | 30 | 28°52| 15 | 1:78| ... | 3070] 22 |29:20| 20] 0-90] ... | 80-44) 29 | 29:29) 13 | 115] ... 13020) 7 | 29°06) 19 1:14] ... [30:36] 7]29°60) 4] 076] ... 26 | 29-48] 19 | o-s2| ... perelnGullercoatal North Shields (S. ¢. de) sss-+++- GON ee lie |e ese lever UNCED GN ese | exe] cars [Pcs s|) LOO) 2978 Ue.5 | oe | cote | eee es ee ee fe 1:20 |29:70] ... |... | ... | «. | 0°74 | 30:01 vee | cee | ene | oss | 29°84] 125 | North Shields (S. ¢. c.). North Shelis (1) Re Ces “° | 36:30 | 24 | 28:51 | 16 | 1-79 | 29-71 | 30-30 | 28 | 29:24] 5 | 1-06 | 29-85 | 30°51 | 28 | 29°25 | 12 | 1:26 | 29-91) 80-16 | 6, 7 | 28-97 | 19 | 1°19 | 29°73 | 30°35 | 28 | 20°56 | 4 0°79 | 30°04 26 | 29°43 | 18 | 0°84 | 29°93] ... | North Shields (1.). South Shields .......::sesscesee 38 130-32 | 24 | 28:57| 16 | 1-76 | 29-75 | 30-24 | 21 | 29:34] 20 | 0-90 | 29°90 | 80°53 | 28 | 29°30 | 12 | 1:23 | 29°96] 30:25) 6 | 29:02 | 19 | 1:28 29°80 130:43| 7 | 29°68] 4 | 0:75 | 30°11 26 | 29:41 | 19 | 0:94 | 29:99] 38 | South Shields. Wylam (i. 4.*).-. «.-- “| & 30:36 | 27 | 28°47| 16 | 1:89 | 29:78] 30°17] 22 | 29°31] 20 | 0°86 | 29°89 | 30°54 | 28 | 29°37 | 13 | 1-17 | 29°98} 30°26) 6 | 29°07 | 19 | 1-19 | 20°82 1 30°36, 7 |29°57| 41 0°79 | 30°05 26 | 29°34] 18 | 0:95 | 29:63] 60 | Wylam (¢. A.*). yeaa ip aren | 86:5 Sel ne Wl colt 176 ) OOS | Gee dl edoall seat |-cbo. ORD te Wael ene Wee | 9331 (2985) ees fl) eal TS} 292657 res |) ee | enema eee Osom 2:95 ve | ose [use] eee | 29°83] 86°5] Bywell (z. d.). Allenheads (¢. d.) 1360 call t@ 2) QSRGRG |e epge II eser Ni cere | Meee a0 o5 1:16 | 28°45 1°10 | 28:28 O'71 | 28°58 | 0:78 | 28-48 |1360 | Allenheads (¢. d.). TVR eae es, 359-4 ies | ile | BES) ced [cca Pon |] con |] eal eee ieee || cay ole OH! coe gay | oem (orn IP SS ERFBYAL] cao Th cca I] ccs] cco |] OO | Nae we | vee | vee | 0°85 | 29°57] 352-4) Durham. Geuhamballicss ascct.ccasveclaeeed 80 | 30:22 [24 29 28-51 |16,17] 1-71 | 29°71 | 80°13 |21,22| 29:25 | 20 | 0°88 | 29°77 | 80°44 29, 30] 29-21 [12,13] 1-23 | 29:86 | 30-15 |6,7, 8] 28:97 |19, 20] 1°18 | 29°68 | 30°33 6,7| 29:51] 4 | 0:82 | 30:03 25 | 29:49 | 18 | 0:76 | 29°88] 80 | Seaham Hall. Seahaniee rn erence: __ | 30-24] 27 | 28:58! 16 | 1:66 | 29-70 | 30-23 | 28 | 29°26] 5 | 0°97 | 29°84] 30-48 | 28 | 29:29] 12] 1:19 | 29:93] 80°18] 6 | 28:97] 19 | 1-21 | 29°72] 30°38) 7 | 29°60| 4 | 0°78 | 30°05 26 | 29:46 | 18 | 0:90 | 29°95] ... | Seaham. Redmahcldese ns otecrrerers 360 | 30°31| 30 | 28°59 | 16 | 1-72 | 29°75] 30°36 | 28 | 29°26) 5 | 1-10 | 29°89] 80°51 | 28 | 29°32 | 12 | 1-19 | 29°94} 30-22) 6 | 29°03 | 19 | 1°19 | 29°76 | 80°36) 7 | 29°62] 4 | 0°74 | 30°05 26 | 29°43 | 18 | 0°84 | 29:94] 360 | Sedgefield. INCRE OnE PEE EEC Ce ~_ 130:22| ... | 28481 ... | 1-74 | 29°52] 3017) ... | 29:18] ... | 0-98 | 29°64] 30°42 | ... | 29°20] ... | 1:22 | 29°72} 80°13 | ... | 28°95 | ... | 1:17 | 29°54] 30°80 | ... | 29°51] ... | 0°78 | 29°85 | 30-23 |... | 29°37 | ... | 0°85 | 29°78 Average. Greenwich (¢. d.).....+0001sse0e 1:04 | 29°65 0°76 | 29°76 Greenwich (¢, d.). SEPTEMBER. OCTOBER. NOVEMBER. DECEMBER. North Sunderland ..........60+ 1:30 | 29°73 | 30:25 |'4g| 29°18 | 27 | 1-12 30°22 | 10 | 28:87] 1 1:35 | 29°65] 30°12] 19 | 29°16] 8 | 0:96 | 29:92] 80-18} 7 | 29°02) 28} 1:16 North Sunderland. EAUTIWA CRM tsereacscss sats cas 1:08 | 29:68 | 30:20} 14 | 29°05 | 28 } 115 80:20 | 10 | 28:80] 1 | 1:40 | 29°60} 30°10 |5,19] 29°02] 8 | 1:08 | 29°75] 3019} 8 | 28:95) 28 | 1:24 | Alnwick. Gress yelliserscstescsceesesteeorseres 1:05 | 30-06 | 30:50 | y"| 29°35 | 28 | 1°15 30°50 | 10 | 29°15 | 1,2] 1.35 | 29:93 | 30°38] 19 | 29°43] 8 | 0:95 | 30:04] 30°45] 8 | 29°33} 28) 112 Cresswell. Wallington: ccsescescstesss sscebarss 1:14 | 29°57 | 80:00 | 14 | 28:90 | 27 | 110 30:00 | 12 | 28°71] 1] 1:29 | 29:48} 29:87] 19 | 28°98] 8 | 0°89 | 29:58} 29°95 | 8 | 28:92} 28 | 1°03 Wallington. GiUlercoats .srsenseeeeereeserrvees ; : a 1:00 | ... | 30:50] 14 | 29°36} 28 | 1-14 30°42 | 10 | 29:12] 2] 1°30] ... | 30:34] 5 | 29°34] 8] 1:00] ... | 80:23] 11 | 29°12] 28) 111 Cullercoats. North Shields iG esse Bell eestelhss ie Be soe || 518} |] DERE) || cen | so0 |] oe |] coo f] Heal) co Secale rectal ne IPE NG CY Gore Nhs || eee ell cos || TRO ORYEYE | eee Mocon |] cons ices Jp cil Noueae ae d.). North Shields (I.) -..+ssseeee+ eS i , : 1:04 | 29:95 | 30°41 | 14 | 29-2 1] 27 | 1:20 80°39 | 10 | 28:96] 1] 1:43 | 29°86} 30:30] 19 | 29°32] 8 | 0:98 | 29:98] 30°41] 8 | 29°21] 28} 1-20 North Shields (1.). South Shields ............++ sal oe Eiea.|(bese 5 ess af tulsa ales Pa ieee etre ||tcsenl|) roo 30°44 | 10 | 29719] 2] 1:25 | 29°95] ... | ... | 29°36] 8] ... | 29°99] 30°41 | 13 | 29°26] 28 | 1°15 South Shields. Wylam (¢. h.*).... 1:26 | 29:92 | 30°39 | 14 | 29°24] 28 | 115 30°41 | 10 | 29°13] 2 | 1:28 | 29-82] 30:32 19 | 29°87] 14 | 0°45 | 29°94] 30-41) 8 | 29°18} 28 | 1:23 Wylam fe is) Bywell (t. d.) .... LO e-o hy ee eRe M elie Mls |) con lo nerds amell OER R | en Il aed Cece |] cos |] CRYB PBED || ceo 9 |] coo | cco. pce ff ae Bywell (¢. d.). Allenheads (¢. d.)..-.-++++++- 1:12 | 28°50.) ... |---|. |. | 1:02 | 28-45 1°35) [285380] se jl) cesil|| Sen lest (0:92) |P26c49) | emeeemmlltewen |feecwial| reve |feelLS Allenheads (¢. d.). Wubi emnkest-cesvessccceseeevess 1:04 | 99:57) ... ||... | .. ||... || 1429 Bee le geee Niece, [ot 42: | 29:48) seene|| rete ceca lees Ian 03)|/29-59] | meee (eee | res aera [PRL Durham. Seaham Hall... 0:92 | 29:88 | 80°39 |'4,'| 29°33 | 28 | 1-06 12 | 28:95| 1 | 1:34 | 29°77 | 30:22 |18, 19] 29-36 | 7, 8] 0-86 | 29°88 | 30°28 | 7, 8 | 29°26 |27, 28, 1-02 Seaham Hall. Deter ao : : 1:28 | 30-01 | 30°44 |I4, 16] 29:29 | 80 | 1:15 11 | 28°98] 1 | 1:48 | 29:94} 30:24 |1,19] 29-32] 8 | 0:92 | 29°95 | 30°35 |8 13] 29°12) 28 | 1-23 Seaham. Geeate reece snayesessrsanes } P 1:05 | 29:95 | 30:41 | 14 | 29°11] 27 | 1:30 10 | 28°98] 1] 1-46 | 29:87] 30:39] 5 | 29°33] 8 | 1-06 | 30:06] 30°45) 8 | 29°26] 28 | 119 Sedgetield. OR eee ins Sees Sevaseset a ‘98 |... aaa || @ . eS ... | 1:11 | 29°72] 80°34] .. | 29°19] ... | 1:16 ... | 28°97| ... | 1°38 | 29°65 | 30:22| ... | 29-26] ... | 0-97. 29°77 | 80-29 . [2915 |... | 116 Average. 1:05 | 29°86] ... |... | .. |... | 1:26 | 29°72 139 |29-79| .. |... | .. |... | 0-99 29°82 | ee, |e nalee netoiza.93 Greenwich (t. d.). 500 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Il. Extremes and Range of Pressure, and Mean Pressure, at the several Stations, FOR WHOLE YEAR, 1871. Dye a x 2 be B aa q STATIONS, £8 2 a3 #3 a | 2 8 Be Be] 8 | 82 | 8 eee Ox a a A mele North Sunderland ......... 30°35 | Mar. 28 | 28°34 | Jan. 16 | 2°01) 29°72 INN WACK eacedoseseccn cece ses 30°30 | Mar. 28 | 28°25 | Jan. 16 | 2°05) 29°64 @resswellueemeeceecesceree 30°55 age 28°63 | Jan. 16 | 1°92| 29°97 NWalllime.om gem. >>. $e Oo RAINFALL FOR 1871. . D ALN DISTRICTS. Height of Gauge... 2 eae Ground... 150 feet. 10 inches, 431 feet, 5 inches, 251°8 feet. 1 foot. 600 feet. 10 inches. ‘Tynemouth Pier Works. Seaham Hall. Harbottle Litborn Tower. Glanton Pike. Quantity. (Quantity. Quantity. Thiches. No returns for 1871. ret 3 = a Tnehes. Inches. 1-70 Days on whi Quantity. | Quautity. Quantity. Quantity. | Quantity. Sars Xe C2 oo ROO furnished. Monthly returns not LD SLO IS Se WOUIBH KH Sor Tnches. 117 178 0:93 312 1°89 3°41 3°35 149 5703 2°35 156 1:80 61 ft 10 in. 1ft. 2 in. lon wh} ity: Rain Quantity. 80 fect. 1 foot. 500 fen 1 foot. 300 feet. 6 5S4 fect, } Quantity. . Days} jo wh Quantity. | Quantity. a SAH SORE SOHaSee Average of Years.........++ oun Difference in 1871 from Mean., 24°96 26°66 29°95 22°50 a1 6 Years. 21°15 24-08 37°25 40°79 3871 27°05 22°11 19:26 21°24 82°83 81°86 27°65 26746 13 years. 21°10 30°25 26°74 21°56 27°88 24°86 26°82 25°76 25°85 31°26 29°73 24:59 28790 22-95, 26°03: Inches. Inches. 2277, 2-01 0-46 2:59) 149 2°69 3°93 0°76 497 159 234 156 Tuches. cd. furnishe Monthly returns not +0°68 Tnches, 156 2 yrs. +15 Days| 26.78 11 years, +110 Inches. 24°82 23°38 22°68) 21°05 24:22 26°66 21°63 24-22 22°56 23°61 28°32 26:07 22°74 26°15 9 months 7 27-42 26°61 30°02 30°39 24:27 27Uy 32°90 8017 25°38 2o4 80°15 27°82 85°06 54:26 28°69 80°09 27°12 2710 * Imperfect. 23°32 7 years. +17] +150 Tnches. 24°66 9 years. +2 Inches. 27:43, 15 years. —1:99 Inches. 29:18 11 years. +099 Inches, * Part of Month Estimated. + Imperfect. —<—. —_—_—__ Milificld, | Middleton i Quantity, | Quantity, 502 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 187i, BY THE October.— The fall of this month was pretty evenly distri- buted. It was rather in excess along a belt running from Pen- zance to York, but in other parts it was only between half and three-quarters of its usual amount. November.—This month was a dry one, very few stations (ex- cept in Scotland) having half their average fall; those in the South Hast of England not one quarter of it. December.—Slightly below the average in the South of Eng- land, in Scotland, and in Ireland, and slightly above it in the North of England and in parts of Wales. EXTREMES OF RAINFALL IN 1871. The following returns are taken from Mr. Symons’ valuable yearly publication on ‘‘ British Rainfall. ENGLAND. GREATEST. LEAST. INCHES. " INCHES. Seathwaite, Westmorland ... 115°15 | Pampisford Hall, Cambridge 18°60 Grasmere (Easedale Tarn) ... 92°00 | Royston...........sseccsessseeeees 19°07 Dartmoor Prison Garden...... 79°63 | Cambridge Observatory ...... 19°12 WALES. GREATEST. LEAST. INCHES. INCHES. Beddgelert... s-dsccan-csccsasees 11089) || Maes=y=dre) .o..0..seesssoneeher 24°63 Miberdarre +. auncuee once hegre: 81°60 | Llanerch St. Asaph............ 27-12 Dy liveyt saseesswackormenstce toc: OPO) ||P Lait tl )OsHnS anosnbee ccoosecBmOsGeAs 28°23 SCOTLAND. GREATEST. LEAST. 2 INCHES. INCHES. Bridge of Orchy ..............- 137:82))|(Snyershitiecanersnseeceanteneetaee 26°18 Loch Lomond (Firkin) ...... 97°80 | Dingwall Academy ............ 22°19 Ballachulish’ yy. -ejat..esaccose 83°59 | Logie, Coldstone ...........:... 24:27 IRELAND. GREATEST LEAST i INCHES. IN€HES. Mallanney:caccastessasca cere onsen O21 2) PA COLA E tessa teceseasccccrute » 24°17 Detterkenty's..:.-s.cscosnessn sss 52°63 | Dublin (Fitzwilliam Square) 25°37 Ballyhylandrresstescscecaeeen: AT AN | Portal tome inecinane nse atie 28°51 en a een on pecladesdl oy an ee a RAIN AND SNOW. JANUARY. FEBRUARY. MARCH. | DECEMBER. a eee ee | . {Amount] Days. }/Amount PS eat Days. ae lo39! 5 | 029| 5175] a5 asthe | 2611 16 | 2:02] i3itos} ay AN ies. 1155] 11 | 014] 4/451] 13 eel 115| 7 | 248] 15lo4o| 98 ee cl 051! 5 | 0-80] 7140] qa (aie 0-75 | 15 | 1:95] 7le-951] 47 Re 177] 16 | 219 | 204-53] 95 a ORE 297 | 14 | 1°84] 19!1-041 16 aia 11-48 | 16 | 3:61] 2410-92} 49 Katee Se 055] 9 | 210] 141-35] 74 ae aie 1:96 | 21 | 3:79| 203-05] 99 Mietee| 150°] 14 | 134] i7\1-00 | 44 eS | 261] 16 | 2-99] 201-83] 73 SS at | oe7| 8 | 185] islis4| 77 ee a | is9| 14 | 1-721 83-93] 94 eae 156] 13 | 1:89] 15b-77| 18 | 1.04 17 1.07 14 { | \\| i | t | / DAMYWYTAM reece e eens FCTEL | TE OLUTATUUMQUOM sesecevesseescovee 31:10 24:23 TOTAL. Amount| Days. 147 139 146 133 127 153 219 200 211 185 206 161 PML I i773) 22°40 144 26°43 132 25°15 157 43 148 “69 153 *267|16,300 ee ‘1 inches fan inch ‘which is W was in 503 REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A., AND DR. HOOPPELL. 1871, with Mean for 10 Years. en ht of Tyne, at Wylam Bridge, % Diagram of Rainfall at Wylam in 1871, with Mean for 18 Years; and eu 19-@ |9F-6 GP-E |GL-6 68-6 |0F-6 90-& |80-§ 66-6 |90-G 99.1 |P9-T 62-1 |06-1 98-1 |09-T 60-6 |OL-1 VG-6 |0F-6 "SUBOTL “D9q Lo Suge “ony Pra “oun? “ken . “Tidy 16-6 |96.6 |" TU TK, GF. |F-8 |" “Gag GL-S |9F-& BOOT | 097 *TL-€981 | “IZST TBE —- *auAy, JO PSO te) (3) 96-96] 1&1} 69-96 6-91 | 96-6 | SI | 09-1 6-S1|F2-6 | OL | IL-6 G.61)6¢-1 | 8 | F¢-1 9-71 | F0-6 | IT | 96-1 ‘shu | ‘Soyouy fsAvq | ‘soqouy “TL81-4581 “TAI "s[Rq0 7 “AON 490 ss adag “ny “+ Km ““OUNg “Se “Tad, RT "Oed uve TRAY RAIN AND SNOW AT WYLAM FOR 18 YEARS (FROM 1854 TO 1871, BOTH INCLUDED). JANUARY. | FEBRUARY. MARCH. APRIL. MAY. JUNE. JULY. AUGUST. SEPTEMBER. OCTOBER. | NOVEMBER. | DECEMBER. TOTAL. Amount] Days. JAmount} Days. [Amount Days. }Amount| Days. JAmount} Days. |Amount| Days. |Amount| Days. |Amount} Days. |Amount} Days. /Amount} Days. |Amount| Days JAmount} Days. |Amonnt| Days. 1854 ... 365 | 14 0:39 5 0:29 5 5 218) 18 10 329) 17 6°52 | 20 0°52 8 2°53 9 516} 21 175 1b 78110 | 147 1855 1:27} 10 2°61 16 2°02 13 5 1°35 10 15 1°33 12 3°60 15 O31 4 3°59 13 2°73 15 1:05 11 ] 24:23 139 1856 167 14 155 11 0-14 4 13 337 16 16 171 9 3°85 13 4°83 16 1:03 11 1°42 iil 451 13 | 29:25 146 1857 254 13 116 7 248 15 12 1°39 12 7 143 10 2:90 8 3°22 13 1°56 13 229 15 042 8 | 2447 133 1858 0:46 4 01 b) 0°80 7 7 0-79 13 8 340 11 194 17 2:97 14 166 17 2712 10 140 14 } 18:23 127 1859 0°63 12 0°76 15 1:95 7 19 0:27 3 10 1°80 13 2°63 17 3°66 12 2°64 17 2°95 17 42545 153 1860 410} 20 177 20 14 221 14 18 213 21 111 15 3°02 19 3°06 23 4°53 25 31°38 219 1861 0:89 15 297 19 13 O71 10 17 176 14 2°63 19 1:23 13 3°76 25 1:04 16 [23°54 | 200 1862 210 16 1-48 24 16 2°60 18 19 BAT 10 1°30 14 1:87 18 O91 16 0:92 19 |24°68 211 1863 3'50 | 28 0°55 14 16 1:22 14 if Ppl 20 314 21 3°96 17 ald 11 1 14 28°39 185 1864 0-76 13 196 20 ilil 273 14 16 158 17 199 26 6°67 15 27 |) 21 3:05 22 12757 | 206 1865 - 121 14 150 ul 10 4°56 16 B 2°86} 22 O32) f4 rol | 21 2-74 | 18 1:00 14 [29:67 | 161 1866 . 1°63 17 2°61 20 12 115 7 12 3°65 20 454 | Qh 0°70 10 2°74 10 1°83 13 |29°81 173 1867 . 408 | 22 0°67 18 12 2°22, abE 8 2:00 12 2-03, 1b 094 bi} 0°59, 4 1:84 Il | 22-40 144 1868 . 315 18 1°89 8 13 O77 5 2 2:23 8 4°26 13 131 11 246 2 393 24 | 26°43 132 1869 . 197 12 156 15 10 3°86 16 7 1:25 10 204 17 213 14 2:97 15 27 18 [25°15 157 1870 . 155 15 194 abt 5) 0-72 if 12 2°39 8 1:07 11 4:81 22 2°73 15 4:83 20 | 2443 148 1871 . 1:26) 11 154 12 18 0°88 He abl 0'87 8 528] 13 278 | 15 211) 16 150] 13 {26°69) 158 Mean............)2'040 | 14°6 | 1522 14:00 ]1:°781 | 11°72 |1°832 | 11°72 11°50 | 2°058 | 12°00 |2°677 | 14:50 | 2*502 | 14°67 | 29:59 | 14:5 | 2541 | 15°28 | 2°258 | 15°89 | 26:267/16,300 In these 18 years the greatest fall in one year was 31°38 inches in 1860. The greatest number of wet days was 219 in thesame year. The month of greatest fall was October, 1865, when 9°51 inches of Rain fell; the day of greatest fall was on the 18th of the same month—the amount in 24 hours being 2°30 inches. of water—or melted Snow—fell. counted, in a melted form, as Rain, and included in the Rain table), it only fell once, during the 18 years, so late as May; and twice, so early as October. The year of least Rain was 1858, only 18:23 inches being received in the guage; this was also the year of fewest wet days, as there were only 127 days on which move than one hundredth of an inch The month of March, 1856, was the dryest month, only 0°14 of Rain falling; and June, 1868, had the fewest wet days, viz., 2. the first three months of the year. The greatest amount in one year was 6:27 in 1864; and the least 0:93 in 1858 ;—the greatest amount in one day was 1°80 on December, 26, 1856, SNOW (INCLUDED IN ABOVE TABLE) SEPARATELY. JANUARY. FEBRUARY. Days. jAmount| Days. jAmount Amount} Days. Amount 1854 .. O11 1 ono or ct 4:91 1855 1°05 9 2°18 14 0°61 5 4°38 1856 O14 2 0°60, 2 tae on 3°60 1857 1:21 6 | 070 3 | 0:89 3 2°88 1858 cnn ob 0:27 2 0:66 4 0°93 1859, 013 2 0:08 1 cco we 1-41 1860 1:06 j 144] 8 | 004) 1 3-93 1861 0:27 0°30 2) O17 1 143 1862 0715 2 | 0:28 3 Lob 7 2°26 1863 i oe 131 4 159 1864 4 8:26 | 12 6:27 1865 6 | 094] 7 pee lee licen) 1866 Y |) 1:03))) 4 026| 1 | 259 1867 ao 1:06 | 12 0:99 4 5°66 1868 woe | ca |) oe .. | 350 1869 . 1 1°32 11 2 212 1870 . 8 111 4 175 8 | 5:97 1871 2 0°32, 5 0:36 2 163 Totals ......... 9:09 | 32 [56°69 3422 | 2-974 On December 7, 1856, there was a flood which rose to 19 feet of the guage. the Crow Tree Bank at Ovingham and Wylam Bridge (4,525 yards) ‘to be 12:02 fect, or 4°68 feet per mile, JAN. | FEB. | MAR. |APRIL,} MAY. | JUNE DEC. | Mean. | Highest. Lowest. Date. 1862 217 | 993 | 271 | a4 3:30 | 269 | 16:0 ft. 1 ft. | Sept.&e. 1863 3:28 245 | 2°65 8:00 | 2-91 | 17°5 Jan. O07 eee 1864 3:30 | 3°83 | 240] 1-60} 1-75 330] 246} 165}; |Mar. 15107 7 | July,&e. 1865 st] 3:20 | 250) 1-781 1-40 | 1-63 3:16 | 2-26 | 13-0 7” | Oct. 0-7 }, | Oct.. a5 alt tant Gaal REIT GG || Gea 362] 318] 15% }, |Oct. sofa » | Often. 1867 .. “90 | 3:60 | 3:20] 3:50} 280] 1-80 £00} 277] 140 5) JJan. 8]1- 7 | Often. F oy Ea leararalinn: far ob q Ore %y Ja IEG, ccoreoomen 305) 415 | 395] 290] 187] 122 369 | 255 | 16-0 pavatt 08 ,, | July,&e) 1869 .... 4-99 | 2:80 | 2-40 | 210] 1:30 8:06 | 264) 175 ,, }Feb, 8] 1: ,, | Often. bres et | [ exean| | err | tox || ase 827 | oa7 fare ,, {811 | Often : i 1871 .. 8:2 2:25 | 2-40) 1°70] 1°60 3°75 | 246] 140 ,, | Jan. 17 138 ,, | June. Mean «...ess004-4| 3°718 2°588 |2:038 | 1845 3-415 | 2-609 | Mr, Atkinson states the zero Of his scale of feet on South Pier of Wylam Bridge to be 1438 above the ordnance zero; and the fall of the river between With regard to the Snow (which is 76 per cent. of the annuai fall of Snow was in | 504 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1871, BY THE Mr. Procter has again recorded the observations on the depth of the wells at the Low Lights, North Shields. They are as follows :— MONTHLY DEPTH OF WATER IN THREE WELLS. 1Min bao Ft. In. Ft. In. Jainueisyereree eee 8 2 ig) il 12 B Taken 4 times. February ......... 8 2 20 «1 12 i) Oe BCH ees: Bie Non eos 3 oe ANOyell 4 ooedocsabeec 8 2 19 il 2 FRE | on Maye See 1) io. 2 eon JULES Ace seceen sec 7g 1O iG) il ) O) Bess =o ly eee ee fh ik |) 1 4 OQ 1 ee INET, cocoooasacee 0S 8) Gl Ol eee September ......... G8 18 4 8 8 55, eee Octoberke ess a AO O iil = i November ......... 8 2 1) it sy, Ae ee December) --.-----. Bi 2 20 3 55 49) ee NOTES ON PLANTS. Tn addition to the large amount of information contained in the tables, comprising the budding, leafing, blossoming, and fall of the leaf, of forest trees and shrubs, the sowing, gathering, and yield, of grain and other crops, the blossoming and yield of stand- ard fruit trees, and the flowering of wild plants, &c., m 1871, the editors have received many valuable notes from different sta- tions, which are arranged under their respective months below. Mr. Coppin has kindly furnished the Club, as in former years, with a very interesting table of the flowering of wild and garden plants, in the neighbourhood of Tynemouth. This has, for greater convenience, been printed on the same sheet with a por- tion of the other tables. January.— Acklam.—Winter aconite in flower on the 17th. Gainford.—Hepatica in flower on the 20th. February.— Wallington.—Roses suffered very much from the frost, espe- cially the China roses, many of which were killed down to the a BLOSSOMING OF WILD FLOWERS, 1871. RorHpurr, CREE MELpox. WA Sus Aarhrey pas [WILD FLOWERS} b Bie | lossnenlftBtoatom|| uso BGatpard | Tease] foteesom || Blossom, Anemone ......J April14 } April 1] Mar, 23] Mar. 22] ...... April 1} April1s | April 8 Bulbous Sr0%% i May11] April 8 | May 29] May 16])May 8] May 10} May 20] ...... Coltsfoot ......J ...... Mar. 25 | Mar. 24} Mar. 18} Feb, 24] Reb, 23] Mar. 9] ...... Cowslip «........ April15 | Aprill6 | May 1) April 8} April21} April10] April13} May 3 Dandelion ...... April 20 | Mar, 28 | April 15 | Mar. 24] April27] April 1] Mar. 8} April30 Forget-me-not.| June 10] June 1) May 27} Junell) ...... May 20] May 18] April26 Garlic......c-s-0.] -20-- July 12} May 23} May 26] ...... May 10| May 22] May 15 Hyacinth ...... vee | May 25} May 9] May 24 May 16] May 26 LilyoftheValleyj ...... May 15} May 25] May 22] ...... May 27} May 12 Marsh Marigold} ...... | May 2]May 5 WH] | aceon April 20 } April 19 Pilewort....--...] ------ April 1 | Mar. 25 Mar. 10} Mar. 13 Primrose | Mar. 19 | Mar. 21 | Mar. 27 Mar, 10} April 16 Red Poppy...+-:J s---+ July 12} July 10} sf ose May 30} June 17 Stitchwort......J ..-.- May 20} May 19 May 6} May 10 Snowdrop ......] Feb. 28] Feb. 20} Feb. 15 Sats}] (eeceecee Feb, 2} Deb. 7 Strawberry ...J «++ April12 | May 23} Mar. 24] .....- April 1} May 15 Veronica Cha-}) medrys ...|5 Violet... secre May 20] May 21} May 27}May 4 May 10 Mar. 1} Mar. 26 May 5 estes Mar. 20} May 21 Mar. 8]Mar. 9 May 23 Jme 1 April12 BLOSSOMING AND YIELD OF STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c., 1871. CRESSWELL, MELDON. WALLINGTON. NORD p D stANDARD ISHIELDS(C) SEAHAM HALL. ACKLAM. GRETA BRIDGE. FRUIT TREES, &o. In i 5 Blossom. wae Blossom. ‘aah Blbaron: wath Blowsom, eo MAG Tia Oe Fe Gathered: Apple wssstseseeeee May 12 | Scarce ......... May 2/1 | Not half crop...] May 12} Quarter crop ..) May Gy) acne Searees..sceserves May 5} Very bad ...... May 20} October 14 Ghieriyaeressscteereses April 16 | Partial ......... May 4| Very bad ...... May 1) Failure MEN) cercen Partial .........J April21 | Good ... .| April22| June 20 g a : ci TRIN” coooncaanaseoncey April 16 | Partial ......... May Bt) | Rat essrress sre May 7} Failure PMY -corccn Scarce.. | April 26 | Moderate Blum yesaessseeeeeer sees April15 | Good .. «| May 4 Failure .. SCAVCC..+.s2200e5:| April 8 | Scarce... «| April23} October 6 . . ay 7 Mk - . . . (CHTEN sa sucenond April 8 | Plentiful......... rea 59 on } Good coceneey April13 | Abundant ... { 28] April 1] Partial .........) April April16 |) July 1 Gooseberry ......... Mar. 30 | Partial .. 4) April 4 Very bad ...... April 1} Abundant ..... Mar. 29] April 1} Partial .. +} Mar. 20) July 80 Raspberry +, dune 6] Partial ......... June 16 Good wo... June 12 Strawberry ......... Abundant ......J0 ...... May 30} Good ..........44 (OH Greco combine) May 16 Good ............] May 16 Abundant ...... ay 6} May 30 -| May 15 | July 21 May 22 MELDON. WALLINGTON. WHITLEY. SHIBEDS (0) ee ACKLAM. GROES: Cut, or es Cut, or = Cut, or Cut, or Sown. Guile: Yield. Sown. Galea? Yield. ae Yield. Sown, Gathorea. Yield. Bavleyjaueereceacercess| Wemtescess cee Aug. 28 | Very gi jodisccsf! cecsccsss fl ceeceeess [0 eeeseree © f neeeee, fA 2 renee Aug. 22 Good, Beansicccvscsccavsccsel| sceeeveces |) eneesiver (Ite seusMeey MUDD eeerectet) lll) Gvaresccy 10) coaecsssi men | WEL GD gt Oi | Mame cca | Mt tcen Sept. Good. BES? cnicccoencrod | —ossaneten July 10 | Extrag ood ...f Old Land...]| July 12 | Heavy wccccf cae, f cceeee f seeeteene Pf ceneeeens July Pair. Mangold May 13 | wees (CLR UES cteccsd | > creo | chor 9) areecron Oct. Good. Aug. 26 | Good. Sept. 18 | Pair 2 Ques cccseeece | ceevereee | 0 teeeeere 9 Feb, 15 Ps. f Good...) Sept. 25) )|(Rain. Grace... b j di, ceri BL 20) fh ese seaeeed April 6 agennongG Very ¢ ood...... e 5 HI} rasa50 create Very 2 200d cere) ceeeccacs | tenceenee | susan ves oo 29 | Good ........, Mar. 6 Moderate. Pair, Aug. Sept. 18 Moderate. Good. Ang. 31 Good. Eee BLOSSOMING, &c., OF FOREST TREES AND SHRUBS, 1871. ROTHBURY. CRESSWELL,. MELDON. WALLINGTON. REE awa BOAT Genin Soa FOREST TREES Senne tn Bnd. | tn Lear. {In Blossom wor InBud. | 1 gra ect Song Divetied wit ke Divested I Teas ud, | InLeaf, fin Biossom| 70, | In Bud. | InLeaf. |InBlossom| > Of, | In Bud. | InLeaf. [tn Blossom} > Of — | InLeaf. |i Blossom} In Bud. | In Leaf, |In Blossém| Lees, | TM Bud. | In Leaf. |In Blossom Leones, | Mm Bud. | Tn Leaf. |In Blossom ee Alder...... eavass\ ered +] April 6| April28| ...... | Oct. 26} ...... | May 15 | Mar. 25 | Noy. 10} Mar. 81} May 24 | Mar. 27 Noy. 16} April 5} April30} Mar. 19} Oct. 28 April10 | May 30| Mar. 1 Mar. 31} May 1] Mar. 10|Noy. 4] ...... Botectre Peesiccoo Wt? ao-tr TIN. Gidocesenaas enscocod | occésa May 26) ...... Oct. 14 )) va. June 8 | Mar. 25} Oct. 25] April22 | May 80] May 24] Noy. 4} Aprill12) May 22] April25) Oct. 23] ...... | ...... May 15] May 29) April19 April17 | May 27 | Mar. 31] Oct, 24] May 20] June 1 Noy. 19 Barberry . April26 May 1] April28| Noy. 5} Mar. 12] April380} June 8|Dec. 1]Mar. 8) April 1) May 24) Noy. 24] ...... | 1. April 2) May 16) July 15] ...... | Mar. 13} April12| June16] Noy. 13] ...... CATCH amon |) ons WE orensutotoesesed | cea May 3 May 20 | May —| Noy, 20} April 1} May 13) May 31] Noy. 26] Mar. 25] May 1) May 13) Oct. 27 April 2|May 12} ...... | Oct. 20} April2s May 18} May 17] Oct. 80} Mar. 18 Mar. 18} Nov. 12 Birch ...........2-..++-..] April12 | May 10] ...... May 20} Mar. 25 | Noy. 1] Mar. 29}May 9) May 3] Oct. 26) Mar. 24] May 8| May 26}Noy. 4] ...... ox April 2| May 30) ...... sees | April13 | May 1] Aprili8| Nov. 2] ...... Beco te eect Black Thorn May 27} April16| Noy. 1] Mar. 6} April29| April27| Noy. 9] Mar. 8} Aprills} May 12] Noy. 6 April15 | Mar. 3) May 13} April 8 Mar. 10 | April29} April 7| Noy. 6 Aprill6} ...... Bramble A May 1] June 20) Noy. 20} Feb. 12} April 1} June 30) ...... |Mar.16)May 1) July 30) ..... nono | ocean Mar. 3} April 4) June 10 Mar. 6} Aprill4} June 1} Deco. 4] sce | cece | scenes eytro Broom «...ecsceeeeeeeees connec |f ocean May 2 May 12} April16| Noy. 1} Mar. 27} May 18) May 24] Noy. 8} Mar. 18|May 15|May 27) Noy. 4] ...... May 24} April 2| May 18} ...... Mar. 23 | April28| May 17] ...... June 3} Noy. 6 Elder . | Mar. 8 April15 | June 20 | Oct. 25} Feb. 4] Mar. 14) July 7) Dec. 3) Feb. 12) Mar. 22) June 28) Noy. 26 Mar. 4|May 10} June 80] ...... | Feb. 14} Mar. 30] June 30 June 28 } Dec. 12 Elm May 20} Mar. 20] Oct. 20} Mar, 25] May 15 | April 3) Oct. 24] April15 | May 20) Mar. 20) Noy. 14} ...... Mar. 10 | April 20} April 5] Oct. 11] Mar, 16] April19| Mar. 6] Oct. BLY ccee. | seeee | ceeeee ms Flowering Currant .., April16 | Mar. 20| Noy. 4] Feb. 12} Mar. 18 | April1s | Noy. 15} Feb. 22) Mar. 16) April 1) Noy. 26] ...... Mar. 10 | April21} Mar. 20] ...... Feb. 16 | Mar. 13 | Mar. 13 Mar. 28] Noy. 1 Hawthorn. Aprill5 | May 23 | Noy. 10} Mar. 3} April24) June 1] Dec, 1} Mar. 1} Aprill8} May 30} Nov. 1 May 23} Mar. 9 | April17]} May 26 -| Mar. 16 | April 5 | May 16 June 1 May 15} Feb. 28} Nov. 6] Feb. 17} May 8) eb. 17] Noy. 29 Mar. 1] April18| Mar. 3) Noy. 28] «0... |. Mar. 10] May 30} Mar. 1 Mar. 10 | April14| Feb, 14 Rae a meee Seve seen {HERZ PLDI] papas April20 | June 10] June 65 | Sept. 14] Mar. 26] June 1) May 28) July 15] ...... |... Aprile 2} | iatevexs a* 5 eg te nea ess te\. He | & _ fo Xa . va Aaysels o . DIN yack | a ory ~ ot ae wi a. Oe eis a, paar err a : bi | a3 resus nines dy aphAas aoe Ag 76” Sec PN et) sa Se Se ve! TA see: INNA ANY elds ty yabrn gg supe eri r et ot Lee Pek. ‘eepeuadit typ Ath yuan ; ) SU he Wiaab | Viel. OA aaiinal af Nn. --¢ 49 Reg rR. a Sie | a Al: A 4th | Nan. sA@Ranr | Q&) @Ang Pes i) p ; PAR. Sm vil tj a af ag GAA tas, Lae wt be ° \PPRSeMUR TN, ae J ii | 1} ab od ot ae ae ibe ae ne. aa 4 \A we ‘ a v a be , | wap li? “im, By ie a*~ x | a | a yur: } | HE 4 4. _- i! , ae” $ Appr sesso eee Tht 9, anne . P4 a+ oe Neg ites An of ea AAAYUUGA MY Y Maense wel} Ti || 1] wa At Ja wes ~ 41a. 7 gah OOOO HP A “ie Y att ss ) q aa ¢ x Be Se & F a At 4 WA leleka lel de Pay af “ waver J ste A bgenlh hahaha si) a rte ane N {fate an! aa ena -“ bees) ae ca | Teor Vy TA er oe ye oT ae TT ‘| x Sone V ON Ms. 1 it Vp sapoeteyugen AS fry ST ANN ; . none Ween pan) ae? , Akay seae Pra nk. Rivet vy NL a Maen TAME Te x bE : BAS | g ven ayy evden Dips Sa bo F< oie apes Ty ashe ee ee = Dy. Fe ao >Re, ‘Na ay 1 ag vn ; bs ares Peachy pape ¥ “ae IN Aa te Fel | His i Pea g | ¢ ; ey 9 % PAvgy. + | ~S ey Ok AGU dahl. 2 dt alahdads | aadulalulebikay Ne 1 |)\\')\ | Wala CT LAAN Cn ine saga gyiit ily pA : ygueuass= acs se Reet A nS pt aR nae yee lm Nm é 494a%_.° a HW ante neat maanail we NN = ian “*' ‘ Mer Sawaal! rt ne al «eBlog a gee SAIN hdedat Lemans Nye, PIES ai AL Ps) (i ‘é r ros i iL SAS FIT re Taal. diel Nigias saa ; rrr eelnady wu | Maatery 1 Atdew 2 Ay... reap m args ee, 2 RN hy Se ta a - ~ a ay * ~ r TT — met ibd dub weer at AMR A ney AAAAUYE AY a) ast SURED D Hs A aa yr ~ - whe a vty SO OP Bok FF x, 4 ye Bp 7 eas = Pryy, yap Bry, Ty yy) SAR LAR, wa. tL 1 PRE eGo hy: NA ay \ a nual et ae bet 24, ae Meda, Dane vu ‘e NA Hi RNa use (¥ Aaa Waser Phe nea Nae Ln PR eS Waa, Mid Tty Nee JS mre uy tianaronen ow Sia as coe Ne } Os Aye M Penny dt Ate palit ey | et UNNI dag Fae ici reeccicenionatreshaneedi afhey Peps anantt ima OOP uw Tt ith ' MP TitTeP Gta iPdy Tete . dldiibua ae Alay pyre 4 / iy nner” I aru aryl |e setlaiallaae wiwlrnn de Zé Trees WNeagave aeanaile J4irtafa 1 Dak #V\ ow Aa 1] ale Pid ft abt PAA a, abr nN hay tre! % Dit Por toe LETTE poeta oa mahead ® Tt va Ve Loe x a Ra, Ld bas 2 | \ Viger =a ww * fo Ane 2 eben Pthityd 7 h-- AA Ta VN Ad Viera I. a} 1 Vian oe ‘Noy vr er Le) er er RPh PA Ra Se AEA GES do one See ug : RT ote stig, “ mete HigUANAP A ahgeSo2, | nite nenyattbleaa aaa wed TVET dA fi 1 Adee Ape a oe. & A. Nt = yt Ami we® a A: 4A, sAA® slelgaitlalnicial yin wasnt naan — 0 MHEAAE al ‘a4 ad aT YY YY \ 1) : PPV TS ilies Sy Paes hho Sq vale he ea . 1. slanhen nasa 21a haan ——_—— A im al : : Ame 7 ry -o Be Pak : z P a P = Sinton STITT TT TIT = tN crt ARAN, — z ttt) - 8 = Riedl AONE NaRUM SAL a Be Poke fuse yl an vy ans 4) yppHbnbsdabnge oy mAh atr~ d AAA" an RRers” © . wer. vet » fe ay aca seal aateh: 7 Aa gnAA naannanane) oN CARY HeasQn . LY, | Wwe \ ARAMA ails Wagan) AAR iAAa Atty an OSAMA SAARSRALD’ a NE Me ap \ 3 ae @ Tt Ca 24Q>--. Ssh. - : . Bay ey aca URARAR SgANer hen” Pomp comin iy Tt | em e w 4 | = re cate pPP MAAN, = _ NAAR a* i fe AL ee a _ o ae -. G2 y 3 -_ Xs yes 2 ginft OOP ON a bb A AP teint